Skip to main content

Full text of "Election laws of the state of Montana, 1971 supplement : containing constitutional amendments proposed and approved since publication of the 1970 edition of Election laws of the state of Montana and amendments to acts and new laws enacted by the 42nd Legislative Assembly in regular and first and second extraordinary sessions"

See other formats


s 


ELECTION  LAWS 


OF  THE 


STATE  OF  MONTANA 


1971  SUPPLEMENT 


Containing 

CONSTITUTIONAL    AMENDMENTS    PROPOSED    AND    APPROVED 

SINCE   PUBUCATION   OF   THE    1970   EDITION   OF   ELECTION 

LAWS  OF  THE  STATE  OF  MONTANA  AND  AMENDMENTS 

TO  ACTS  AND  NEW  LAWS  ENACTED  BY  THE  42ND 

LEGISLATIVE  ASSEMBLY  IN  REGULAR  AND  FIRST 

AND  SECOND  EXTRAORDINARY  SESSIONS 


Compiled  by 

Frank  Murray,  Secretary  of  State 

Helena,  Montana 


Publislipd  by  Authority 


Montana  State  Library 


3  0864  1004  2463  2 


- 

DATE 

DUE 

fiS^FEB  1  ; 

'  7n 

■ 

S/342.2/S2e 

Montana.     Laws,   Statues,  Etc. 
Election  laws  of  the  State  of 
Montana.      1971.      Supp. 


UATE  D 


^^^LitNli) 


'  '^'"°''o  5960/ 


Ry 


ELECTION   LAWS 

OF  THE 

STATE  OF  MONTANA 

1971  SUPPLEMENT 


Containing 

CONSTITUTIONAL    AMENDMENTS    PROPOSED    AND    APPROVED 

SINCE   PUBUCATION   OF   THE    1970   EDITION   OF   ELECTION 

LAWS  OF  THE  STATE  OF  MONTANA  AND  AMENDMENTS 

TO  ACTS  AND  NEW  LAWS  ENACTED  BY  THE  42ND 

LEGISLATIVE  ASSEMBLY  IN  REGULAR  AND  FIRST 

AND  SECOND  EXTRAORDINARY  SESSIONS 


Compiled  by 

Frank  Murray,  Secretary  of  State 

Helena,  Montana 


Published  by  Authority 


Copyright  ©  1971  by 

The  Allen  Smith  Company 

Indianapolis,  Indiana 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 


Title  Page 

Constitution  of  United  States  : 1 

Constitution  of  Montana  3 

1.     Aeronautics  9 

11.     Cities  and  Towns, 11 

16.     Counties  23 

19.     Definitions  and  General  Provisions  27 

23.     Elections    29 

43.     Legislature  and  Enactment  of  Laws  47 

75.     Schools  53 

84.     Taxation    Ill 

89.     Waters  and  Irrigation  113 

93.  Civil  Procedure  115 

94.  Crimes  and  Criminal  Procedure  117 

Ready-Reference  Index  119 


111 


AMENDMENTS  TO  THE  CONSTITUTION  OF 
THE  UNITED  STATES 

AMENDMENT  26 

1.  The  right  of  citizens  of  the  United  States,  who  are  eighteen  years  of 
age  or  older,  to  vote  shall  not  be  denied  or  abridged  by  the  United  States 
or  by  any  State  on  account  of  age. 

2.  The  Congress  shall  have  the  power  to  enforce  this  article  by  appro- 
priate legislation. 

The  twenty-sixth   amendment   was   submitted   by    Congress   on   January   21,    1971, 
declared  in  force  July  5,  1971. 


CONSTITUTION 


OF  THE 


STATE  OF  MONTANA 


ARTICLE  IX— RIGHTS   OF   SUFFRAGE  AND   QUALIFICATIONS 

TO   HOLD   OFFICE 

Sec.  2.  Every  person  of  the  age  of  nineteen  (19)  years  or  over,  pos- 
sessing the  following  qualifications,  shall  be  entitled  to  vote  at  all  general 
elections  and  for  all  officers  that  now  are,  or  hereafter  may  be.  elective 
by  the  people,  and,  except  as  hereinafter  provided,  upon  all  questions 
which  may  be  submitted  to  the  vote  of  the  people  or  electors:  l""irst,  he 
shall  be  a  citizen  of  the  United  States;  second,  he  shall  have  resided  in 
this  state  one  year  immediately  preceding  the  election  at  \\'hich  he  ofTcrs 
to  vote,  and  in  the  town,  county  or  precinct  such  time  as  ma}'  be  pre- 
scribed by  law.  If  the  question  submitted  concerns  the  creation  of  any 
levy,  debt  or  liability  the  person,  in  addition  to  possessing  the  ciualitica- 
tions  above  mentioned,  must  also  be  a  taxpayer  whose  name  appears  upon 
the  last  preceding  completed  assessment  roll,  in  order  to  entitle  him  to 
vote  upon  such  question.  Provided,  first,  that  no  person  convicted  of 
felony  shall  have  the  right  to  vote  unless  he  has  been  j)ardoncd  or  restored 
to  citizenship  by  the  governor;  provided,  second,  that  nothing  herein 
contained  shall  be  construed  to  deprive  any  person  of  the  right  to  ^•ote 
who  has  such  right  at  the  time  of  the  adoption  of  this  constitution; 
provided,  that  after  the  expiration  of  five  years  from  the  time  cjf  the 
adoption  of  this  constitution,  no  person  except  citizens  of  the  United 
States  shall  have  the  right  to  vote. 


Compiler's  Notes 

This  constitutes  sec.  2  of  .Article  TX 
as  an;ended  bv  act  approved  January  .31, 
1969  (Ch.  14,  Laws  1969),  adopted  at  the 
general  election  of  November  ^.  1970,  and 
effective  under  the  governor's  proclama- 
tion of  November  20,  1970.  The  amend- 
ment changed  tlie  voting  age  from  21  to 
19  vears. 


Proposed  Amendment 

Chapter  159,  Laws  1971,  proposes  to 
amend  this  section  to  read  as  follows: 

"Section  2.  Every  person  of  the  age 
of  eighteen  (18)  years  or  over,  possessing 
the  following  qualifications,  shall  be  en- 
titled to  vote  at  all  general  elections  and 
for  all  officers  that  now  are,  or  hereafter 


may  be,  elective  by  the  people,  and,  ex- 
cept as  hereinafter  provided,  upon  all  ques- 
tions which  may  be  submitted  to  the  vote 
of  the  people  or  electors:  First,  he  shall 
be  a  citizen  of  the  United  States;  second, 
he  shall  have  resided  in  this  state  thirty 
(.30)  days  immediate!}'  preceding  the  elec- 
tion at  which  he  offers  to  vote,  and  in  the 
town,  county  or  precinct  such  time  as  may 
be  prescribed  by  law.  Provided  that  no 
person  convicted  of  felony  shall  have  the 
right  to  vote  unless  he  has  been  pardoned 
or  restored  to  citizenship  by  the  gover- 
nor." 


Cross-References 

Electors'  (jualifications  in  election  on 
school  district  lew,  debt  or  liability,  sec. 
75-6410.1. 


Art.  XIX,  §8 


CONSTITUTION   OF  MONTANA 


ARTICLE   XIX— MISCELLANEOUS    SUBJECTS   AND    FUTURE 

AMENDMENTS 


Sec.  8. 
Referred  Measure 

Laws  1969,  ch.  65  submitted  to  electors 
the  question  whether  a  constitution  con- 
vention  should  be  called.  The  act   read: 

"Section  1.  At  the  general  election  to 
be  held  in  November  1970  there  shall  be 
submitted  to  the  electors  of  the  state  of 
Montana  the  question  whether  the  legis- 
lative assembly  at  the  1971  session,  and  in 
accordance  with  article  XIX,  section  8  of 
the  Montana  constitution,  shall  call  a  con- 
vention to  revise,  alter,  or  amend  the  con- 
stitution of  Montana." 

The  measure  was  approved  by  the  vo- 
ters at  the  general  election  of  November 
3,  1970. 

Constitutional  Convention  [Chapter  296, 
Laws  1971;  Chapter  1,  Ex.  Laws  1971] 

Chapter  296,  Laws  of  1971,  as  amended 
by  ch.  1,  Ex.  Laws  of  1971,  provided  for 
a  constitutional  convention  to  meet  in  1971 
and  1972,  to  submit  proposals  to  the  elec- 
torate not  more  than  six  months  after 
adjournment  of  the  convention.  The  act, 
as  amended,  read: 

Section  1.  A  constitutional  convention 
to  propose  revisions,  alterations,  or  amend- 
ments to  the  constitution  of  the  state  of 
Montana  is  hereby  called. 

Section  2.  The  number  of  members  of 
the  convention  and  the  districts  from 
which  they  are  elected  shall  be  the  same 
as  that  provided  for  the  election  of  mem- 
bers of  the  house  of  representatives  of 
the  Montana  legislative  assembly  at  the 
general  election  to  be  held  November  7, 
1972. 

Section  3.  The  qualifications  of  mem- 
bers shall  be  the  same  as  that  of  mem- 
bers of  the  senate  of  the  Montana  legis- 
lative assembly  as  provided  in  article  V, 
section  3  of  the  constitution  of  the  state 
of  Montana:  "No  person  shall  be  a  sena- 
tor who  shall  not  have  attained  the  age  of 
twenty-four  (24)  years,  and  who  shall  not 
be  a  citizen  of  the  United  States  and  who 
shall  not  (for  at  least  twelve  (12)  months 
next  preceding  his  election)  have  resided 
within  the  county  or  district  in  which  he 
shall  be  elected." 

Section  4.  (1)  Delegates  to  the  consti- 
tutional convention  shall  be  elected  in  the 
same  manner  as  members  of  the  house  of 
representatives,  except  the  special  primary 
election  shall  be  held  September  14,  1971 
and  the  special  general  election  shall  be 
held  November  2,  1971. 

(2)  Thirty  (30)  days  or  more  before 
the  special  general  election,  the  secretary 
of  state  shall  certify  to  the  registrars  the 
name    and    description     of    each     person 


nominated,  as  specified  on  the  certificate 
of  nomination  filed  with  him. 

Section  5.  Each  member,  before  en- 
tering upon  his  duties,  shall  take  and 
subscribe  the  following  oath  or  affirma- 
tion prescribed  by  section  1  of  article 
XIX  of  the  constitution  of  the  state  of 
Montana:  "I  do  solemnly  swear  (or  af- 
firm) that  I  will  support,  protect  and 
defend  the  constitution  of  the  United 
States,  and  the  constitution  of  the  state 
of  Montana,  and  that  I  will  discharge  the 
duties  of  my  office  with  fidelity;  and  that 
I  have  not  paid,  or  contributed,  or  prom- 
ised to  pay  or  contribute,  either  directly 
or  indirectly,  any  money  or  other  valuable 
thing  to  procure  my  nomination  or  elec- 
tion (or  appointment)  except  for  neces- 
sary and  proper  expenses  expressly  au- 
thorized by  law;  that  I  have  not  know- 
ingly violated  any  election  law  of  this 
state,  or  procured  it  to  be  done  by  others 
in  my  behalf;  that  I  will  not  knowingly 
receive,  directly  or  indirectly,  any  money 
or  other  valuable  thing  for  the  perform- 
ance or  nonperformance  of  any  act  or 
duty  pertaining  to  my  office  other  than 
the  compensation  allowed  by  law,  so  help 
me  God." 

Section  6.  Vacancies  occurring  in  the 
convention  shall  be  filled  in  the  manner 
provided  for  filling  vacancies  in  the  legis- 
lative assembly  as  provided  in  sections 
43-215  and  43-216,  R.  C.  M.  1947: 

"43-215.  Filling  vacancies  in  legislative 
assembly — appointment  by  board  of  coun- 
ty commissioners — calling  of  board  meet- 
ing. When  a  vacancy  occurs  in  either 
house  of  the  legislative  assembly,  the  va- 
cancy shall  be  filled  by  appointment  by 
the  board  of  county  commissioners,  or,  in 
the  event  of  a  multicounty  district,  the 
boards  of  county  commissioners  compris- 
ing the  district  sitting  as  one  appointing 
board.  The  chairman  of  the  board  of 
county  commissioners  of  the  county  in 
which  the  person  resided  whose  vacancy 
is  to  be  filled  shall  call  a  meeting  for  the 
purpose  of  appointing  the  member  of  the 
legislative  assembly,  and  he  shall  act  as 
the  presiding  officer  of  the  meeting." 

"43-216.  Alternative  method  of  selec- 
tion— failure  of  one  candidate  to  receive 
majority  vote.  In  the  event  that  a  deci- 
sion cannot  be  made  by  the  appointing 
board  because  of  failure  of  any  candidate 
to  receive  a  majority  of  the  votes,  the 
final  decision  may  be  made  by  lot  from 
a  number  of  candidates,  not  exceeding  the 
number  of  counties  comprising  the  dis- 
trict, in  accordance  with  rules  of  selection 


CONSTITUTION   OF  MONTANA 


Art.  XIX,  §8 


adopted  by  the  appointing  board." 

Section  7.  (1)  It  shall  be  the  duty  of 
the  delegates  elected  to  assemble  in  the 
chambers  of  the  house  of  representatives 
in  the  state  capitol  building  in  the  city  of 
Helena  at  10:00  a.m.  on  November  29, 
1971,  for  an  organizational  meeting  of  no 
longer  than  three   (3)    days  duration. 

(2)  This  meeting  shall  be  for  the  pur- 
pose of  electing  permanent  convention  of- 
ficers, adopting  rules  of  procedure,  and 
providing  for  such  interim  committees 
and  staff  members  as  may  be  necessary 
to  prepare  for  the  plenary  meeting  of  the 
convention. 

(3)  Until  the  convention  has  adopted 
rules  of  procedure,  "Mason's  Manual  of 
Legislative  Procedure"  shall  govern  the 
procedure  of  the  convention.  A  majority 
of  the  whole  number  of  delegates  to  the 
convention  shall  constitute  a  quorum  for 
the  transaction  of  business,  but  a  smaller 
number  may  adjourn  from  day  to  day. 
The  convention  may  compel  the  attend- 
ance of  its  members. 

(4)  The  governor  shall  call  the  first 
meeting  of  the  constitutional  convention 
to  order  and  shall  preside  until  a  tempo- 
rary president  is  elected.  The  governor 
shall: 

(a)  call  the  roll  of  the  members-elect, 
(as  shown  by  the  official  election  returns 
on  file  in  the  office  of  the  secretary  of 
state)  ; 

(b)  cause  the  oath  called  for  by  this 
act  to  be  administered  to  those  members- 
elect  who  are  present; 

(c)  call  for  nominations  of  convention 
members  for  the  office  of  temporary  presi- 
dent; 

(d)  cause  the  roll  of  members  to  be 
called  for  the  purpose  of  voting  for  tem- 
porary president,  and 

(e)  declare  to  be  elected  the  person 
receiving  a  plurality  of  the  votes  cast  for 
the  office  of  temporary  president. 

(5)  The  temporary  president  shall  then 
assume  the  duties  of  the  presiding  officer, 
and  the  convention  shall  proceed  to  the 
election  of  a  president  from  within  its 
membership  in  like  manner  as  the  tempo- 
rary president  was  elected  except  that  a 
majority  of  the  votes  cast  is  required  to 
elect  the  president  of  the  convention.  The 
convention  shall  then  proceed  to  elect  one 
of  its  members  as  vice-president  of  the 
convention  to  preside  in  the  absence  of 
the  president. 

(6)  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  delegates 
elected  to  assemble  in  plenary  session  in 
the  chambers  of  the  house  of  representa- 
tives in  the  state  capitol  building  in  the 
city  of  Helena  at  10:00  a.m.  on  January 
17,  1972.  The  convention,  which  may  re- 
cess from  time  to  time,  shall  then  remain 
in  session  as  long  as  necessary. 


Section  8.  In  going  to  and  returning 
from  the  convention  and  during  its  ses- 
sions, the  members  shall  in  all  cases,  ex- 
cept treason,  felony  or  breach  of  the 
peace,  be  privileged  from  arrest;  and 
they  shall  not  be  questioned  in  any  other 
place  for  any  speech  or  debate  in  the  con- 
vention. 

Section  9.  The  convention  may  select 
and  employ  such  employees  as  it  may 
deem  necessary  to  the  efficient  conduct  of 
its  business,  each  of  whom  shall  receive 
such  compensation  as  may  be  fixed  by 
the  convention.  The  convention  may 
make  such  other  expenditures  as  it  deems 
proper  to  carry  out  its  work,  but  shall  not 
authorize  total  expenditures  in  excess  of 
the  amount  appropriated  by  law  for  its 
expenses. 

Section  10.  (1)  The  convention  shall 
determine  the  rules  of  its  procedure,  and 
be  the  judge  of  the  election,  returns  and 
qualifications  of  its  members.  The  con- 
vention shall  keep  a  verbatim  journal  of 
its  proceedings  and  a  transcript  of  its  de- 
bates. Each  committee  of  the  convention 
shall  keep  a  record  of  its  proceedings  and 
reports.  The  convention  may  also  provide 
for  the  publication  of  any  of  its  other 
documents  and  reports. 

(2)  The  verbatim  journal  of  its  pro- 
ceedings, the  transcript  of  the  debates  of 
the  convention,  and  the  committee  reports 
and  proceedings  shall  be  filed  in  the  office 
of  the  secretary  of  state. 

Section  11.  (1)  It  shall  be  the  duty  of 
all  public  officers  and  employees  to  fur- 
nish the  convention  with  any  and  all 
statements,  papers,  books,  records  and 
public  documents  that  the  convention  re- 
quires on  request  of  the  convention  or  its 
committees,  and  appear  before  the  con- 
vention or  any  committee  thereof.  The 
convention,  and  its  committees,  may  com- 
pel the  attendance  and  testimony  of  wit- 
nesses and  the  production  of  books,  rec- 
ords and  documents.  Oaths  may  be 
administered  by  the  president  or  any  other 
officer  of  the  convention.  Subpoenas  and 
subpoenas  duces  tecum  may  be  issued 
over  the  signature  of  the  president  or  any 
other  officer  of  the  convention,  and  may 
be  served  by  any  adult  person  designated 
by  the  issuing  officer. 

(2)  Any  district  court  judge,  upon  ap- 
plication of  the  convention,  may  compel 
the  attendance  of  witnesses,  the  produc- 
tion of  books,  records  or  documents,  and 
the  giving  of  testimony  before  the  conven- 
tion by  an  attachment  for  contempt  or 
otherwise  in  the  same  manner  as  produc- 
tion of  evidence,  not  privileged  by  law, 
may  be  compelled  before  the  court. 

Section  12.  (1)  The  convention  may 
use  the  facilities  of  the  state,  municipal  or 
county  government  when  such  use  is  not 


Art.  XIX,  §8 


CONSTITUTION   OF  MONTANA 


disruptive    of    regular    governmental    ac- 
tivities. 

(2)  State,  municipal  and  county  officers 
and  employees,  at  the  request  of  the  con- 
vention and  with  the  consent  of  the  em- 
ploying agency,  may  be  granted  leave 
with  or  without  pay  from  their  agency  to 
serve  as  consultants  to  the  constitutional 
convention.  If  leave  with  pay  is  granted 
they  shall  receive  no  other  compensation, 
except  mileage  and  per  diem,  from  the 
convention. 

Section  13.  The  convention  may  also 
prepare  a  schedule  of  proposed  legislation 
for  submission  to  the  1973  legislative  as- 
sembly that  will  complement  the  proposed 
revisions,  alterations  or  amendments. 

Section  14.  The  convention  shall  pre- 
pare a  schedule  of  transitional  provisions 
and  fix  the  date  or  dates  upon  which  re- 
visions, alteratip.ns  or  amendments,  if 
adopted  by  the  voters,  take  effect. 

Section  15.  (1)  Sections  43-801  to  43- 
808,  R.  C.  M.  1947,  providing  for  the  li- 
censing of  legislative  lobbyists  shall  apply 
to  lobbying  at  the  constittrtional  conven- 
tion. 

(2)  Licensed  lobbyists  shall  file  with 
the  secretary  of  state  a  report  on  Febru- 
ary 1,  1972;  February  IS,  1972;  March  1, 
1972;  March  15,  1972;  April  1,  1972;  June 
15„  1972.  The  report,  under  oath,  must 
include  all  expenditures  made  by  him  rela- 
tive to  promoting  or  opposing  constitu- 
tional provisions.  On  the  fifth  day  a  re- 
port is  delinquent,  the  secretary  of  state 
shall  suspend  the  license  of  any  licensed 
lobbyist  who  fails  to  file  a  report  until 
such  report  is  filed.  The  suspension  shall 
be  entered  on  the  docket,  and  the  presi- 
dent of  the  convention  notified. 

(3)  Reports  must  be  filed  even  though 
no  expenditure  may  have  been  made. 

(4)  Reports  need  not  include: 

(a)  reasonable  internal  expenditures 
such  as  office  expenses,  maihng  and  rou- 
tine research,  and 

(b)  reasonable  expenditures  for  his  per- 
sonal food,  lodging  and  travel. 

(5)  Expenditures  of  twenty-five  dollars 
($25)  or  less  may  be  reported  in  total 
amounts  rather  than  in  detail. 

(6)  A  lobbyist  who  terminates  his  du- 
ties shall  give  the  secretary  of  state,  with- 
in thirty  (30)  days  after  the  date  of  such 
termination,  written  notice  and  shall  in- 
clude a  report  of  his  expenditures  cover- 
ing the  period  of  time  since  his  last  re- 
port.   Such  reports   shall  be  final. 

(7)  The  secretary  of  state  shall  provide 
forms  and  shall  keep  such  reports  on  file 
for  three  (3)  years.  All  records  are  to  be 
open  to  the  public. 

(8)  Failure  to  file  reports  or  the  filing 
of  incomplete  information  is  a  violation 
of  section  43-808,  R.  C.  M.  1947. 


Section  16.  (1)  For  each  day  of  the 
organizational,  plenary  and  signing  ses- 
sions of  the  convention,  members  of  the 
convention  shall  be  paid  the  same  per 
diem,  and  expenses  as  provided  in  sec- 
tion 43-310,  R.  C.  M.  1947,  for  members 
of  the  legislative  assembly. 

(2)  The  president  and  vice-president  of 
the  convention  shall  be  paid  the  same  per 
diem,  and  expenses  as  the  president  of 
the  senate  and  speaker  of  the  house  of 
representatives  as  provided  in  section  43- 
311,  R.  C.  M.  1947. 

(3)  Members  and  officers  shall  be  en- 
titled to  mileage  for  three  (3)  trips  to 
and  from  their  residences  and  Helena  by 
the  nearest  traveled  route  at  the  rate  pro- 
vided for  the  legislative  assembly  in  sec- 
tion 43-310,  R.  C.  M.  1947. 

(4)  Officers  and  employees  of  the  state 
and  its  political  subdivisions  who  are  not 
prohibited  by  the  Montana  constitution 
or  laws  of  Montana  from  serving  as  dele- 
gated and  who  are  elected  and  serve  as 
delegates  to  the  convention  shall  have 
leave,  ^without  pay,  from  their  employ- 
ment during  the  time  the  convention  is  in 
session,  and  they  shall  be  entitled  to  the 
per  diem,  expenses  and  mileage  for  dele- 
gates as  provided  in  this  section. 

Section  17.  (1)  The  revision  or  altera- 
tion of,  or  the  amendments  to  the  consti- 
tution, adopted  by  the  convention,  shall 
be  submitted  to  the  electors  of  this  state 
for  ratification  or  rejection,  at  an  election 
appointed  by  the  convention  for  that  pur- 
pose, not  less  than  two  (2)  months  nor 
more  than  six  (6)  months  after  the  ad- 
journment of  the  convention. 

(2)  The  convention  may  submit  pro- 
posals to  the  electorate  for  ratification  in 
any  of  the  following  forms: 

(a)  submitted  as  a  unit  in  the  form  o[ 
a  new  constitution; 

(b)  submitted  as  a  unit  with  the  excep- 
tion of  separate  proposals  to  be  voted  up- 
on individually,  or 

(c)  submitted  in  the  form  of  a  series 
of  separate  amendments. 

(3)  The  proposals  adopted  by  the  con- 
vention shall  be  certified  by  the  president 
and  secretary  of  the  convention  to  the 
secretary  of  state. 

(4)  Each  proposed  revision,  alteration, 
or  amendment,  together  with  appropriate 
information  explaining  each  revision,  al- 
teration, or  amendment,  shall  be  published 
in  full  and  disseminated  to  the  electors 
upon  adjournment  of  the  convention  but 
not  later  than  thirty  (30)  days  preceding 
the  election  and  in  such  manner  as  the 
convention   prescribes. 

(5)  The  convention  shall  also  publish 
a  report  to  the  people  explaining  its  pro- 
posals. 

(6)  Notice  of  the  election  shall  be  given 


CONSTITUTION   OF   MONTANA 


Art.  XIX,  §8 


in    the    manner   and    form    prescribed    by 
the  convention. 

(7)  The  convention  shall  prescribe  tbe 
manner  and  form  of  voting  at  such  elec- 
tion. 

(8)  The  votes  cast  at  such  election  shall 
be  tabulated,  returned  and  canvassed  in 
such  manner  as  may  be  directed  by  the 
convention. 

(9)  If  a  majority  of  the  electors  voting 
at  the  special  election  shall  vote  for  the 
proposals  of  the  convention  the  governor 
shall  by  his  proclamation  declare  the  pro- 
posals to  have  been  adopted  by  the  people 
of  Montana.  The  new  constitutional  pro- 
visions shall  take  effect  as  provided  there- 
in, or  as  provided  in  a  schedule  of  transi- 
tional provisions  attached   thereto. 

(10)  The  election  laws  of  the  state  of 
Montana  shall  apply  in  all  other  respects 
to  the  election  conducted  under  this  sec- 
tion. 

Section  18.  Every  person  who,  at  the 
time  of  holding  of  the  elections  provided 
for  in  this  act,  is  a  qualified  voter  under 
the  constitution  and  laws  of  this  state 
shall  be  entitled  to  vote  in  such  election. 

Section  19.  All  state  and  local  officials 
shall  do  all  those  things  which  are  appro- 
priate to  the  holding  of  each  of  the  special 
elections  provided  for  in  this  act  and 
which  are  required  under  the  general  elec- 
tion laws. 

Section  20.  (1)  A  temporary  state  agen- 
cy known  as  the  Montana  constitutional 
convention  commission  consisting  of  six- 
teen (16)  members  is  hereby  cheated  to 
prepare  for  the  constitutional  convention. 
Legislators  whose  terms  of  office-  have 
not  expired  shall  not  be  appointed  to  tUe 
comrnission.  Members  of  the  commission 
shall  be  appointed  for  a  term  ending  upon 
sine  die  adjournment  of  the  constitutional 
convention,  consideration  being  given  to 
geographic,  economic,  and  other  f)ertment 
factors  as  follows: 

(a)  four  (4)  members  appointed  by  the 
speaker  of  the  house  of  representatives, 
no  more  than  two  (2)  of  whom  shall  be 
affihated  with  the  same  political  party; 

(b)  four  (4)  members  appointed  by  the 
committee  on  committees  of  the  senate, 
no  more  than  two  (2)  of  whom  shall  be 
affiliated  with  the  same  political  party; 

(c)  four  (4)  members  appointed  by  the 
governor,  no  more  than  two  (2)  of  whom 
shall  be  affiliated  with  the  same  political 
party; 

(d)  four  (4)  members  appointed  by  the 
supreme  court,  no  more  than  two  (2)  of 
whom  shall  be  affiliated  with  the  same 
political  party. 

(2)  Commission  members  shall  be  re- 
imbursed for  actual  and  necessary  ex- 
penses incurred  as  commission  members. 

(3)  Vacancies  in  the  membership  of  the 


commission  shall  be  filled  in  the  same 
manner  as  the  original  appointments,  ex- 
cept when  the  legislature  is  not  in  session 
a  vacancy  among  members  appointed  by 
the  speaker  of  the  house  and  the  commit- 
tee on  committees  of  the  senate  may  be 
filled  by  selection  of  another  member  by 
the  remaining  members  of  commission. 

(4)  The  commission  shall  select  from 
its  membership  a  chairman  and  any  other 
officers  it  considers  necessary. 

(5)  The  commission  may  employ  and 
fix  the  compensation  and  duties  of  neces- 
sary staff. 

(6)  State,  municipal  and  county  officers 
and  employees,  at  the  request  of  the  com- 
mission and  with  the  consent  of  the  em^ 
ploying  agency,  may  be  granted  leave 
with  or  without  pay  from  their  agency 
to  serve  as  consultants  to  the  constitu- 
tional convention  commission.  If  leave 
with  pay  is  granted  they  shall  receive  no 
other  compensation,  except  mileage  and 
per  diem,  from  the  commission. 

(7)  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  commis- 
sion, in  order  to  prepare  for  the  constitu- 
tional convention:  to  undertake  studies 
and  research;  to  compile,  prepare  and  as- 
semble essential  information  for  the  dele- 
gates, without  any  recommendation. 

(8)  The  chairman  shall  schedule  meet- 
ings of  the  commission  as  deemed  neces- 
sary. The  chairman  shall  give  due  notice 
of  the  time  and  place  of  the  meetings  to 
members  of  the  commission.  The  direc- 
tor shall  report  at  each  meeting. 

(9)  The  commission  shall  maintain  a 
written  record  of  its  proceedings  and  its 
finances  which  shall  be  open  to  inspection 
by  any  person  at  the  office  of  the  com- 
mission during  regular  office  hours. 

(10)  Upon  request,  state  agencies  shall 
co-operate  with  the  commission  by  fur- 
nishing assistance  and  data  to  the  extent 
possible. 

(11)  The  commission  may  accept  and 
expend  any  federal  funds  which  may  be 
available  for  support  of  the  preparatory 
study. 

(12)  The  commission  shall  report  its 
findings  and  any  recommendations  it  con- 
siders necessary  to  the  convention  and 
transfer  its  files  to  the  constitutional  con- 
vention within  ten  (10)  days  after  the 
constitutional  convention  has  convened. 

Section  21.  (1)  The  following  amount 
is  appropriated  from  the  general  fund  to 
the  constitutional  convention  commission: 

For  the  period  ending  February  1, 
1972     $149,540 

Any  amount  unexpended  from  this  ap- 
propriation on  February  1,  1972  is  appro- 
priated to  the  constitutional  convention 
for  the  biennium  ending  June  30,  1973. 

(2)  The  following  amount  is  appropri- 
ated from  the  federal  and  private  revenue 


Art.  XIX,  §9 


CONSTITUTION   OF  MONTANA 


fund  to  the  constitutional  convention  com- 
mission: 

For    the    period    ending    February     1, 

1972     $146,461 

Any  amount  unexpended  from  this  ap- 
propriation on  February  1,  1972  is  appro- 
priated to  the  constitutional  convention 
for  the  biennium  ending  June  30,  1973. 

(3)  The  following  amount  is  appropri- 
ated from  the  general  fund  to  the  consti- 
tutional convention: 

For     the     biennium     ending    June     30, 

1973     $499,281 

(4)  The  follow^ing  amount  is  appropri- 
ated from  the  general  fund  to  the  secre- 
tary of  state  for  the  elections  relating  to 
the  constitutional  convention: 

For  the  biennium  ending  June  30, 
1973     $41,000 


Section  22.    If  any  part  of  this  act  shall 

be  declared  invalid  or  unconstitutional,  it 
shall  not  affect  the  validity  of  any  other 
part  of  this  act. 

Section  23.    This  act  is  effective  on  its 
passage  and  approval. 

Section  24.    This  act  is  repealed  effec- 
tive June  30,  1973." 


Title  of  Act 

An  act  to  provide  for  a  constitutional 
convention;  making  appropriations  in 
connection  therewith;  providing  for  an 
immediate  effective  date;  and  further  pro- 
viding for  an  automatic  repealer. 


Sec.  9.  Amendments  to  this  constitution  may  be  proposed  in  either 
house  of  the  legislative  assembly,  and  if  the  same  shall  be  voted  for 
by  two-thirds  of  the  members  elected  to  each  house,  such  proposed  amend- 
ments, together  w^ith  the  ayes  and  nays  of  each  house  thereon,  shall  be 
entered  in  full  on  their  respective  journals;  and  the  secretary  of  state 
shall  cause  the  said  amendment  or  amendments  to  be  published  in  full 
in  at  least  one  newspaper  in  each  county  (if  such  there  be)  for  three 
months  previous  to  the  next  general  election  for  members  to  the  legis- 
lative assembly;  and  at  said  election  the  said  amendment  or  amendments 
shall  be  submitted  to  the  qualified  electors  of  the  state  for  their  approval 
or  rejection  and  such  as  are  approved  by  a  majority  of  those  voting 
thereon  shall  become  part  of  the  constitution.  Should  more  amendments 
than  one  (1)  be  submitted  at  the  same  election,  they  shall  be  so  prepared 
and  distinguished  by  numbers  or  otherwise  that  each  can  be  voted  upon 
separately.  Not  more  than  three  amendments  to  this  constitution  shall  be 
submitted  at  the  same  election,  except  that  there  may  be  submitted  at 
each  of  the  general  elections  held  in  the  years  1972,  1974  and  1976,  in 
addition  to  the  three  amendments  otherwise  authorized  by  this  section, 
an  amendment  or  amendments  providing  for  the  reorganization  of  the 
executive  department  of  government  which  may  include  the  revision 
or  repeal  of  sections  of  this  constitution  relating  to  any  boards,  offices, 
and  departments  other  than  legislative  and  judicial  offices.  The  reorganiza- 
tion of  the  executive  department  is  a  single  subject,  and  an  additional 
amendment  relating  to  that  subject  authorized  by  this  section  may  be 
submitted  to  the  qualified  electors  of  the  state  in  the  form  of  a  title  clearly 
expressing  its  subject. 


Compiler's  Notes 

This  constitutes  sec.  9  of  article  XIX  as 
amended  by  act  approved  February  21, 
1969  (Ch.  66,  Laws  1969),  adopted  at  the 
general  election  of  November  3,  1970,  and 


effective  under  the  governor's  proclama- 
tion of  November  20,  1970.  The  amend- 
ment added  to  the  next  to  last  sentence 
the  exceptions  applicable  to  the  elections 
of  1972,  1974  and  1976,  and  it  added  the 
last  sentence  to  the  section. 


8 


TITLE  1— AERONAUTICS 


CHAPTER  8— ESTABLISHMENT  OF  AIRPORTS  BY  COUNTIES 
AND  CITIES— MUNICIPAL  AIRPORTS  ACT 

Section 

1-804.     Tax  levy  for  establishment  and  operation  of  airports. 

1-804.  (5668.38)  Tax  levy  for  establishment  and  operation  of  airports. 
For  the  purpose  of  establishing,  constructing,  equipping,  maintaining  and 
operating  airports  and  landing  fields  under  the  provisions  of  this  act  the 
county  commissioners  or  the  city  or  town  council  may  each  year  assess  and 
levy  in  addition  to  the  annual  levy  for  general  administrative  purposes, 
a  tax  of  not  to  exceed  two  (2)  mills  on  the  dollar  of  taxable  value  of  the 
property  of  said  county,  city  or  town.  In  the  event  of  a  jointly  established 
airport  or  landing  field,  the  county  commissioners  and  the  council  or  coun- 
cils involved  shall  determine  in  advance  the  levy  necessary  for  such  pur- 
poses and  the  proportion  each  political  subdivision  joining  in  the  venture 
shall  pay,  based  upon  the  benefits  it  is  determined  each  shall  derive  from 
the  project.  Provided,  that  if  it  be  found  that  the  levy  hereby  authorized 
will  be  insufficient  for  the  purposes  herein  enumerated,  the  commissioners 
and  councils  acting  are  hereby  authorized  and  empowered  to  contract 
an  indebtedness  on  behalf  of  such  county,  city  or  town,  as  the  case  may  be, 
upon  the  credit  thereof  by  borrowing  money  or  issuing  bonds  for  such 
purposes,  provided  that  no  money  may  be  borrowed  and  no  bonds  may  be 
issued  for  such  purpose  until  the  proposition  has  been  submitted  to  the 
qualified  electors,  and  a  majority  vote  to  be  cast  therefor,  except  that 
for  the  purpose  of  establishing  a  reserve  fund  to  resurface,  overlay,  or 
improve  existing  runways,  taxiways  and  ramps,  said  governing  bodies 
may  set  up  annual  reserve  funds  in  their  annual  budget,  provided  said 
reserve  is  approved  bj^  the  governing  bodies  during  the  normal  budgeting 
procedure.  Provided  further  that  the  necessity  to  resurface  or  improve 
said  runways  by  overlays  or  similar  methods  every  so  many  years  is  based 
upon  competent  engineering  estimates,  and  provided  that  said  funds  are 
expended  at  least  within  each  ten  (10)  year  period.  .Said  fund  shall  not 
exceed  at  any  time  a  competent  engineering  estimate  of  the  cost  of 
resurfacing  or  overlaying  the  existing  runways,  taxiways  and  ramps,  of  any 
one  airport  for  each  said  fund.  The  governing  body  of  said  airport,  if  in 
its  judgment  deems  it  advantageous,  may  invest  the  fund  in  any  interest- 
bearing  deposits  in  a  state  or  national  bank  insured  by  the  F.D.I. C.  or 
obligations  of  the  United  States  of  America,  either  short-term  or  long- 
term.  Interest  earned  from  such  investments  shall  be  credited  to  the  opera- 
tions and  maintenance  budget  of  said  airport  governing  body.  The  above 
provisions,   notwithstanding   other   budget   control    measures,    and    due    to 


1-917  AERONAUTICS 


the  uniqueness  of  the  subject  matter,  and  are  hereby  declared  necessary 
in  the  interests  of  the  public  health  and  safety. 


History:  En.  Sec.  4,  Ch.  108,  L.  1929; 
amd.  Sec.  4,  Ch.  54,  L.  1941;  amd.  Sec.  1, 
Ch.  54,  L.  1945;  amd.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  122,  L. 
1969;  amd.  Sec.  16,  Ch.  158,  L.  1971. 


CHAPTEE    9— MUNICIPAL    AND    REGIONAL    AIRPORT    AUTHORITIES 

Section 

1-917.     County  tax  levy  for  airport  purposes. 

1-917.     County  tax  levy  for  airport  purposes.     In  counties  supporting 

airports  or  airport  authorities,  a  levy,  as  provided  for  in  section  1-804, 

R.C.M.  1947,  may  be  made  for  such  purposes. 

History:  En.  1-917  by  Sec.  16,  Ch.  433, 
L.  1971. 


10 


TITLE  11— CITIES  AND  TOWNS 

CHAPTER  7— OFFICERS  AND  ELECTIONS 

Section 

11-709.     Biennial  elections  in  cities  and  towns — terms  of  office. 

11-721.1.  Recall  of  elective  officers. 


11-709.     (5003)  Biennial  elections  in  cities  and  towns — terms  of  office. 

On  the  first  Tuesday  of  April  of  every  second  year  a  municipal  election 
must  be  held,  at  which  the  qualified  electors  of  each  town  or  city  must 
elect  the  officers  of  the  city  as  defined  in  section  11-701  whose  terms  of 
office  will  expire,  with  aldermen  to  be  voted  for  by  the  wards  they  re- 
spectively represent;  the  mayor  to  hold  office  for  a  term  of  four  (4)  years, 
and  until  the  qualification  of  his  successor;  and  each  alderman  so  elected 
to  hold  office  for  a  term  of  four  (4)  years,  and  until  the  qualification  of 
his  successor;  and  also  in  cities  of  the  first,  second  and  third  class,  a 
police  judge  and  a  city  treasurer,  who  shall  hold  office  for  a  term  of  four 
(4)  years,  and  until  the  qualification  of  their  successors;  provided,  how- 
ever, that  in  the  election  to  be  held  the  first  Tuesday  of  April,  1973,  one 
alderman  from  each  ward  will  be  elected  for  a  term  of  two  (2)  years  and 
one  alderman  from  each  ward  will  be  elected  for  a  term  of  four  (4)  years, 
and  in  the  next  succeeding  election  and  thereafter,  one  alderman  from 
each  ward  will  be  elected  for  a  four  (4)  year  term.  The  city  council  shall 
by  resolution  determine  which  office  of  alderman  in  each  ward  shall  be  for 
a  term  of  two  (2)  years  and  which  for  four  (4)  years  at  the  election  to  be 
held  on  the  first  Tuesday  of  April,  1973. 

History:  Ap.  p.  Sec.  4,  p.  122,  L.  1893;  M.  1921;  amd.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  60,  L.  1935; 
amd.  Sec.  4748,  Pol.  C.  1895;  re-en.  Sec.  amd.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  193,  L.  1971;  amd.  Sec. 
3224,  Rev.  C.  1907;  re-en.  Sec.  5003,  R.  C.       1,  Ch.  343,  L.  1971. 


11-721.1.  Recall  of  elective  officers.  (1)  The  holder  of  any  elective 
office  under  a  mayor-council  form  of  municipal  government  may  be  re- 
moved at  any  time  by  the  electors  qualified  to  vote.  The  procedure  to  ef- 
fect the  removal  of  an  incumbent  of  an  elective  office  shall  be  as  follows : 
A  petition  signed  by  twenty-five  per  cent  (25%)  of  all  qualified  electors 
registered  for  the  last  preceding  general  municipal  election,  demanding 
an  election  for  recall  of  the  person  sought  to  be  recalled,  shall  be  filed  with 
the  city  clerk,  which  petition  shall  contain  a  general  statement  of  the 
grounds  for  which  the  removal  is  sought.  The  signatures  to  the  petition 
need  not  be  appended  to  one  paper,  but  each  signer  shall  add  to  his  signa- 
ture his  place  of  residence,  giving  the  street  and  number.  One  of  the 
signers  of  such  paper  shall  make  oath  before  an  officer  competent  to 
administer  oaths  that  the  statements  therein  are  true  as  he  believes,  and 
that  each  signature  to  the  paper  appended  is  the  genuine  signature  of  the 
person  whose  name  it  purports  to  be. 

11 


11-1202  CITIES   AND   TOWNS 

(2)  Within  ten  (10)  days  from  the  date  of  filing  such  petition  the  city- 
clerk  shall  examine,  and  from  the  voters'  register  ascertain  whether  or 
not  said  petition  is  signed  by  the  requisite  number  of  qualified  electors, 
and,  if  necessary,  the  council  shall  allow  him  extra  help  for  that  purpose; 
and  he  shall  attach  to  said  petition  his  certificate,  showing  the  result  of 
said  examination.  If,  by  the  clerk's  certificate,  the  petition  is  shown  to  be 
insufficient,  it  may  be  amended  within  ten  (10)  days  from  the  date  of 
said  certificate.  The  clerk  shall,  within  ten  (10)  days  after  such  amend- 
ment, make  like  examination  of  the  amended  petition,  and  if  his  certificate 
shall  show  the  same  to  be  insufficient,  it  shall  be  returned  to  the  person 
filing  the  same ;  without  prejudice,  however,  to  the  filing  of  a  new  petition 
to  the  same  effect.  If  the  petition  shall  be  deemed  to  be  sufficient,  the 
clerk  shall  submit  the  same  to  the  council  without  delay.  If  the  petition 
shall  be  found  to  be  sufficient,  the  council  shall  order  and  fix  a  date  for 
holding  said  election,  not  less  than  seventy  (70)  days  nor  more  than  eighty 
(80)  days  from  the  date  of  the  clerk's  certificate  to  the  council  that  a 
sufficient  petition  is  filed. 

(3)  The  council  shall  make,  or  cause  to  be  made,  publication  of  notice 
and  all  arrangements  for  holding  such  election,  and  the  same  shall  be 
conducted,  returned,  and  the  result  thereof  declared,  in  all  respects  as  are 
other  elections. 

(4)  Any  vacancy  created  as  a  result  of  such  recall  election  shall  be 
filled  as  prescribed  in  section  11-721,  R.C.M.  1947. 

History:  En.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  329,  L.  1971.  tive  officers  of  cities  and  towns  under  a 

mayor-council    form    of    government. 
Title   of   Act  ^ 

An  act  to  provide  for  removal  of  elec- 

CHAPTER  12— CONTEACTS  AND  FRANCHISES 

Section 

11-1202.  Awarding  contracts — advertisements — limitations — installments — sales  of  sup- 
plies— construction  of  buildings — purchases  from  government  agencies — 
exemptions. 

11-1202.  (5070)  Awarding  contracts — advertisements — limitations — in- 
stallments— sales  of  supplies — construction  of  buildings — purchases  from 
government  agencies — exemptions.  All  contracts  for  the  purchase  of  any 
automobile,  truck,  or  other  vehicle  or  road  machinery,  or  for  any  other 
machinery,  apparatus,  appliances,  or  equipment,  or  for  any  materials  or 
supplies  of  any  kind,  or  for  construction  for  which  must  be  paid  a  sum 
exceeding  four  thousand  dollars  ($4,000),  must  be  let  to  the  lowest  re- 
sponsible bidder  after  advertisement  for  bids ;  provided  that  no  contract 
shall  be  let  extending  over  a  period  of  five  (5)  years  or  more  without 
first  submitting  the  question  to  a  vote  of  the  taxpaying  electors  of  said 
city  or  town.  Such  advertisement  shall  be  made  in  the  official  newspaper  of 
the  city  or  town,  if  there  be  such  official  newspaper,  and  if  not  it  shall 
be  made  in  a  daily  newspaper  of  general  circulation  published  in  the 
city  or  town,  if  there  be  such,  otherwise  by  posting  in  three  (3)  of  the 
most  public  places  in  the  city  or  town.  Such  advertisement  if  by  publi- 
cation in  a  newspaper  shall  be  made  once  each  week  for  two  consecutive 
weeks  and  the  second  publication  shall  be  made  not  less  than  five  (5)  days 

12 


CONTRACTS  AND   FRANCHISES  11-1202 

nor  more  than  twelve  (12)  days  before  the  consideration  of  bids.  If  such 
advertisement  is  made  by  posting,  fifteen  (15)  days  must  elapse,  including 
the  day  of  posting,  between  the  time  of  the  posting  of  such  advertisement 
and  the  day  set  for  considering  bids.  The  council  may  postpone  action 
as  to  any  such  contract  until  the  next  regular  meeting  after  bids  are  re- 
ceived in  response  to  such  advertisement,  may  reject  any  and  all  bids 
and  readvertise  as  herein  provided.  The  provisions  of  this  section  as  to  ad- 
vertisement for  bids  shall  not  apply  upon  the  happening  of  any  emergency 
caused  by  fire,  flood,  explosion,  storm,  earthquake,  riot  or  insurrection,  or 
any  other  similar  emergency,  but  in  such  case  the  council  may  proceed 
in  any  manner  which,  in  the  judgment  of  three-fourths  {%)  of  the  mem- 
bers of  the  council  present  at  the  meeting,  duly  recorded  in  the  minutes 
of  the  proceedings  of  the  council  by  aye  and  nay  vote,  will  best  meet  the 
emergency  and  serve  the  public  interest.  Such  emergency  shall  be  de- 
clared and  recorded  at  length  in  the  minutes  of  the  proceedings  of  the 
council  at  the  time  the  vote  thereon  is  taken  and  recorded. 

When  the  amount  to  be  paid  under  any  such  contract  shall  exceed 
four  thousand  dollars  ($4,000)  the  council  may  provide  for  the  payment 
of  such  an  amount  in  installments  extending  over  a  period  of  not  more 
than  five  (5)  years;  provided  that  when  such  amount  is  extended  over  a 
term  of  two  (2)  years  at  least  forty  per  centum  (40%)  thereof  shall  be 
paid  the  first  year  and  the  remainder  the  second  year,  and  when  sucli 
amount  is  extended  over  a  term  of  three  (3)  years,  at  least  one-third  (I/3) 
thereof  shall  be  paid  each  year,  and  if  such  amount  is  extended  over  a 
term  of  four  (4)  years,  at  least  one-fourth  (V^)  is  to  be  paid  each  year, 
and  if  such  amount  is  extended  over  a  term  of  five  (5)  years,  at  least  one- 
fifth  (1/5)  is  to  be  paid  each  year;  provided  that  at  the  time  of  entering 
into  such  contract,  there  shall  be  an  unexpended  balance  of  appropriation 
in  the  budget  for  the  then  current  fiscal  year  available  and  sufficient  to 
meet  and  take  care  of  such  portion  of  the  contract  price  as  is  payable  dur- 
ing the  then  current  fiscal  year,  and  the  budget  for  each  following  year,  in 
which  any  portion  of  such  purchase  price  is  to  be  paid,  shall  contain  an 
appropriation  for  the  purpose  of  paying  the  same. 

Old  supplies  or  equipment  may  be  sold  by  the  city  or  town  to  the 
highest  responsible  bidder,  after  calling  for  bid  purchasers  as  herein  set 
forth  for  bid  sellers,  and  such  city  or  town  may  trade  in  supplies  or  old 
equipment  on  new  supplies  or  equipment  at  such  bid  price  as  will  result 
in  the  lowest  net  price. 

Also  a  city  or  town  may,  without  bid,  when  there  are  sufficient  funds 
in  the  budget  for  supplies  or  equipment,  purchase  such  supplies  or  equip- 
ment from  government  agencies  available  to  cities  or  towns  when  the  same 
can  be  purchased  by  such  city  or  town  at  a  substantial  saving  to  such  city 
or  town. 

History:   En.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  48,  L.  1907;  153,  L.  1947;  amd.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  139,  L. 

Sec.  3278,  Rev,  C.  1907;  re-en.  Sec.  5070,  1949;  amd.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  220,  L.  1959;  amd. 

R.  C.  M.  1921;  amd.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  22,  L.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  26,  L.  1963;  amd.  Sec.  1,  Ch. 

1927;  amd.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  18,  L.  1939;  amd,  121,  L,  1969;  amd.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  371,  L. 

Sec.  1,  Ch,  59,  L.  1941;  amd.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  1971. 

13 


11-2217  CITIES   AND   TOWNS 

CHAPTEE  22— SPECIAL  IMPROVEMENT  DISTRICTS 

Section 

11-2217.  Cities  and  towns  may  establish  sewage  treatment  and  disposal  plant  sys- 
tems and  water  supply  and  distribution  systems. 

11-2218.     May  issue   revenue  bonds — sinking  fund — refunding  revenue  bonds. 

11-2271.  Loans  from  revolving  fund  for  paying  improvement  district  warrants — au- 
thorization by  electors. 

11-2275.     Creation  and  maintenance  of  fund. 

11-2217.  Cities  and  towns  may  establish  sewage  treatment  and  dis- 
posal plant  systems  and  water  supply  and  distribution  systems.  Any  city 
or  toAvn  may  when  authorized  so  to  do  by  a  majority  vote  of  the  quali- 
fied electors  voting  on  the  question  establish,  build,  construct,  reconstruct 
and/or  extend  a  storm  and/or  sanitary  sewerage  system  and/or  a  plant  or 
plants  for  treatment  or  disposal  of  sewage  therefrom,  or  a  water  supply 
and/or  distribution  system,  or  any  combinations  of  such  systems,  and  may 
operate  and  maintain  such  facilities  for  public  use,  and  in  addition  to  all 
other  powers  granted  to  it,  such  municipality  shall  have  authority,  by 
ordinance  duly  adopted  by  the  governing  body  to  charge  just  and  equit- 
able rates,  charges  or  rentals  for  the  services  and  benefits  directly  or 
indirectly  furnished  thereby.  Such  rates,  charges  or  rentals  shall  be  as 
nearly  as  possible  equitable  in  proportion  to  the  services  and  benefits 
rendered,  and  sewer  charges  may  take  into  consideration  the  quantity 
of  sewage  produced  and  its  concentration  and  water  pollution  qualities 
in  general  and  the  cost  of  disposal  of  sewage  and  storm  waters.  The 
sewer  charges  may  be  fixed  on  the  basis  of  water  consumption  or  any 
other  equitable  basis  the  governing  body  may  deem  appropriate  and,  if 
the  governing  body  determines  that  the  sewage  treatment  and/or  storm 
water  disposal  prevents  pollution  of  sources  of  water  supply,  may  be 
established  as  a  surcharge  on  the  water  bills  of  water  consumers  or  on 
any  other  equitable  basis  of  measuring  the  use  and  benefits  of  such  facilities 
and  services.  In  the  event  of  nonpayment  of  charges  for  either  water 
or  sewer  service  and  benefits  to  any  premises,  the  governing  body  may 
direct  the  supply  of  water  to  such  premises  to  be  discontinued  until 
such  charges  are  paid. 

In  this  act  "qualified  electors"  shall  mean  registered  electors  of  the 

municipality.   The   question    of  building,    constructing,    reconstructing    or 

extending  the  system,  plant  or  plants  and  the   question   of  issuing   and 

selling  revenue  bonds  for  such  purpose  may  be   submitted   as   a   single 

proposition  or  as  separate  propositions.  Any  election  under  this  act  may 

be  called  by  a  resolution  of  the  governing  body  which  it  may  adopt  without 

being  previously  petitioned  to  do  so. 

History:  En.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  149,  L.  1943; 
amd.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  100,  L.  1947;  amd.  Sec. 
1,  Ch.  98,  L.  1955;  amd.  Sec.  7,  Ch.  158, 
li.  1971. 

11-2218.  May  issue  revenue  bonds — sinking  fund — refunding  revenue 
bonds.  (1)  Any  such  municipality  may  issue,  and  sell  negotiable  revenue 
bonds  for  the  construction  of  any  such  water  or  sewer  system  or  combined 
water  and  sewer  system  when  authorized  so  to  do  by  a  majority  vote  of 
the  qualified  electors  voting  on  the  question  at  an  election  called  by  the 

14 


SPECIAL   IMPROVEMENT  DISTRICTS  11-2271 

city  council  or  other  governing  body  of  the  municipality  for  that  purpose, 
and  noticed  and  conducted  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  sections 
11-2308  to  11-2310,  inclusive;  and  all  bonds  shall  mature  within  forty 
(40)  years  from  date  of  bonds,  and  may  be  registered  as  to  ownership 
of  principal  only  with  the  treasurer  of  said  municipality,  if  so  directed 
by  the  governing  body.  No  bonds  sliall  be  sold  for  less  than  par,  and 
each  of  said  bonds  shall  state  plainly  on  its  face  that  it  is  payable  only 
from  a  sinking  fund,  naming  said  fund  and  the  ordinance  and  resolution 
creating  it,  and  that  it  does  not  create  an  indebtedness  within  the  meaning 
of  any  charter,  statutory  or  constitutional  limitation  upon  the  incurring  of 
indebtedness. 

(2)  to  (8)     *  *  *   [Same  as  parent  volume.] 

(9)  In  any  case  where  refunding  bonds  are  issued  and  sold  six 
(6)  months  or  more  before  the  earliest  date  on  which  all  bonds  refunded 
thereby  mature  or  are  prepayable  in  accordance  with  their  terms,  the 
proceeds  of  the  refunding  bonds,  including  any  premium  and  accrued 
interest,  shall  be  deposited  in  escrow  with  a  suitable  bank  or  trust 
company,  having  its  principal  place  of  business  within  or  without  the 
state,  which  is  a  member  of  the  federal  reserve  system  and  has  a  com- 
bined capital  and  surplus  not  less  than  one  million  dollars  ($1,000,000), 
and  shall  be  invested  in  such  amount  and  in  securities  maturing  on  such 
dates  and  bearing  interest  at  such  rates  as  shall  be  required  to  provide 
funds  sufficient  to  pay  when  due  the  interest  to  accrue  on  each  bond 
refunded  to  its  maturity  or  if  it  is  prepayable,  to  the  earliest  prior  date 
upon  which  such  bond  may  be  called  for  redemption,  and  to  pay  and 
redeem  the  principal  amount  of  each  such  bond  at  maturity,  or,  if  pre- 
payable, at  its  earliest  redemption  date,  and  any  premium  required  for 
redemption  on  such  date ;  and  the  resolution  or  ordinance  authorizing 
the  refunding  bonds  shall  irrevocably  appropriate  for  these  purposes  the 
escrow  fund  and  all  income  therefrom,  and  shall  provide  for  the  call  of 
all  prepayable  bonds  in  accordance  with  their  terms.  The  securities  to  be 
purchased  with  the  escrow  fund  shall  be  limited  to  general  obligations 
of  the  United  States,  securities  whose  principal  and  interest  payments  are 
guaranteed  by  the  United  States,  and  securities  issued  by  the  following 
United  States  government  agencies :  banks  for  co-operatives,  federal  home 
loan  banks,  federal  intermediate  credit  banks,  federal  land  banks,  and 
the  federal  national  mortgage  association.  Such  securities  shall  be  pur- 
chased simultaneously  with  the  delivery  of  the  refunding  bonds. 

(10)  *  *  *   [Same  as  parent  volume.] 

History:    En.   Sec.   2,  Ch.   149,  L.   1943;       1957;   amd.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  51,  L.  1963;   amd. 
amd.   Sec.   1,  Ch.   146,  L.   1951;   amd.   Sec.       Sec.  13,  Ch.  234,  L.  1971. 
2,  Ch.  98,  L.  1955;  amd.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  38,  L. 

11-2271.  (5277.3)  Loans  from  revolving  fund  for  paying  improvement 
district  warrants — authorization  by  electors.  (1)  Whenever  any  special 
improvement  district  bond  or  sidewalk,  curb  and  alley  approach  Avarrants, 
or  any  interest  thereon,  shall  be,  at  the  time  of  the  passage  of  this  act, 
or  shall  thereafter  become  due  and  payable,  and  there  shall  then  be  either 
no  money  or  not  sufficient  money  in  the  appropriate  district  fund  with 
which  to  pay  the  same,  an  amount  sufficient  to  make  up  the  deficiency 
may,  by  order  of  the  council,  be  loaned  by  the  revolving  fund  to  such 

15 


11-2275 


CITIES   AND   TOWNS 


district  fund,  and  thereupon  such  bond  or  warrant  or  such  interest 
thereon,  or  in  case  of  such  bonds  or  warrants  due  at  the  time  of  the 
passage  of  this  act,  such  part  of  the  amount  tUie  on  such  bond  or  warrant, 
whether  it  bo  for  principal  or  for  interest  or  for  both  as  the  council  may 
in  its  discretion  elect  or  determine  shall  be  paid  from  the  money  so  loaned 
or  from  the  money  so  loaned  when  added  to  such  insufficient  amount,  as  the 
case  may  require. 

(2)  In  connection  with  any  public  offering  of  special  improvement 
district  bonds  or  sidewalk,  curb  and  alley  approach  warrants,  the  city 
or  town  council  may  undertake  and  agree  to  issue  orders  annually  au- 
thorizing loans  or  advances  from  the  revolving  fund  to  the  district  fund 
involved  in  amounts  sufficient  to  make  good  any  deficiency  in  the  bond 
and  interest  accounts  thereof  to  the  extent  that  funds  are  available,  and 
may  further  undertake  and  agree  to  provide  funds  for  such  revolving 
fund  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  section  11-2270  by  annually  making 
such  tax  levy  (or,  in  lieu  thereof,  such  loan  from  the  general  fund)  as  the 
city  or  town  council  may  so  agree  to  and  undertake,  subject  to  the  maxi- 
mum limitations  imposed  by  said  section  11-2270,  which  said  undertakings 
and  agreements  shall  be  binding  upon  said  city  or  town  so  long  as  any 
of  said  special  improvement  district  bonds  or  sidewalk,  curb  and  alley 
approach  Avarrants  so  oft'ered,  or  any  interest  thereon,  remain  unpaid. 


History:  En.  Sec.  3,  Ch.  24,  L.  1929; 
amd.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  179,  L.  1945;  amd.  Sec. 
17,  Ch.  158,  L.  1971;  amd.  Sec.  3,  Ch.  255, 
L.  1971. 

Compiler's  Notes 

This  section  was  amended  twice  in  1971, 
once  by  Ch.  158  and  once  by  Ch.  255. 
Neither  amendatory  act  referred  to  or 
incorporated  the  changes  made  by  the 
other.  Since  the  two  amendments  do  not 
appear  to  conflict,  the  compiler  has  made 
a  composite  section  embodying  the  amend- 
ments made  by  both  1971  acts. 


Amendments 

Chapter  158,  Laws  of  1971,  deleted  from 
the  end  of  subsection  (1)  a  proviso  and 
a  sentence  requiring  that  the  revolving 
fund  be  approved  by  the  taxpayers.  For 
prior  text,  see  parent  volume. 

Chapter  255,  Laws  of  1971,  inserted 
"sidewalk,  curb  and  alley  approach"  be- 
fore "warrants"  near  the  beginning  of 
subsection  (1)  and  near  the  beginning  and 
near  the  end  of  subsection  (2);  and  made 
a  minor  change  in  phraseology. 


11-2275.  Creation  and  maintenance  of  fund.  A  supplemental  revolving 
fund  may  be  created  by  ordinance  subject  to  the  approval  of  a  majority 
of  the  qualified  electors  voting  upon  the  question  at  a  general  or  special 
election.  As  used  in  this  act  "qualified  electors"  shall  mean  registered 
electors  of  the  municipality.  The  supplemental  revolving  fund  shall  be 
created  and  maintained  solely  from  the  net  revenues  of  parking  meters 
and  the  ordinance  may  pledge  to  said  fund  all  or  any  part  of  the  said 
net  revenues  of  parking  meters  which  may  be  then  owned  or  leased  or 
rented  or  thereafter  acquired  by  the  city  or  town.  Said  ordinance  shall 
contain  such  provisions  in  respect  to  the  purchase,  control,  operation, 
repair  and  maintenance  of  parking  meters,  including  rates  to  be  charged, 
and  the  application  of  the  net  revenues  therefrom  and  the  management 
and  use  of  the  supplemental  revolving  fund  as  the  council  shall  deem 
necessary. 

History:    En.   Sec.   2,   Ch.   260,  L.   1947; 
amd.  Sec.  8,  Ch.  158,  L.  1971. 


16 


MUNICIPAL  BONDS   AND   INDEBTEDNESS  11-2310 

CHAPTER  23— MUNICIPAL  BONDS  AND  INDEBTEDNESS 

Section 

11-2306.     Petition  for  election — form — proof. 

11-2310.     Registration  of  electors. 

11-2306.  (5278.6)  Petition  for  election— form— proof.  No  bonds  shall 
be  issued  by  a  city  or  town  for  any  purpose,  except  to  fund  or  refund 
warrants  or  bonds  issued  prior  to  and  outstanding  on  July  first,  1942, 
as  authorized  in  section  11-2301,  unless  authorized  at  a  dulj^  called  special 
or  general  election  at  which  the  question  of  issuing  such  bonds  was 
submitted  to  the  qualified  electors  of  the  city  or  town,  and  approved, 
as  hereinafter  provided,  and  no  such  election  shall  be  called  unless  there 
has  been  presented  to  the  city  or  town  council  a  petition,  asking  that 
such  election  be  held  and  question  submitted,  signed  by  not  less  than 
twenty  per  centum  (20%)  of  the  qualified  electors  of  the  city  or  town. 
Every  petition  for  the  calling  of  an  election  to  vote  upon  the  question 
of  issuing  bonds  shall  plainly  and  clearly  state  the  purpose  or  purposes 
for  which  it  is  proposed  to  issue  such  bonds,  and  shall  contain  an  estimate 
of  the  amount  necessary  to  be  issued  for  such  purpose  or  purposes.  There 
may  be  a  separate  petition  for  each  purpose,  or  two  (2)  or  more  purposes 
may  be  combined  in  one  (1)  petition,  if  each  purpose  with  an  estimate 
of  the  amount  of  bonds  to  be  issued  therefor  is  separately  stated  in  such 
petition.  Such  petition  may  consist  of  one  (1)  sheet,  or  of  several  sheets 
identical  in  form  and  fastened  together,  after  being  circulated  and  signed, 
so  as  to  form  a  single  complete  petition  before  being  delivered  to  the 
city  or  town  clerk,  as  hereinafter  provided.  The  petition  shall  give  the 
street  and  house  number,  if  any,  and  the  voting  precinct  of  each  person 
signing  the  same. 

Only  persons  who  are  qualified  to  sign  such  petitions  shall  be  qualified 
to  circulate  the  same,  and  there  shall  be  attached  to  the  completed  peti- 
tion the  affidavit  of  some  person  who  circulated,  or  assisted  in  circulating, 
such  petition,  that  he  believes  the  signatures  thereon  are  genuine  and  that 
the  signers  knew  the  contents  thereof  before  signing  the  same.  The  com- 
pleted petition  shall  be  filed  with  the  city  or  town  clerk  who  shall,  within 
fifteen  (15)  days  thereafter,  carefully  examine  the  same  and  the  county 
records  showing  the  qualifications  of  the  petitioners,  and  attach  thereto 
a  certificate,  under  his  official  signature,  which  shall  set  forth : 

(1)  The  total  number  of  persons  who  are  registered  electors. 

(2)  *  *  *   [Same  as  parent  volume.] 

(3)  "Whether  such  qualified  signers  constitute  more  or  less  than 
twenty  per  centum  (20%)   of  the  registered  electors  of  the  city  or  town. 

History:  En.  Sec.  6,  Ch.  160,  L.  1931; 
amd.  Sec.  2,  Ch.  108,  L.  1937;  amd.  Sec, 
2,  Ch.  15,  L.  1943;  amd.  Sec.  9,  Ch.  158, 
L.  1971. 

11-2310.  (5278.10)  Registration  of  electors.  Upon  the  adoption  of  the 
resolution  calling  for  the  election  the  city  or  town  clerk  shall  notify  the 
county  clerk  of  the  date  on  which  the  election  is  to  be  held  and  the  county 
clerk  must  cause  to  be  published  in  the  official  newspaper  of  the  city  or 
town,  if  there  be  one,  and  if  not  in  a  newspaper  circulated  generally  in  the 
said  city  or  town  and  published  in  the  county  where  the  said  city  or  town 

17 


11-2404  CITIES  AND   TOWNS 

is  located,  a  notice  signed  by  the  county  clerk  stating  that  registration 
for  such  bond  election  will  close  at  noon  on  the  fifteenth  (15th)  day  prior 
to  the  date  for  holding  such  election  and  at  that  time  the  registration 
books  shall  be  closed  for  such  election.  Such  notice  must  be  published 
at  least  five  (5)  days  prior  to  the  date  when  such  election  books  shall  be 
closed. 

After  the  closing  of  the  registration  books  for  such  election  the  county 
clerk  shall  promptly  prepare  lists  of  the  qualified  electors  of  such  city 
or  town  who  are  entitled  to  vote  at  such  election  and  shall  prepare  pre- 
cinct registers  for  such  election  as  provided  in  section  23-3012  and  deliver 
the  same  to  the  city  or  town  clerk  who  shall  deliver  the  same  to  the 
judges  of  election  prior  to  the  opening  of  the  polls.  It  shall  not  be  neces- 
sary to  publish  or  post  such  lists  of  qualified  electors. 

History:   En.  Sec.  10,  Ch.  160,  L.  1931;       17,  Ch.  64,  L.  1959;  amd.  Sec.  10,  Ch.  158, 
amd.   Sec.   1,  Ch.   182,  L.  1939;    amd.   Sec.      L.  1971. 


CHAPTER  24— MUNICIPAL  EEVENUE  BOND  ACT  OF  1939 

Section 

11-2404.     Authorization  of  undertaking — form  and  contents  of  bonds. 

11-2404.    Authorization  of  undertaking — form  and  contents  of  bonds. 

The  acquisition,  purchase,  construction,  reconstruction,  improvement,  bet- 
terment or  extension  of  any  undertaking  may  be  authorized  under  this 
chapter,  and  bonds  may  be  authorized  to  be  issued  under  this  chapter 
by  resolution  or  resolutions  of  the  governing  body  of  the  municipality, 
when  authorized  by  a  majority  of  the  qualified  electors  voting  upon  such 
question  at  a  special  election  noticed  and  conducted  as  provided  in  sec- 
tions 11-2308  to  11-2310,  inclusive,  and  said  special  election  shall  be  held 
not  later  than  the  next  municipal  election  held  after  the  council  or  govern- 
ing body  of  the  municipality  has  by  resolution  or  resolutions  approved  the 
acquisition,  purchase,  construction,  reconstruction,  improvement,  better- 
ment or  extension  of  any  undertaking  as  in  this  chapter  provided  and 
ordered  said  special  election ;  provided,  that  the  issuance  of  refunding 
revenue  bonds  may  be  authorized  by  resolution  or  resolutions  of  the  gov- 
erning body  of  the  municipality  without  an  election. 

Said  bonds  shall  bear  interest  at  such  rate  or  rates  not  exceeding 
nine  per  cent  (9%)  per  annum,  payable  semiannually,  may  be  in  one  or 
more  series,  may  bear  such  date  or  dates,  may  mature  at  such  time  or 
times  not  exceeding  forty  (40)  years  from  their  respective  dates,  may  be 
payable  in  such  place  or  places,  may  carry  such  registration  privileges, 
may  be  subject  to  such  terms  of  redemption,  may  be  executed  in  such 
manner,  may  contain  such  terms,  covenants  and  conditions,  and  may  be  in 
such  form,  either  coupon  or  registered,  as  such  resolution  or  subsequent 
resolutions  may  provide.  Said  bonds  shall  be  sold  at  not  less  than  par. 
Said  bonds  may  be  sold  at  private  sale  to  the  United  States  of  America 
or  any  agency,  instrumentality  or  corporation  thereof.  Unless  sold  to  the 
United  States  of  America  or  agency,  instrumentality  or  corporation  there- 
of, said  bonds  shall  be  sold  at  public  sale  after  notice  of  such  sale  pub- 

18 


COMMISSION   FORM   OF  GOVERNMENT  11-3116 

lished  once  at  least  five  (5)  days  prior  to  such  sale  in  a  neAvspaper  cir- 
culating in  the  municipality  and  in  a  financial  newspaper  published  in 
the  city  of  New  York,  New  York,  or  the  city  of  Chicago,  Illinois,  or  the 
city  of  San  Francisco,  California,  except  that,  in  the  event  the  bond 
issue  is  in  an  amount  of  less  than  one  hundred  fifty  thousand  dollars 
($150,000),  the  bond  issue  shall  be  advertised  at  least  five  (5)  days  prior 
to  such  sale  in  daily  newspapers  circulating  in  Montana  cities  of  10,000 
population  or  over,  in  lieu  of  advertising  in  a  financial  newspaper  in 
New  York,  Chicago,  or  San  Francisco,  and  also  in  a  newspaper  as  specified 
in  section  16-1201  if  that  newspaper  is  different  from  the  daily  newspapers 
circulating  in  Montana  cities  of  10,000  population  or  over.  Pending  the 
preparation  of  the  definitive  bonds,  interim  receipts  or  certificates  in 
such  form  and  with  such  provisions  as  the  governing  body  may  determine 
may  be  issued  to  tlie  purchaser  or  purchasers  of  bonds  sold  pursuant  to 
this  chapter.  Said  bonds  and  interim  receii)ts  or  certificates  shall  bo  fully 
negotiable,  as  provided  by  the  Uniform  Commercial  Code — Investment 
Securities. 

History:  En.  Sec.  4,  Ch.  126,  L.  1939;  1963;  amd.  Sec.  11-106,  Ch.  264,  L.  1963; 
amd.  Sec.  2,  Ch.  145,  L.  1951;  amd.  Sec.  2,  amd.  Sec.  11,  Ch,  158,  L.  1971;  amd.  Sec. 
Ch.   38,   L.   1957;   amd.   Sec.   1,  Ch.  52,  L.      5,  Ch.  234,  L.  1971. 


CHAPTER  31— COMMISSION  FORM  OF  GOVERNMENT 

Section 

11-3116.     Bribery — false    answers    concerning   qualifications    of    elector — voting   by    dis- 
qualified person. 

11-3116.  (5379)  Bribery — false  answers  concerning-  qualifications  of 
elector — voting  by  disqualified  person.  Any  i)erson  offering  to  give  a 
bribe,  either  in  money  or  other  consideration,  to  any  elector,  for  the 
purpose  of  influencing  his  vole  at  any  election  provided  in  this  act,  or 
any  elector  entitled  to  vote  at  any  such  election  receiving  and  accepting 
such  bribe  or  other  consideration;  any  person  who  agrees,  by  promise  or 
written  statement,  that  lie  will  do,  or  will  not  do,  any  particular  act  or 
acts,  for  the  purpose  of  influencing  the  vote  of  any  elector  or  electors  at 
any  election  provided  in  this  act;  any  person  making  false  answer  to 
any  of  the  provisions  of  this  act  relative  to  his  qualifications  to  vote  at 
such  election ;  any  person  willfull}^  voting  or  offering  to  vote  at  such 
election  who  has  not  met  the  residency  requirements  for  voting  as  pro- 
vided by  the  constitution  of  the  state  of  Montana,  or  who  is  not  of  the 
minimum  age  provided  by  the  constitution  of  the  state  of  Montana,  or 
is  not  a  citizen  of  the  United  States,  or  knowing  himself  not  to  be  a  quali- 
fied elector  of  such  precinct  where  he  offers  to  vote;  any  person  know- 
ingly procuring,  aiding,  or  abetting  any  violation  hereof,  shall  be  deemed 
guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and,  upon  conviction,  shall  be  fined  in  a  sum 
not  less  than  one  hundred  dollars  ($100)  nor  more  than  five  hundred 
dollars  ($500)  ;  and  be  imprisoned  in  the  count}^  jail  not  less  than  ten 
(10)  nor  more  than  ninety  (90)   days. 

History:  En.  Sec.  14,  Ch.  57,  L.  1911; 
re-en.  Sec.  5379,  R.  C.  M.  1921;  amd. 
Sec.  1,  Ch.  166,  L.  1971. 

19 


11-3229  CITIES  AND  TOWNS 

CHAPTER  32— COMMISSI ON-MANAGEE  FOEM  OF  GOVEENMENT 

Section 

11-3229.     Bribery — false   answers    concerning   qualifications    of   elector — voting   by    dis- 
qualified person. 
11-3248.     Compensation  of  commissioners  and  mayor. 

11-3229.  (5428)  Bribery — false  answers  concerning  qualifications  of 
elector — voting-  by  disqualified  person.  Any  person  offering  to  give  a 
bribe,  either  in  money  or  other  consideration,  to  any  elector  for  the  purpose 
of  influencing  his  vote  at  any  election  provided  in  this  act,  or  any  elector 
entitled  to  vote  at  any  such  election  receiving  and  accepting  such  bribe 
or  other  consideration ;  any  person  who  agrees,  by  promise  or  written 
statement,  that  he  will  do,  or  will  not  do,  any  particular  act  or  acts,  for 
the  purpose  of  influencing  the  vote  of  any  elector  or  electors  at  any  elec- 
tion provided  in  this  act;  any  person  making  false  answer  to  any  of  the 
provisions  of  this  act  relative  to  his  qualifications  to  vote  at  such  election ; 
any  person  willfully  voting  or  offering  to  vote  at  such  election,  who  has 
not  met  the  residency  requirement  of  the  constitution  of  the  state  of 
Montana,  or  is  not  a  citizen  of  the  United  States,  or  knowing  himself  not 
to  be  a  qualified  elector  of  such  precinct  where  he  offers  to  vote;  any 
person  knowingly  procuring,  aiding,  or  abetting  any  violation  hereof,  shall 
be  deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and,  upon  conviction,  shall  be  fined  a 
sum  of  not  less  than  one  hundred  dollars  ($100)  nor  more  than  five 
hundred  dollars  ($500),  or  be  imprisoned  in  the  county  jail  not  less  than 
ten  (10)  nor  more  than  ninety  (90)  days,  or  both  such  fine  and  impris- 
onment. 

History:  En.  Sec.  30,  Ch.  152,  L.  1917; 
re-en.  Sec.  5428,  R.  C.  M.  1921;  amd.  Sec.  2, 
Ch.  166,  L.  1971. 

11-3248.     (5417)    Compensation    of    commissioners    and    mayor.      The 

salary  of  each  commissioner  may  be  as  follows :  The  salary  of  each  com- 
missioner shall  be  as  established  by  ordinance  in  all  classes  of  cities. 
The  salary  of  the  commissioner  acting  as  mayor  may  be  one  and  one-half 
times  that  of  the  other  commissioners. 

History:  En.  Sec.  49,  Ch.  152,  L.  1917;  L.  1949;  amd.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  71,  L.  1965;  amd. 
amd.  Sec.  2,  Ch.  44,  L.  1919;  re-en.  Sec.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  289,  L.  1969;  amd.  Sec.  1,  Ch. 
5447,  R.  C.  M.  1921;  amd.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  10,      33,  L.  1971. 


CHAPTER  39— URBAN  RENEWAL  LAW 

Section 

11-3906.     Preparation    and    approval    of    urban    rencAval    projects    and    urban    renewal 
plans. 

11-3906.  Preparation  and  approval  of  urban  renewal  projects  and 
urban  renewal  plans,  (a)  A  municipality  shall  not  approve  an  urban 
renewal  project  for  an  urban  renewal  area  unless  the  local  governing  body 
has,  by  resolution,  determined  such  area  to  be  a  blighted  area  and  desig- 
nated such  area  as  appropriate  for  an  urban  renewal  project.  The  local 
governing  body  shall  not  approve  an  urban  renewal  plan  until  a  com- 
prehensive plan  or  parts  of  such  plan  for  an  area  which  would  include  an 

20 


URBAN   RENEWAL   LAW  11-3906 

urban  renewal  aiea  for  the  municipality  have  been  prepared.  For  this 
purpose,  and  other  municipal  purposes,  authority  is  hereby  vested  in  every 
municipality  to  prepare,  to  adopt,  and  to  revise  from  time  to  time,  a  com- 
prehensive plan  or  parts  thereof  for  the  physical  development  of  the 
municipality  as  a  whole  (giving  due  regard  to  the  environs  and  metro- 
politan surroundings),  to  establish  and  maintain  a  planning  commission  for 
such  purpose  and  related  municipal  planning  activities,  and  to  make  avail- 
able and  to  appropriate  necessary  funds  therefor.  A  municipality  shall 
not  acquire  real  property  for  an  urban  renewal  project  unless  the  local 
governing  body  has  approved  the  urban  renewal  project  plan  in  accordance 
with  subsection  (d)  hereof. 

(b)  to  (f).  *  *  *  [Same  as  parent  volume.] 

(g)  If  the  plan  or  any  subsequent  modification  thereof  involves  financ- 
ing by  the  issuance  of  general  obligation  bonds  of  the  municipality  as 
authorized  in  section  11-3913,  subsection  (c),  or  the  financing  of  water  or 
sewer  improvements  by  the  issuance  of  revenue  bonds  under  the  provisions 
of  Title  11,  chapter  24,  or  of  sections  11-2217  to  11-2221,  inclusive,  the  ques- 
tion of  approving  the  plan  and  issuing  such  bonds  shall  be  submitted  to  a 
vote  of  the  qualified  electors  of  such  municipality  in  accordance  with  the 
provisions  of  sections  11-2303  to  11-2310,  inclusive,  at  the  same  election 
and  shall  be  approved  by  a  majority  of  those  qualified  electors  voting 
on  such  question.  Aiding  in  the  planning,  undertaking  or  carrying  out  of 
an  urban  renewal  project  approved  in  accordance  with  this  section  shall 
be  deemed  a  single  purpose  for  the  issuance  of  general  obligation  bonds, 
and  the  proceeds  of  such  bonds  authorized  for  any  such  project  may  be 
used  to  finance  the  exercise  of  any  and  all  powers  conferred  upon  the 
municipality  by  section  11-3907  which  are  necessary  or  proper  to  complete 
such  project  in  accordance  with  the  approved  plan  and  any  modification 
thereof  duly  adopted  by  the  local  governing  body.  Sections  11-2306  and 
11-2307  shall  not  be  applicable  to  the  issuance  of  such  bonds. 

(h)  The  municipality  may  elect  to  undertake  and  carry  out  urban  re- 
newal activities  on  a  yearly  basis.  In  such  event,  the  activities  shall  be 
included  in  the  yearly  budge't  of  the  municipality.  Such  activities  need 
not  be  limited  to  contiguous  areas;  however,  such  activities  shall  be  con- 
fined to  the  areas  as  outlined  in  the  urban  renewal  plan  as  approved  by 
the  municipality  in  accordance  with  this  act.  The  yearly  activities  shall 
constitute  a  part  of  the  urban  renewal  plan  and  the  municipality  may«  elect 
to  undertake  certain  yearly  activities  and  total  urban  renewal  projects 
simultaneously.  The  undertaking  of  urban  renewal  activities  on  a  yearly 
basis  shall  be  designated  as  a  "neighborhood  development  program"  and 
the  financing  of  such  activities  shall  be  approved  in  accordance  with  sec- 
tion 11-3906,  subsection  (g). 

History:  En.  Sec.  6,  Ch.  195,  L.  1959; 
amd.  Sec.  2,  Ch.  38,  L.  1965;  amd.  Sec.  2, 
Ch.  210,  L.  1969;  amd.  Sec.  18,  Ch.  158, 
L.  1971. 


21 


TITLE  16— COUNTIES 


CHAPTER  4— LOCATION  OF  COUNTY  SEATS 

Section 

10-405.     Registration  of  voters. 

16-405  (4382)  Registration  of  voters.  The  period  for  the  registration 
of  electors  shall  be  between  the  hours  of  nine  a.m.  and  nine  p.m.  on  all 
legal  days  from  nine  a.m.  of  the  fourth  Monday  prior  to  the  date  of  said 
election  to  nine  p.m.  of  the  second  following  Saturday.  It  shall  be  the 
duty  of  each  registry  agent  to  publish  and  post  notices  of  the  time  and 
places  of  registration  in  the  manner  provided  by  law  for  the  publication  of 
notices  of  registration  for  general  elections.  No  person  shall  be  entitled  to 
register  and  vote  at  such  special  election  unless  he  is  a  qualified  voter  of 
the  state  of  Montana  of  the  minimum  age  provided  by  the  constitution 
of  the  state  of  Montana  and  has  met  the  residency  requirement  for  voting 
provided  by  the  constitution  of  the  state  of  Montana,  and  also  takes  and 
subscribes  to  the  oath  provided  in  section  479,  R.C.M.  1947. 

The  general  election  laws  of  this  state  governing  the  registration  of 
electors  and  defining  the  duties  of  the  registry  agents  shall  apply  to  and 
govern  the  registration  of  electors  in  elections  held  under  this  act  in  so 
far  as  the  same  do  not  conflict  herewith. 

History:  En.  Sec.  5,  Ch.  135,  L.  1911; 
re-en.  Sec.  4382,  R.C.M.  1921;  amd.  Sec.  1, 
Ch.  119,  L.  1971. 


CHAPTER  20— COUNTY  FINANCE— BONDS  AND  WARRANTS 

Section 

16-2021.  Petition  and  election  required  for  bonds  issued  for  other  jiurjio-ses. 

16-2022.  Form,  contents  and  proof  of  petition. 

16-2026.  Registration. 

16-2021.  (4G30.7)  Petition  and  election  required  for  bonds  issued  for 
other  purposes.  County  bonds  for  any  other  purpose  than  those  enu- 
merated in  section  16-2013  shall  not  be  issued  unless  authorized  at  a  duly 
called  special  or  general  election  at  which  the  question  of  issuing  such 
bonds  was  submitted  to  the  qualified  electors  of  the  county  and  approved, 
as  provided  in  section  16-2027;  and  no  such  bond  election  shall  be  called 
unless  there  has  been  presented  to  the  board  of  county  commissioners  a 
petition,  asking  that  such  election  be  held  and  such  question  be  submitted, 
signed  by  not  less  than  twenty  per  centum  (20%)  of  the  qualified  electors 
of  the  county. 

History:     En.  Sec.  7,  Ch.  188,  L.  1931; 
amd.  Sec.  12,  Ch.  158,  L.  1971. 

23 


16-2022  COUNTIES 

16-2022.  (4G30.8)  Form,  contents  and  proof  of  petition.  Every  peti- 
tion for  tlie  eallin{,'  of  an  eleetion  to  vote  upon  the  question  of  issuing 
county  bonds  shall  plainly  and  clearly  state  the  purpose  or  purposes  for 
which  the  proposed  bonds  are  to  be  issued,  and  shall  contain  an  estimate 
of  the  amount  necessary  to  be  issued  for  such  purpose  or  purposes.  There 
may  be  a  separate  petition  for  each  purpose,  or  two  (2)  or  more  purposes 
may  be  combined  iji  one  (1)  if  each  ])urpose,  with  an  estimate  of  the 
amount  of  bonds  necessary  to  be  issued  therefor,  is  separately  stated  in 
such  petition.  Such  petition  may  consist  of  one  (1)  sheet,  or  of  several 
sheets  identical  in  form  and  fastened  together  after  being  circulated  and 
signed  so  as  to  form  a  single  complete  petition  before  being  delivered  to 
the  county  clerk  as  hereinafter  provided.  The  petition  shall  give  the  post- 
oflSce  address  and  voting  precinct  of  each  person  signing  the  same. 

Only  persons  who  are  qualified  to  sign  such  petitions  shall  be  qualified 
to  circulate  the  same,  and  there  shall  be  attached  to  the  completed  petition 
the  affidavit  of  some  person  who  circulated,  or  assisted  in  circulating  such 
petition,  that  he  believes  the  signatures  thereon  are  genuine  and  that  the 
signers  knew  the  contents  thereof  before  signing  the  same.  The  completed 
petition  shall  be  filed  with  the  county  clerk  who  shall,  within  fifteen  (15) 
days  thereafter,  carefully  examine  the  same  and  the  county  records  show- 
ing the  qualifications  of  the  petitioners,  and  attach  thereto  a  certificate 
under  his  official  signature  and  the  seal  of  his  office,  which  certificate  shall 
set  forth : 

(1)  The  total  number  of  persons  who  are  registered  electors. 

(2)  *  *  *  [Same  as  parent  volume.] 

(3)  Whether  such  qualified  .signers  constitute  more  or  less  than 
twenty  per  centum  (20%)   of  the  registered  electors  of  the  county. 

History:     En.  Sec.  8,  Ch.  188,  L.  1931; 
amd.  Sec.  13,  Ch.  158,  L.  1971. 


16-2026.  (4630.12)  Registration.  Upon  the  adoption  of  the  resolution 
calling  for  the  election,  the  county  clerk  must  cause  to  be  published  in 
the  official  newspaper  of  the  county  a  notice,  signed  by  him,  stating  that 
registration  for  such  bond  election  will  close  at  noon  on  the  fifteenth  day 
prior  to  the  date  for  holding  such  election  and  at  that  time  the  registra- 
tion books  shall  be  closed  for  such  election.  Such  notice  must  be  published 
at  least  ten  (10)  days  prior  to  the  day  when  such  registration  books  will 
be  closed. 

After  the  closing  of  the  registration  books  for  such  election  the  county 
clerk  shall  promptly  prepare  lists  of  the  registered  electors  of  such  voting 
precinct  who  are  entitled  to  vote  at  such  election,  and  shall  prepare  pre- 
cinct registers  for  such  election,  as  provided  in  section  23-3012,  and 
deliver  the  same  to  the  judges  of  election  prior  to  the  opening  of  the  polls. 
It  shall  not  be  necessary  to  publish  or  post  such  list  of  qualified  electors. 

History:  En.  Sec.  12,  Ch.  188,  L.  1931; 
amd.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  138,  L.  1939;  amd.  Sec. 
18,  Ch.  64,  L.  1959;  amd.  Sec.  14,  Ch. 
158,  1971. 

24 


PUBLIC    HOSPITAL    DISTRICTS  16-4307 

CHAPTER  24— COUNTY  OFFFCERS— QUALIFICATTONS— 
CF.NKRATi  PROVTSIONS 

Section 

16-2401.     General  qualificitions  for  county  office. 

16-2402.     General  qualifications  for  district  and  township  ofTiccs. 

16-2401.     (4723)  General  qualifications  for  county  oflBce.     No  person  is 

eligible  to  a  county  office  who  at  the  time  of  his  election  is  not  of  the  age 

of  voting  as  required  by  the  Montana  constitution,  a  citizen  of  the  state, 

and  an  elector  of  the  county  in  which  the  duties  of  the  office  are  to  be 

exercised,  or  for  which  he  is  elected. 

History:     En.    Sec.   4310,  PoL   C.    1895; 
re-en.  Sec.  2955,  Rev.  C.  1907;  re-en.  Sec. 

4723,  R.C.M.   1921;    amd.  Sec.   1,  Ch.  423, 
L.  1971.  Cal.  Pol.  C.  Sec.  4101. 

16-2402.     (4724)  General  qualifications  for  district  and  township  oflSces. 

No  person  is  eligible  to  a  district  or  township  office  who  is  not  of  the  age 

of  voting  as  required  by  the  Montana  constitution,  a  citizen  of  the  state, 

and  an  elector  of  the  district  or  township  in  which  the  duties  of  the  office 

are  to  be  exercised,  for  which  he  is  elected. 

History:     En.   Sec.   4311,  Pol.   C.   1895; 
re-en.  Sec.  2956,  Rev.  C.  1907;  re-en.  Sec. 

4724,  R.C.M.  1921;   amd.   Sec.   2,  Ch.  423, 
L.  1971.  Cal.  Pol.  C.  Sec.  4102. 

16-2406.     (4728)  County  and  other  officers,  when  elected,  etc. 

Compiler's  Notes  third  paragraph  of  section  16-2406,  as  set 

Section   19,   Art.   VIII   of   the   Constitu-  forth   in    the   parent   volume,   that   county 

tion,  as  amended   in   1962,  provides  for  a  attorneys  shall  be  elected  "at  each  general 

four-year  term  of  office  for  county  attor-  election." 

neys.    This  supersedes  the  provision  in  the 


CHAPTER  4.3— PUBLIC  HOSPITAL  DISTRICTS 

Section 

16-4307.     Government    of    district — appointment,    election    and    terms    of    trustees. 

16-4307.  Government  of  district — appointment,  election  and  teims  of 
trustees.  Said  hospital  district  shall  be  governed  and  managed  by  a  board 
of  three  (3)  trustees,  elected  by  tlie  registered  electors  residing  in  tlie  dis- 
trict. The  trustees  must  be  elected  from  among  the  registered  electors 
qualified  to  vote  at  general  elections  within  said  district.  The  first 
board  of  trustees  shall  be  elected  at  the  .same  election  held  upon  the  crea- 
tion of  the  district,  subject  to  the  creation  thereof,  shall  qualify  upon  the 
organization  of  the  district,  if  created,  and  the  trustees  may  be  nominated 
and  have  their  names  appear  upon  the  ballots  upon  the  filing  with  the 
board  of  county  commissioners  of  a  petition  signed  by  any  five  (5)  quali- 
fied electors  of  the  district.  Any  elector  may  sign  as  many  nominating 
petitions  as  there  are  persons  to  be  elected.  The  trustees  elected  for  the 
first  board  shall  serve  for  terms  commencing  upon  their  being  elected  and 
qualified  and  terminating  one   (1),  two   (2)   and  three   (3)   years  respect- 

25 


16-4517  COUNTIES 

ively,  from  tlie  first  Monday  in  May  fullowini;  tlieir  election,  and  until 
their  respective  successors  shall  be  elected  and  qualify.  Annually  there- 
after there  may  be  elected  a  trustee  to  serve  for  a  term  of  three  (3)  years 
and  until  his  successor  shall  be  ([ualified  and  such  term  of  three  (3)  years 
shall  commence  on  the  first  IMonday  in  May  following  the  said  trustee's 
election.  All  elections  and  nominations  for  election  of  trustees  thereafter, 
shall  be  conducted  by  said  qualified  voters  in  the  same  manner  as  pro- 
vided by  the  laws  of  the  state  of  IMontana  for  the  election  of  school  trus- 
tees of  a  second  or  third  class  school  district,  provided  that  wherever 
in  the  said  laws  of  the  state  of  Montana  it  is  provided  that  certain  action 
shall  be  performed  or  filinjrs  nuide  with  the  clerk  of  the  school  board,  the 
trustees  or  the  board  of  trustees  of  the  school  district  or  the  county  super- 
intendent of  schools,  the  same  shall,  for  the  purposes  of  this  act,  be  taken 
to  refer  to  the  clerk  of  the  board  of  trustees  of  the  public  hospital  dis- 
trict, the  trustees  or  the  board  of  trustees  of  the  public  hospital  district  or 
the  county  clerk,  respectively.  If  there  is  no  nomination  petition  filed  it 
shall  not  be  necessary  to  hold  an  election  but  the  board  of  county  com- 
missioners shall  appoint  a  trustee  to  fill  the  term,  the  term  to  be  the  same 
as  if  the  trustee  were  elected.  The  trustees  at  their  first  meeting  shall  adopt 
bylaws  for  the  government  and  management  of  the  district,  and  shall  ap- 
point a  qualified  person  to  serve  as  clerk  of  the  said  board,  who  may  or 
may  not  be  one  of  their  number.  The  trustees  shall  serve  without  pay.  A 
vacancy  upon  the  board  of  trustees,  or  in  the  ofifice  of  clerk  shall  be  filled 
by  appointment  by  the  remaining  members  and  the  appointee  shall  serve 
until  the  next  ensuing  election  for  trustees. 

History:  En.  Sec.  7,  Ch.  155,  L.  1953; 
amd.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  97,  L.  1955;  amd.  Sec.  7, 
Ch.  257,  L.  1969;  amd.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  399,  L. 
1971. 


CHAPTER  45— COUNTY  WATER  AND  SEWER  DISTRICTS 

Section 

16-4517.     Bonded  indebtedness. 

16-4517.  Bonded  indebtedness.  Whenever  the  board  of  directors  deem 
it  necessary  for  the  district  to  incur  a  bonded  indebtedness,  it  shall  by  a 
resolution  so  declare  and  state  the  purpose  for  which  the  proposed  debt 
is  to  be  incurred,  the  land  within  the  district  to  be  benefited  thereby,  the 
amount  of  debt  to  be  incurred,  the  maximum  term  the  bonds  proposed  to 
be  issued  shall  run  before  maturity,  which  shall  not  exceed  forty  (40) 
years,  and  the  proposition  to  be  submitted  to  the  electors. 

History:    En.  Sec.  17,  Ch.  242,  L.  1957; 
amd.  Sec.  26,  Ch.  234,  L.  1971. 


26 


TITLE  19— DEFINITIONS  AND  GENERAL  PROVISIONS 


CHAPTER  1— DEFINITIONS  AND  CONSTRUCTION  OF  TERMS— HOLIDAYS- 
OTHER  GENERAL  PROVISIONS 

Section 

19-107.        Legal  holidays  and  business  days  defined. 

19-107.  (10)  Leg-al  holidays  and  business  days  defined.  The  following 
are  legal  holidays  in  the  state  of  Montana: 

(1)  Each  Sunday. 

(2)  New  Year's  Day,  January  1. 

(3)  Lincoln's  Birthday,  February  12. 

(4)  Washington's  Birthday,  the  third  Monday  in  February. 

(5)  Memorial  Day,  the  last  Monday  in  May. 

(6)  Independence  Day,  July  4. 

(7)  Labor  Day,  the  first  Monday  in  September. 

(8)  Columbus  Day,  the  second  Monday  in  October. 

(9)  Veterans'  Day,  the  fourth  Monday  in  October. 

(10)  Thanksgiving  Day,  the  fourth  Thursday  in  November. 

(11)  Christmas  Day,  December  25. 

(12)  State  general  election  day. 

If  any  of  the  above-enumerated  holidays  (except  Sunday)  fall  upon  a 
Sunday,  the  Monday  following  is  a  holiday.  All  other  days  are  business 
days. 

Whenever  any  bank  in  the  state  of  Montana  elects  to  remain  closed 
and  refrains  from  the  transaction  of  business  on  Saturday,  pursuant  to 
authority  for  permissive  closing  on  Saturdays  by  virtue  of  the  laws  of  the 
state,  legal  holidays  for  such  bank  during  the  year  of  such  election  are 
hereby  limited  to  the  following  holidays: 

(1)  Each  Sunday. 

(2)  New  Year's  Day,  January  1. 

(3)  Memorial  Day,  the  last  Monday  in  May. 

(4)  Independence  Day,  July  4. 

(5)  Labor  Day,  the  first  Monday  in  September. 

(6)  Thanksgiving  Day,  the  fourth  Thursday  in  November. 

(7)  Christmas  Day,  December  25. 

(8)  On  such  days  as  banks  are  closed  in  accordance  with  sections 
1  through  5   [5-1058  to  5-1062]    of  this  act. 

Any  bank  practicing  Saturday  closing  in  compliance  with  law  may  remain 
closed  and  refrain  from  the  transaction  of  business  on  Saturdays,  not- 
withstanding that  a  Saturday  may  coincide  with  a  legal  holiday  other  than 
one  of  the  holidays  designated  above  for  banks  practicing  Saturday  closing 
in  compliance  with  law,  and  provided  further  that  it  shall  be  optional 
for  any  bank,  whether  practicing  Saturday  closing  or  not,  to  observe  as 

27 


19-107  DEFINITIONS   AND   GENERAL  PROVISIONS 

a  holiday  and  to  be  closed  on  any  day  upon  which  a  general  election  is 
held  throughout  the  state  of  Montana  and  on  Veterans'  Day,  the  fourth 
Monday  in  October,  and  on  any  local  holiday  which  historically  or  tradi- 
tionally or  by  proclamation  of  a  local  executive  official  or  governing  body 
is  established  as  a  day  upon  which  businesses  are  generally  closed  in  the 
community  in  which  the  bank  is  located. 

History:    Ap.  p.   Sec.   10,   Pol.   C.   1895;  Ch.   6,   L.    1965;    amd.    Sec.    1,   Ch.   89,   L. 

re-en.  Sec.  10,  Rev.  C.  1907;  amd.  Sec.  1,  1969;    amd.   Sec.   6,   Ch.   32,  L.   1971.   Cal. 

Ch.  21,  1921;  re-en.  Sec.  10,  E.  C.  M.  1921;  Pol.  C.  Sees.  10-11. 
amd.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  209,  L.  1955;  amd.  Sec.  1, 


28 


TITLE  23— ELECTIONS 

CHAPTER  26 

DEFINITIONS  AND  GENERAL  PROVISIONS 

23-2605.    Time  of  opening  and  closing  of  polls. 

Cross-References 

School    bond    elections,   sees.    75-7110    to 
75-7117. 

School  elections,  sees.  75-6401  to  75-6423. 

CHAPTER  27 

QUALIFICATIONS  AND  PRIVILEGES  OF  ELECTORS 

Section 

23-2701.     Qualifications  of  voter. 

23-2701.1.  Legislative  policy  and  purpose. 

23-2701.  Qualifications  of  voter.  (1)  No  jxtsou  may  be  entitled 
to  vote  at  general  and  special  elections  for  officers  which  are  elective,  and 
upon  questions  submitted  to  the  vote  of  the  people  unless  he  has  the 
following  qualifications : 

(a)  He  must  be  registered  as  required  by  law; 

(b)  He  must  be  of  the  minimum  age  for  voting  prescribed  by  the 
constitution  of  the  state  of  Montana,  except  that  to  vote  for  president 
and  vice-president  of  the  United  States,  or  for  United  States  senator  or 
representative,  he  must  be   eighteen    (18)    years  of  age; 

(c)  He  has  met  the  residence  requirements  for  voting  provided  in 
the  constitution  of  tlie  state  of  Montana  and  has  resided  in  the  county 
thirty  (30)  days  immediately  preceding  the  election  at  which  he  offers 
to  vote,  except  that  if  he  has  resided  in  the  state  for  thirty  (30)  days 
immediately  preceding  the  election  at  which  he  offers  to  vote,  he  shall  be 
allowed  to   vote  for  president  and   vice-president   of   the   United    States; 

(d)  He  must  be  a  citizen  of  the  United  States. 

(2)  No  person  convicted  of  a  felony  has  the  right  to  vote  unless  he 
has  been  pardoned. 

(3)  No  person  adjudicated  insane  has  the  right  to  vote  unless  he  has 
been  restored  to  capacity  as  provided  by  law. 

History:    En.   Sec.   6,   Ch.   368,   L.   1969;  the  other.  Since  tiio  changes  made  by  the 

amd.  Sec.   1,  Ch.   120,  L.   1971;   amd.   Sec.  two    amendments    do    not    appear    to    cou- 

2,  Ch.  158,  L.  1971.  flict,   tiic   compiler   has   made   a   composite 

section    incorporating    the    chnnges    made 

Compiler's  Notes  by  both  amendatory  acts. 

This  section  was  amended  twice  in  1971, 

once    by    Ch.    120    and    once    by    Ch.    158.  Amendments 

Neither    anuMulatory     act     mentioned    nor  Chapter  120,  Laws  of  1971  deleted  "Ex- 
incorporated   all   of   the   changes   made    by  eept    as    provided    in    section    23-2702"    at 

29 


23-2701.1 


ELECTIONS 


tlie  beginning  of  subsection  (1);  substi- 
tuted ii  new  sul)clivision  (l)(a),  now  sub- 
division (l)(b),  for  a  sulxlivision  (l)(a) 
rendiaig  "He  must  be  twenty-one  (21) 
years  of  age;"  and  substituted  a  new  sub- 
division (l)(b),  now  subdivision  (l)(c), 
for  a  subdivision  (l)(b)  reading  "He 
must  have  resided  in  the  state  one  (1) 
year  and  in  the  county  thirty  (30)  days 
immediately  preceding  the  election  at 
which  he  offers  to  vote." 

Chapter  158,  Laws  of  1971,  rewrote  the 
preliminary  paragraph  in  subsection  (1), 
wliich  formerly  read:  "Except  as  provided 
in  section  23-2702,  every  person,  if  regis- 
tered as  required  by  law,  is  entitled  to 
vote  at  all  general  and  special  elections 
for  all  officers  which  are  elective,  and 
upon  all  questions  submitted  to  the  vote 
of  the  people  if  he  has  the  following 
qualifications:";  inserted  a  new  subdivi- 
sion (l)(a);  substituted  a  new  subdivision 
(l)(b)  reading  "He  must  be  of  the  mini- 
mum age  for  voting  provided  by  the 
constitution  of  the  State  of  Montana"  for 
a  former  subdivision  (l)(a)  reading  "He 
must  be  twenty-one  (21)  years  of  age;" 
and  redesignated  former  subdivisions  (b) 
and  (c)  of  subsection  (1)  as  subdivisions 
(c)  and  (d)  respectively. 

Effective  Date 

Section  3  of  Ch.  120,  Laws  1971  pro- 
vided  the  act  should  be  in  effect  from 
and  after  its  passage  and  approval.  Ap- 
proved March  1,  1971. 


Racial  Discrimination  Prohibited 

Congress  is  empowered,  as  it  did  in  the 
Voting  T?ights  Act  Amendments  of  1970, 
42  V.  S.  C.  §  1973an,  to  i)roliil)it  use  of 
literacy  tests  or  other  devices  used  to 
discriminate  against  voters  on  account  of 
their  race  in  all  state  and  national  elec- 
tions. United  States  v.  Arizona,  —  TJS 
— ,  —  L  Ed  2d  — ,  91  S  Ct.  260. 

Residence  Requirements 

As  it  did  in  the  Voting  Rights  Act 
Amendments  of  1970,  42  U.  S.  C.  §  1973aa-l, 
Congress  can  prohibit  states  from  dis- 
qualifying voters  in  elections  for  presi- 
dential and  vice-presidential  electors  be- 
cause they  have  not  met  state  residency 
requirements,  and  can  set  residency  re- 
quirements and  provide  for  absentee  bal- 
loting in  presidential  and  vice-presidential 
elections.    United    States    v.    Arizona,    — 


US 


L   Ed   2d 


91   S   Ct   260. 


Voting  Age 

Provisions  of  the  Voting  Eights  Act 
Amendments  of  1970,  42  U.  S.  C.  §  1973bb-l, 
setting  minimum  voting  age  at  18  are  con- 
stitutional and  enforceable  in  so  far  as  they 
pertain  to  federal  elections  but  are  un- 
constitutional and  unenforceable  in  so 
far  as  they  pertain  to  state  and  local  elec- 
tions. United  States  v.  Arizona,  —  US 
— ,  —  L   Ed   2d  — ,   91   S   Ct   260. 


23-2701.1.  Legislative  policy  and  purpose.  Section  2  of  article  IX 
of  the  Montana  constitution  provides  that  in  order  to  entitle  a  person 
to  vote  upon  a  question  which  may  be  submitted  to  a  vote  of  the  people 
or  electors,  if  the  question  concerns  the  creation  of  any  levy,  debt  or 
liability,  he  must,  in  addition  to  possessing  other  qualifications,  be  a 
taxpayer  whose  name  appears  on  the  last  preceding  completed  assess- 
ment roll.  Recent  decisions  of  the  supreme  court  of  the  United  States 
hold  that  similar  provisions  in  the  constitutions  and  statutes  of  other 
states  are  in  conflict  with  the  equal  protection  clause  of  the  fourteenth 
amendment  to  the  constitution  of  the  United  States.  The  ability  of  the 
state  and  of  its  counties,  cities,  towns  and  school  districts  and  other 
political  subdivisions  to  provide  funds  needed  for  essential  governmental 
purposes  depends  in  substantial  part  upon  their  ability  to  create  valid 
debts  and  liabilities  and,  when  the  same  are  required  by  law  or  the  con- 
stitution to  be  submitted  to  a  vote  of  the  people  or  electors,  to  record 
and  canvass  such  vote  in  such  manner  as  to  determine  finally  and  conclu- 
sively whether  or  not  the  debt  or  liability  has  been  approved  by  the 
required  majority  vote  of  the  electors  qualified  and  offering  to  vote 
thereon.  It  is  therefore  the  policy  and  purpose  of  this  law  to  eliminate  all 
statutory  electors'  qualifications  for  voting  on  the  creation  of  any  public 
debt  or  liability  except  such  qualifications  as  are  validly  by  or  pursuant 
to  the  Montana  constitution ;  to  provide  an  adequate  procedure  for  hearing 


30 


REGISTRATION   OF   ELECTORS  23-3004.1 

and  determination  of  any  issue  raised  with  reference  to  such  qualifica- 
tions; and  to  limit  to  a  reasonable  time  the  period  within  which  such 
issues  may  be  raised. 

History:    En.   Sec.   1,   Ch.    158,   L.   1971.  16-2021, 16-2022, 16-2026  and  93-2612,  R.C.M. 

f    A   +•  1947;    prescribing    a    period    of    limitation 

Title  of  Act  upon  actions  and  defenses  raising  an  issue 

An  act  relating  to   elections  upon  quos-  ;is    to    such    qualifications;    and   providing 

tions   which    concern    or    may    concern    the  an  effective  date. 

creation  of  a  public  debt  or  liability  and 

the    qualifications    of    persons    petitioning  Repealing  Clause 

for  and   voting  at   such   elections:    amend-  Section    2    of   Ch.    120,   Laws    1971    read 

ing    sections    1-804,    23-2701,    23-2702,    23-  "Sections  23-2702  and  23-2703,  R.C.M.  1947, 

2703,  23-3012,  23-4201,  11-2217,  11-2271,  11-  are  here})v  repealed." 

2275,    11-2306,    11-2310,     11-2404,     11-3900, 

23-2702,  23-2703.     Repealed. 

Repeal  Compiler's  Notes 

Sections  23-2702  and  23-2703   (Sees.  7,  8,  Sections    3    and    4,    Ch.    158,    Laws    of 

Ch.  368,  L.  1969),  relating  to  qualifications  1971,   purported   to   amend   these   sections, 

of  electors  at  elections  on  incurring  state  However,    the   purported   amendments   are 

indebtedness,  were  repealed  by  Sec.  2,  Ch.  void   under   the   provisions   of   section   43- 

120,  Laws  1971.  515. 


CHAPTER  30 

REGISTRATION  OF  ELECTORS 

Section 

23-3001.     Highway  patrol  to  submit  new-voter  lists  to  major  political  parties. 

23-3004.1.  Resident  school  district  included  in  registration. 

23-3012.     Lists  of  registered  electors — precinct  register — indication  of  taxpayer  electors. 

23-3013.     Cancellation   of   registry   for   failure   to   vote — reregistration — cancellation    of 

registry  of  elector  in  United  States  service. 
23-3014.     Cancellation  of  registry  for  other  reasons — ^reregistration. 
23-3016.     Close  of  registration — procedure. 
23-3022.     Residence,  rules  for  determining. 

23-3023.     Printing  of  list  of  electors  shown  on  precinct  registers. 
23-3027.     Charges    to    city    or    school    district — warrant — when    no    precinct    registers 

required. 

23-3001.  Hig-hway  patrol  to  submit  new- voter  lists  to  major  political 
parties.  No  later  than  January  31  in  erny  year  in  which  a  general  election 
is  held,  the  Montana  highway  patrol  shall  submit  to  the  chairman  of  each 
major  political  party  of  the  state,  a  list  prepared  from  its  driver  license 
registration  files,  showing  names  and  addresses  of  all  persons,  compiled  on 
a  county  by  county  basis,  who  have  reached  voting  age  since  the  last 
general  election  and  those  who  will  reach  voting  age  before  the  date  of  the 
general  election.  No  official  of  the  Montana  highway  patrol  shall  be  re- 
sponsible for  any  honest  error  or  omission  in  preparing  the  lists. 

History:   En.  Sec.  17,  Ch.  368,  L.   1969;       piled  on  a  county  by  county  basis"  in  the 

amd.   Sec.   1,   Ch.  257,  L.   1971.  first  sentence;   and  made  a  minor  change 

in  phraseology. 
Amendments 

The     1971     amendment     inserted     "com- 

23-3004.1.  Resident  school  district  included  in  registration.  In  the 
discretion  prescribed  by  section  23-3004,  R.C.M.  1947,  the  county  registrar 

31 


23-3012  ELECTIONS 

shall  record  the  resident  school  district  of  each  person  registering  to  vote 
to  allow  the  preparation  of  registered  elector  lists  for  each  school  dis- 
trict of  the  county. 

History:    En.    Sec.    1,   Ch.    243,   L.    1971.       school  district  of  residence  when  register- 
ing   electors;    and    amending    sections    23- 
Title  of  Act  3n23   and   23-3027,  E.C.M.   1947,   providing 

An     act    to    require    recording    of     the       for  precinct  registers. 

23-3012.  Lists  of  registered  electors — precinct  register — indication  of 
taxpayer  electors.  (1)  Innnediately  after  registration  is  closed,  the  regis- 
trar shall  prepare  lists  of  all  registered  electors.  He  shall  also  prepare  a 
precinct  register  for  each  precinct  and  deliver  it  to  the  judges  of  election 
prior  to  the  opening  of  the  polls. 

(2)  The  registrar  shall  stamp  "taxpayer"  beside  the  name  of  an  elec- 
tor who  is  a  taxpayer  to  show  lie  is  qualified  to  vote  in  an  election  at 
which  voting  is  validly  limited  by  the  constitution  to  taxpayers. 

History:    En.   Sec.   31,  Ch.   368,  L.   1969;  for    "an    election    for    the    incurring    of    a 

amd.  Sec.  5,  Ch.  158,  L.  1971.  state    debt,    issuance    of    bonds    or    deben- 
tures  by    the    state,    or   the    levying    of    a 

Amendments  state   tax";    and    deleted    from    subsection 

T!ie    1971    amendment    substituted    "an  (2)    a  second  sentence   reading  "No   other 

election  at  which  voting  is  validly  limited  evidence    is    necessary    to    show    that    the 

by   the   constitution   to   taxpayers"   at   the  elector  is  a  taxpayer." 
end  of  the  first  sentence  of  subsection  (2) 

23-3013.  Cancellation  of  registry  for  failure  to  vote — reregistration — 
cancellation  of  registry  of  elector  in  United  States  service.     (1)     Except 

as  provided  in  subsections  (8)  and  (4)  of  this  section,  immediately  after 
every  general  biennial  election,  the  registrar  shall : 

(a)  Compare  the  electors  who  have  voted  in  each  precinct,  as  shown 
by  the  official  pollbooks,  with  the  official  register  of  each  precinct; 

(b)  Kemove  the  registry  cards  of  all  electors  who  failed  to  vote,  mark 
each  card  "canceled,"  and  place  canceled  cards  for  the  entire  county  in 
alphabetical  order  in  the  "canceled  file" ; 

(c)  Notify  each  elector  in  writing  before  the  thirty-first  day  after 
cancellation  by  sending  notice  to  his  post-ofiSce  address  as  shown  on  the 
election  records. 

(2)  An  elector  whose  card  is  removed  and  canceled  may  register  in 
the  same  manner  as  his  original  registration  was  made. 

(3)  Tlie  registration  of  an  elector  in  the  TJnited  States  service  may 
be  cancelled  upon  failure  to  v<;te  in  the  previous  two  (2)  general  elec- 
tions. 

(4)  The   registration    of   an    elector   who    actually   votes   by   absentee 

ballot  shall  not  be  cancelled  if  his  ballot  is  received  and  rejected  by  the 

registrar  within  ten    (10)    days  succeeding  the   election. 

History:   En.  Sec.  32,  Ch.   368,  L.   1969;       (4)"   in   subsection    (1);    added   subsection 
amd.   Sec.   1,   Cli.   254,   L.   1971.  (4);   and   made   minor   changes  in   phrase- 

ology and  punctuation. 
Amendments 

The     1971     amendment     inserted     "and 

23-3014.     Cancellation    of    registry    for    other    reasons — reregistration. 

(1)     The  registrar  shall  cancel  any  registration  card: 
(a)     At  the  written  request  of  the  person  registered; 

32 


REGISTRATION   OF   ELECTORS  23-3016 

(b)  When  a  certificate  of  the  death  of  any  elector  is  filed; 

(c)  "Within  forty-five  (45)  days  prior  to  the  closing  of  registration 
three  (3)  qualified  registered  electors  residing  within  the  precinct  may 
challenge  an  elector  by  filing  affidavits  giving  the  name  of  the  challenged 
elector,  his  registry  number,  his  residence,  and  stating  of  the  personal 
knowledge  of  the  affiant  the  person  registered  does  not  reside  at  the  place 
designated  on  his  registration  card; 

(d)  When  the  insaiiity  of  the  elector  is  legally  established; 

(e)  If  a  certified  copy  of  a  final  judgment  of  conviction  of  any  elector 
of  a  felony  is  filed ; 

(f)  If  a  certified  copy  of  a  court  order  directing  the  cancellation  is 
filed  with  the  registrar. 

(2)  Within  thirty  (30)  days  after  registration  has  been  canceled,  the 
registrar  shall  send  written  notice  to  the  elector  at  the  address  shown  on 
the  registration  card.  If  a  person  proves  to  the  registrar  that  he  is  quali- 
fied, he  may  reregister. 

(3)  At  the  close  of  registration,  the  court  clerk  of  each  county  shall 
send  a  list  of  those  electors  whose  registrations  have  been  cancelled 
due  to  a  felony  conviction  to  the  secretary  of  state.  The  secretary  of 
state  shall  compile  a  list  of  all  such  electors  and  send  a  copy  of  the  list 
to  each  registrar. 

History:   En.  Sec.  33,  Ch.  368,  L.  1969;  Amendments 

amd.   Sec.  1,  Ch.  299,  L.   1971.  The    1971    amendment   added   subsection 

(3). 

23-3016.     Close  of  re^stration — procedure.     (1)     The   registrar  shall: 

(a)  Close  registrations  as  follows:  (i)  for  thirty  (30)  days  before 
any  federal  election;  (ii)  at  noon  the  day  before  election  for  voters 
entitled  under  the  provisions  of  section  23-3724,  R.C.M.  1947,  to  register 
to  that  tiiue;  (iii)  for  forty  (40)  days  before  any  election  other  than  here- 
inabove provided. 

(b)  Immediately  after  closing  registration  seiid  the  secretary  of  shiUr 
a  certificate  showing  the  number  of  voters  registered  in  each  preciiu-l 
in  a  county; 

(c)  Sixty  (CO)  days  before  the  election,  publish  notice  in  a  newspajier 
of  general  circulation  in  the  county  specifjang  the  day  registrations  will 
close  and  post  the  notice  in  each  precinct.  The  published  notice  sliall 
continue  for  a  period  of  twenty  (20)   days. 

(2)  The  notice  shall  state  that  electors  maj'  register  for  the  ensuing 
election  by  appearing  before  the  registrar  or  before  any  deputy  registrar 
as  provided  by  law. 

History:   En.   Sec.  35,  Ch.  368,  L.  1969;       of    tlio    second    p:irnt:r.ipli    of    subdivision 
amd.   Sec.   1,   Ch.   385,   L.   1971.  (1)   (b);  and  made  mWior  .•li.-inpos  in  style 


Amendments 

The  1971  amendment  rewrote  subdivision 


and  phraseology. 
Effective  Date 


(1)    (a)    wliieh    formerly    read,    "Close    all  Section  2  of  Cli.  385,  Laws  197!  provided 

registration    for    forty     (40)    days    before  tlio     act     sliould     be    in    effect     from     and 

;niv     election";     substituted     "Sixty     days  after  its  i).issage  and  approval.   Approved 

before     the    election"'     for    "Twenty     (20)  Manli  1.1,  1971. 
days  before  the  closing"  at   the  beginning 

33 


23-3022  ELECTIONS 

23-3022.  Residence,  rules  for  determining.  For  registration  or  voting, 
the  residence  of  any  person  shall  be  determined  by  the  following  rules  as 
far  as  they  are  applicable. 

(1)  The  residence  of  a  person  is  where  his  habitation  is  fixed,  and  to 
which,  whenever  he  is  absent,  ho  has  the  intention  of  returning. 

(2)  A  person  may  not  ^ain  oi-  lose  a  rosidence  while  a  student  at 
any  instiUition  of  h'arning,  while  kei)t  involuntarily  at  an}^  public  in- 
stitution not  necessarily  at  public  expense,  while  confined  in  any  public 
prison,  or  while  residing  on  a  military  reservation. 

(3)  A  person  in  the  armed  forces  of  the  United  States  may  not  become 
a  resident  in  consequence  of  being  stationed  at  a  military  facility  in  the 
state.  A  person  may  not  acquire  a  residence  by  reason  of  being  employed 
or  stationed  at  a  training  or  other  transient  camp  maintained  by  the  United 
States  within  the  state. 

(4)  A  person  does  not  lose  his  residence  if  he  goes  into  another  state, 
or  other  district  of  this  state,  for  temporary  purposes  with  the  intention 
of  returning  unless  he  exercises  the  election  franchise  in  the  other  state 
or  district. 

(5)  A  person  may  not  gain  a  residence  in  a  county  if  he  comes  in  for 
temporary  purposes  without  the  intention  of  making  that  county  his  home. 

(6)  If  a  person  moves  to  another  state  with  the  intention  of  making 
it  his  residence,  he  loses  his  residence  in  this  state. 

(7)  If  a  person  moves  to  another  state  with  the  intention  of  residing 
there  for  an  indefinite  time,  he  loses  his  residence  in  this  state  even  though 
he  intends  to  return  to  this  state  at  some  future  period. 

(8)  The  place  where  a  man's  family  resides  is  presumed  his  place  of 
residence.  However,  a  man  who  takes  up  or  continues  his  residence  at  a 
place  other  than  where  his  family  resided  with  the  intention  of  remaining 
is  a  resident  of  the  place  where  he  resides. 

(9)  A  change  of  residence  can  only  be  made  by  the  act  of  removal 
joined  with  intent  to  remain  in  another  place.  There  can  only  be  one 
residence. 

(10)  The  term  of  residence  must  be  computed  by  including  the  day  of 

election. 

History:   En.  Sec.  41,  Ch.  368,  L.  1969;       ployed  in  the  service  of  the  Tlnited  States 
amd.   Sec.   1,   Ch.   394,  L.   1971.  or  of   this   state"   after  "lose  a  residence"' 

in    subdivision     (2);    and    made    a    minor 
Amendments  change  in  punctuation. 

The  1971  amendment  deleted  "while  em- 

23-3023.    Printing  of  list  of  electors  shown  on  precinct  registers.     (1) 

The  registrar  shall  have  a  list  printed  of  all  registered  electors  shown  on 
the  precinct  registers  of  the  county  or  city  ten  (10)  days  or  more  pre- 
ceding any  election. 

(2)  The  list  shall  show  the  name  of  the  elector  in  full,  the  number 
and  street  of  his  residence  if  he  resides  within  a  city,  his  post-office  address 
if  he  resides  outside  a  city,  and  the  registry  number. 

(3)  Ten  (10)  days  or  more  before  any  election,  a  copy  of  the  list  of 
registered  voters  shall  be  posted  in  each  precinct.  Sufficient  copies  of  the 
lists  shall  be  retained  by  the  registrar  and  furnished  to  an  elector  upon 
request. 

34 


JUDGES  AND  CLERKS   OP  ELECTIONS  23-3201 

(4)  If  no  declarations  of  nomination  have  been  filed  forty  (40)  days 
before  a  primary  election  of  city  offices,  the  city  clerk  shall  immediately 
notify  the  registrar  in  writing  and  the  list  of  registered  electors  for  the 
city  shall  not  be  printed  or  posted. 

(5)  The  list  of  registered  voters  prepared  for  a  primary  election 
may  be  posted  and  used  for  the  general  election  only  if  a  supplemental 
list  giving  the  names  of  electors  who  have  registered  after  the  first  list 
was  prepared  is  printed  and  posted. 

(6)  The  expense  of  printing  this  list  shall  be  paid  by  the  county  or 

city  in  which  the  election  is  to  be  held. 

History:   En.  Sec.  42,  Ch.  368,  L.   1969;       class  scliool   district"  after  "city"   in   sub- 
amd.  Sec.  2,  Ch.  243,  L.  1971.  section    (1);    and    deleted    "or    school    dis- 

trict"   after   "city"    in    subsection    (6). 
Amendments 

The    1971    amendment    deleted    "or    first 

23-3027.  Charges  to  city  or  school  district — warrant — when  no  precinct 
registers  required.  (1)  For  each  name  entered  on  a  precinct  register 
prepared  for  a  city  or  school  district,  the  registrar  shall  charge  the  city 
or  school  district  three  cents  ($.03).  He  shall  also  charge  the  actual  ex- 
pense incurred  on  account  of  the  city  or  school  district. 

(2)  The  council  or  board  of  school  trustees  shall  order  a  warrant 
drawn  for  the  expenses  specified  in  subsection  (1)  of  this  section  within 
thirty  (30)  days  after  notification  of  the  charges. 

(3)  If  no  general  city  election  is  required,  the  registrar  shall  not 
prepare  precinct  registers. 

(4)  If  there  are  only  as  many  candidates  nominated  as  there  are 
vacancies  on  a  first  class  school  district  board  of  trustees,  the  registrar 
shall  not  prepare  precinct  registers. 

(5)  Within  two  (2)  days  after  nominations  are  legally  closed,  the 
city  clerk  or  clerk  of  a  first  class  school  district  shall  notify  the  registrar 
when  no  precinct  registers  are  required. 

History:   En.  Sec.  46,  Ch.  368,  L.  1969;       tence   of  subsection    (1);    and  deleted   "in 
amd.  Sec.  3,  Ch.  243,  L.  1971.  printing  and  posting  the  lists  of  electors, 

publishing  notice,   and   other   expenses   in- 
Amendments  curred"    after    "actual    expense    incurred" 

The  1971  amendment  deleted  "first  class"       in  the  second  sentence  of  subsection    (1). 
before    "school   district"   in    the   first    sen- 

CHAPTER  82 

JUDGES  AND  CLEEKS  OF  ELECTIONS 

Section 

23-3201.  Appointment  of  election  judges  and  clerks — second  board  of  election  judges 
— duties. 

23-3202.  Manner  of  choosing  election  judges  and  clerks — vacancies — candidates  and 
their  relatives  ineligible — exceptions. 

23-3203.     Judges  and  clerks  to  serve  until  others  appointed. 

23-3204.  Registrar  to  notify  judges  and  clerks  of  their  appointment  and  of  im- 
pending general  elections — judges  to  post  notices  of  election. 

23-3206.     Instruction  of  judges  and  clerks. 

23-3201.  Appointment  of  election  judges  and  clerks — second  board  of 
election  judges — duties.     (1)     At  their  regular  meeting  next  preceding  a 

35 


23-3202  ELECTIONS 

general  primary  election,  the  commissioners  shall  appoint  five  (5)  election 
judges  and  two  (2)  clerks  for  each  precinct  having  two  hundred  (200) 
or  more  electors  and  three  (3)  election  judges  and  two  (2)  clerks  for  each 
precinct  having  less  than  two  hundred  (200)  electors.  Judges  for  new  pre- 
cincts shall  be  appointed  based  upon  the  estimated  number  of  electors. 

(2)  If  a  precinct  has  three  hundred  fifty  (350)  or  more  electors, 
the  commissioners  may  appoint  a  second  board  of  five  (5)  election  judges 
and  two  (2)  clerks  who  shall  have  the  same  qualifications  as  the  first  board. 
The  second  board  shall: 

(a)  Meet  at  their  respective  polling  places  as  ordered; 

(b)  Count  and  tabulate  ballots  as  soon  as  the  first  board  has  com- 
pleted their  duties  in  regard  to  the  voting. 

(3)  If  counting  and  tabulating  the  ballots  is  not  completed  by  8  a.  m. 
on  the  day  following  the  election,  the  first  board  shall  reconvene  and 
relieve  the  second  board  until  8  p.  m.  when  the  second  board  shall  again 
reconvene  and  relieve  the  first  board  until  the  ballots  are  counted  and 
tabulated. 

(4)  The    election    judges    constituting   the   boards    shall   number   the 

ballots  and  count  the  tally  upon  the  tally  sheets  and  indicate  upon  the  tally 

sheets  the  work  of  each  board.    The  board  completing  the  county  shall 

certify  the  returns  as  required  by  law. 

History:   En.  Sec.  49,  Ch.  368,  L.  1969;  Amendments 

amd.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  258,  L.  1971.  The  J971  amendment  inserted  "and  two 

(2)    clerks"    in    two    places    in    subsection 
(1)    and   in    one    place   in    subsection    (2). 

23-3202.  Manner  of  choosing  election  judges  and  clerks — vacancies — 
candidates  and  their  relatives  ineligible — exceptions.  (1)  The  election 
judges  and  clerks  shall  be  chosen  from  lists  of  qualified  voters  sub- 
mitted by  the  two  (2)  major  political  parties  thirty-five  (35)  days  or 
more  before  the  commissioners  meeting  wliich  precedes  the  next  primary 
election. 

(2)  The  list  of  each  party  may  contain  twice  the  number  of  election 
judges  and  clerks  to  be  appointed  and  not  more  than  a  majority  may  be 
appointed  from  one  (1)  political  party  for  each  precinct. 

(3)  The  commissioners  may  appoint  election  judges  and  clerks  in 
their  discretion  to  fill  vacancies  or  if  a  major  political  party  fails  to 
submit  a  list  of  election  judges. 

(4)  No  person  shall  be  appointed  to  serve  as  an  election  judge  or  elec- 
tion clerk  who  is  a  candidate,  spouse  of  a  candidate,  or  related  to  a  candi- 
date for  office  within  the  second  degree  of  consanguinity.  HoAvever,  this 
subsection  does  not  apply  to  school  district  elections  nor  to  candidates  for 
precinct  committeeman  or  committeewoman. 

History:   En.  Sec.  50,  Ch.  368,  L.  1969;       clerks"   in   subsections    (1),    (2),  and    (3); 
amd.  Sec.  2,  Ch.  258,  L.  1971.  and    substituted    "may"    for    "must"    after 

"The  list  of  each  party"  in  subsection  (2). 
Amendments 

The     1971     amendment     inserted     "and 

23-3203.     Judges  and  clerks  to  serve  until  others  appointed. 

(1)  The  election  judges  and  clerks  continue  to  be  judges  of  all  elec- 
tions held  in  their  precincts  until  other  judges  and  clerks  are  appointed. 

36 


JUDGES   AND   CLERKS    OF   ELECTION  23-3206 

(2)     The  commissioners  shall  fill  vacancies  wliich   occur   in  the  office 
of  election  judge  or  clerk. 

History:   En.   Sec.  51,  Ch.  368,  L.   1969;  sjinio    qu.ilificiitirms    ns    llionisolvos    to    net. 

amd.  Sec.  3,  Ch.  258,  L.  1971.  ns    dorks    of    the    electinn    wiio    scrvp    ;it 

the  ploasiiie   of   tlie   ,iii(]j^os";    redcsignatod 

Amendments  I'oimor    sul).s('ctiona    (2)"  ami    (3)    as    suh- 

The  ]!)71  aiiiendincut  deleted  former  suh-  sections  (1)  and  (2);  inserted  "and  clerks" 

section    (J)    reading,',  "The   election   judges  in  two  places  in  subsection  (]);  and  added 

may   ai)})oint   two    (2)    persons   liaving  the  "or  clerk"  in  subsection  (2). 


23-3204.  Registrar  to  notify  judges  and  clerks  of  their  appointment 
and  of  impending  general  elections — judges  to  post  notices   of  election. 

(1)     The  registrar  must  notify  the  election  judges  and  clerks  in  writing 
of  their  appointment. 

(2)  Twenty  (20)  days  or  more  before  any  general  election,  the  registrar 
shall  mail  two  (2)  notices  of  the  election  to  the  election  judges.  The  notices 
shall  be  in  the  form  prescribed  by  the  secretary  of  state. 

(3)  Ten  (10)  days  or  more  prior  to  the  election,  the  election  judges 
shall  post  one  (1)  notice  at  the  place  where  the  election  will  be  held  and 
the  other  in  one  (1)  of  the  most  public  places  in  the  precinct. 

History:   En.  Sec.  52,  Ch.  368,  L.  1969;  Amendments 

amd.  Sec.  4,  Ch.  258,  L.  1971.  The     1971     amendment     inserted     "and 

clerks"  in  subsection  (1). 


23-3206.  Instruction  of  judges  and  clerks.  (1)  Before  each  election, 
all  election  judges  and  clerks  wJio  do  not  i)ossoss  a  certificate  of  instruc- 
tion shall  be  instructed  by  a  person  named  by  the  eummissioners  in  the 
powers,  duties,  and  liabilities  of  election  judges. 

(2)  The  instructor  shall  call  meetings  as  necessaiy. 

(a)  The  election  judges  and  clerks  shall  attend  each  meeting  and 
receive  at  least  two    (2)    hours  of  instruction. 

(b)  Each  election  judge  and  clerk  shall  receive  compensation  fixed 
by  the  commissioners  at  the  prevailing  federal  minimum  wage  for  in- 
struction to  be  paid  at  the  same  time  and  in  the  same  manner  as  for 
services  on  election  day. 

(3)  Each  judge  and  clerk  shall  receive  a  certificate  of  completion 
from  the  instructor  upon  completion  of  the  course.  Each  certificate  is 
valid  for  a  period  of  two  (2)  years. 

(4)  No  person  shall  serve  as  election  judge  or  clerk  without  a  valid 
certificate.  However,  this  does  not  apply  to  persons  filling  vacancies 
in  emergencies. 

(5)  Notice  of  place  and  time  of  instruction  must  be  given  to  the 
county  chairmen  of  the  two  (2)  major  political  parties  by  the  commis- 
sioners. 

History:    En.  Sec.  54,  Ch.  368,  L.  1969;       clerks"   in   subdivisions    (1),    (2)    (a),    (2) 

amd.  Sec.  5,  Ch.  258,  L.  1971.  (b),  and    (3);    and  inserted   "or  clerk"   in 

subsection  (4). 
Amendments 

The     1971     amendment     inserted     "and 

37 


23-3302  ELECTIONS 

CHAPTER  33 

PRIMARY  ELECTIONS  AND  NOMINATIONS  BY  CERTIFICATE 

Section 

23-3302.     Primaries  in  cities  over  certain  size — procedure. 

23-3318.     Certificates  of  nomination   by  individuals  or  parties  not  appearing  on   prior 

ballot — requisites — applicability. 
23-3318.1.  Determination   of  iiunilior  of  sigiiatuios    n-cjiiired    in   ct'iisus  divisions. 
23-3321.     Declining  nomination — vacancies  before  and  after  primary. 


23-3302.  Primaries  in  cities  over  certain  si^e — procedure.  In  cities 
having  a  population  of  three  thousand  five  hundred  (3,500)  or  more  as 
shown  by  the  most  recent  federal  or  state  census: 

(1)  The  nomination  of  candidates  by  primary  election  for  city  offices 
shall  be  subject  to  the  provisions  of  this  chapter; 

(2)  Political  parties  shall  file  declarations  of  nominations  for  city 
offices  with  the  city  clerk; 

(3)  The  duties  of  the  city  clerk  are  the  same  as  the  registrar  in  con- 
ducting the  primary  elections,  and  the  city  clerk  shall  send  notices  of 
the  primary  election  in  the  same  manner  as  registrars  send  notices  for 
nominations  for  county  offices  at  primary  elections; 

(4)  On  the  fourteenth  day  preceding  a  city  election,  the  cities  shall 
hold  primary  elections; 

(5)  If  no  declarations  are  filed  forty  (40)  days  or  more  before  the 
primary  election,  no  primary  election  shall  be  held  and  the  city  clerk  shall 
certify  to  the  registrar  thirty-five  (35)  days  or  more  before  the  date  of 
the  primary  election  that  no  petitions  have  been  filed; 

(6)  The  council  shall; 

(a)  establish  city  voting  precincts  and  wards, 

(b)  appoint  city  judges  and  clerks  of  elections  and  other  officers 
necessary  for  the  election. 

(e)  perform  other  necessary  duties  in  the  same  manner  prescribed  for 
city  elections. 

History:    En.  Sec.  57,  Ch.  368,  L.  1969;  Amendments 

amd.  Sec.  2,  Ch.  343,  L.  1971.  The     Ii)71     amendment    made     a    minor 

change  in  punctuation. 


23-3318.     Certificates  of  nomination  by  individuals  or  parties  not  ap- 
pearing   on   prior   ballot — requisites — applicability.    Except    as    provided 


38 


PRIMARY   ELECTIONS  AND   NOMINATIONS  23-3318 

in  subsection  (6)  of  this  section,  nominations  for  public  office  by  an 
individual  or  a  political  party  which  did  not  appear  on  the  ballot  in  the 
next  preceding  election  may  be  made  by  executing  a  certificate  of 
nomination. 

(1)  The   certificate   must  be   in  writing   and   contain: 

(a)  The  name  of  a  candidate  for  the  office  to  be  filled; 

(b)  His  residence,  his  occupation,  and  his  business  address. 

(2)  If  a  certificate  is  filed  by  a  political  party  which  did  not  appear 
on  the  ballot  in  the  next  preceding  election,  it  must  contain  the  party 
name  and  in  five  (5)  words  or  less  the  principle  which  such  body 
represents. 

(3)  The  certificate  must  be  signed  by  electors  residing  within  the 
state  and  district,  or  political  division  in  which  the  officer  or  officers 
are  to  be  elected.  Each  elector  signing  a  certificate  shall  add  to  his 
signature  his  place  of  residence,   and  his  business  address. 

(4)  The  number  of  signatures  must  be  five  per  cent  (5%)  or  more 
of  the  total  vote  cast  for  the  successful  candidate  for  the  same  office  at 
the  next  preceding  election. 

(5)  The  candidates  for  nomination  shall  file  the  certificates  ninety 
(90)  days  prior  to  the  date  of  the  general  election.  Certificates  of  nomi- 
nation of  candidates  for  municipal  offices  must  be  filed  with  the  clerks 
of  the  respective  municipal  corporations  not  more  than  thirty  (30)  days 
and  not  less  than  fifteen   (15)   days  previous  to  the  day  of  election. 

(6)  A  person  who  desires  to  run  for  president  or  vice-president  as 
an  independent  candidate,  must  file  a  certificate  of  nomination  with 
the  secretary  of  state.  The  certificate  must  have  the  signatures  of  electors 
equal  to  five  per  cent  (5%)  or  more  of  the  legal  votes  cast  for  governor 
at  the  next  preceding  general  election.  He  must  also  nominate  the 
required  number  of  electors  allowable  to  Montana  and  certify  the  names 
to  the  secretary  of  state. 

(7)  This  section  shall  not  apply  to  nominations  for  special  elections 
or  to  fill  vacancies. 

History:   En.  Sec.  78,  Ch.  368,  L.  1969;       the  filing  of  certificates  of  nomination  by 
amd.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  59,  L.  1971.  candidates  for  municipal  offices. 

Amendments  Effective  Date 

The   1971   amendment  added   the   second  Section    2    of    Ch.    59,    Laws    1971    pro- 

sentence    of    paragraph     (5),    relating    to       vidcd    the    act    should    be    in    effect    from 

and  after  its  passage  and  approval.  Ap- 
proved February  24,  197 L 


39 


23-3318.1  ELECTIONS 

23-3318.1.     Determination  of  number  of  signatures  required  in  census 

divisions.  in  tlic  cjisc  of  cjiiHlidiitcs  for  tlic  Moii1;iii;i  House  of  lu'jjrc- 
sciitjil  i\('s,  tlic  .Montjiiiii  SciiJitc.  iind  tlic  .M(tiit;iii;i  ( 'oiistit  lit  ioiiiil  ('oincn- 
tioii  wlio  iiiiiy  !)('  r(M)uii'('(l  to  run  in  districts  (•nd)i';icinj:'  census  enumeriitor 
divisions  located  in  nioi'e  Ili;m  one  county,  tlie  secretni'v  of  stjite  sludl,  for 
those  counties  sj)lit  alonjr  census  eiuunerator  divisions,  detenuine  lite 
iiuinber  of  si<rn;itures  needed  for  nomiiuitin^''  jx'titions  of  independent  c;indi- 
diites  in  sueli  disti'icts.  'I'lie  detenniuiition  sluill  be  b.ised  on  the  most  reeent 
federal  census  population   fiuures  for  the  disti'ict. 

History:      En.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  6,  2nd  Ex.  L.       icimI   "Tins  jut   is  cfTccfivc  on    its   ji.-issiijio 
1971.  .■111(1    .•i])iii<i\;il    .-iiiil    sliiili     icniaiii     in    effect 

until  siicli  tiiiic  ;i.s  the  |ir()cc(liii  cs  in  section 
Effective  Date  :2:i-:;;ilS,  If.  (".  M.  I!»t7,  cm  Ik-  followed." 

[Section   L'   of   Vh.   C,  I'lul    Ivx.    L:i\vs    ]!>71 


23-3321.    Declining  nomination — vacancies  before  and  after  primary. 

(1)  Twenty  (20)  days  or  more  before  the  election,  a  person  nominated 
for  public  ofBce  may  decline  the  nomination  by  a  writing  sent  to  the 
office  with  whom  his  nominating  declaration  is  filed.  In  city  elections, 
the  declination  shall  be  made  ten   (10)   days  or  more  before  the  election. 

(2)  If  a  vacancy  occurs  in  the  office  of  a  candidate  in  case  of  death 
or  removal  from  the  state  or  district  before  the  date  of  the  primary, 
the  vacancy  shall  be  filled  by  the  affected  political  party. 

(3)  "When  a  vacancy  occurs  in  the  office  of  a  candidate  after  the 
primary  and  before  the  general  election  in  any  district  however  consti- 
tuted, the  vacancy  shall  be  filled  as  follows : 

(a)  The  vacancy  shall  be  filled  by  a  committee  of  three  (3)  members 
selected  from  each  county  or  district  by  the  county  central  committees 
of  the  county  or  district  of  the  affected  political  party. 

(b)  The  secretary  of  the  committee  shall  transmit  a  certificate  to 
the  secretary  of  state  with  the  information  contained  on  the  original 
certificate  plus  the  cause  of  the  vacancy,  the  name  of  the  person  nomi- 
nated, the  office  to  be  filled,  and  the  name  of  the  person  for  whom 
the  nomination  was  made. 

(c)  "When  the  certificate  is  filed  with  the  secretary  of  state  accom- 
panied by  the  proper  filing  fee  he  shall  insert  the  name  of  the  person 
nominated  to  fill  the  vacancy. 

(d)  If  the  secretary  of  state  has  certified  the  nominations  to  the 
registrars,  he  shall  immediately  certify  to  the  registrars  the  name  of  the 
person  nominated  to  fill  the  vacancy,  the  office  to  be  filled,  the  party 
or  political  principle  he  represents,  and  the  name  of  the  person  for 
whom  the  nominee  is  substituted. 

History:   En.   Sec.  82,  Ch.  368,  L.   1969; 
amd.  Sec.  5,  Ch.  23J:,  L.  1971. 

40 


CONDUCT   OF   ELECTIONS  23-3610 

Amendments  sorted  "or  district"  after  "from  each  coun- 

The    1971    amendnient    sulKstitnted    "niiv      *y"   "^   subdivision    (3)    (a);    inserted   "of 
district  however  constituted"  for  "a,  multi-      ^^'P  "^^""'^^y  ^^  district"  after  "central  coin- 
count  v    district"    in    subsection     (3);     in-      mittees"   m   subdivision    (3)    (a);    and   in- 
serted  "accompanied   l)y   the  proper  filing 
fee"  in  subdivision  (3)  (c). 


CHAPTER  35 

ELECTION  SUPPLIES  AND  BALLOTS 

Section 

23-3509.     Printing    of    candidate's    name    and    party    designation    on    ballot — no    party 

designation    for    candidates    for    supreme    and    district    court    judgeships — • 

persons  nominated  by  more  than  one  party. 

23-3509.  Printing-  of  candidate's  name  and  party  designation  on  ballot 
— no  party  designation  for  candidates  for  supreme  and  district  court 
judgeships — persons  nominated  by  more  than  one  party.  (1)  Candidates' 
names  shall  be  printed  in  one  place  on  the  ballot  with  the  name  of  the 
party  or  political  organization,  as  found  in  the  certificate  of  nomination 
in  not  more  than  three  (3)  words,  printed  opposite  the  name. 

(2)  The  names  of  candidates  for  chief  justice,  associate  justices,  and 
district  court  judges  shall  be  followed  by:  "Nominated  without  party 
designation." 

(3)  If  a  person  is  nominated  for  the  same  office  by  more  than  one 
(1)  party,  he  shall  file  a  written  election  with  the  officer  with  whom 
he  filed  his  declaration  of  nomination  in  the  time  required  to  file  the 
declaration.  If  he  fails  or  neglects  to  file  an  election,  his  name  shall  ap- 
pear under  the  party  with  whom  his  nominating  declaration  M'as  first 
filed. 

History:   En.   Sec.  92,  Ch.   368,  L.   1969;       iKnne    shall   appear   under   tlie   party   with 
amd.  Sec.  2,  Ch.  254,  L.  1971.  whom  his  nominating  deehiration  was  first 

filed"   for  "no   party   designation   shall   be 
Amendments  ])laced   o])posite   his   name"   at  the   end   of 

Tlie    1971    amendment    substituted    "his       the  second  sentence  of  subsection    (3). 


CHAPTER  36 

CONDUCT  OF  ELECTIONS— THE  POLLS— VOTING  AND  BALLOTS 

Section 

23-3610.     Marking  precinct  register  book  before  elector  votes — procedure. 

23-3610.  Marking  precinct  register  book  before  elector  votes — pro- 
cedure. (1)  The  election  judges  at  every  priiuaiy,  general  or  special 
election  shall,  in  the  jireciuct  register  book,  mark  a  cross  (X)  upon  the 
line  opposite  to  the  name  of  the  elector. 

41 


23-3706  ELECTIONS 

(2)  Before  an  elector  is  permitted  to  vote,  the  election  judges  shall 
require  the  elector  to  sign  his  name  on  the  place  designated  in  tlie  precinct 
register. 

(3)  Tlie  election  judges  shall  require  an  elector  not  able  to  sign  his 
n;nne  to  produce  two  (2)  electors  who  sliall  make  aii  affidavit  before  the 
election  judges,  or  one  (1)  of  them,  in  a  form  prescribed  by  the  secretary 
of  state. 

(4)  Tlie  affidavit  shall  be  filed  by  the  election  judges,  and  returned  to 
the  registrar  with  the  returns  of  the  election.  One  (1)  of  the  judges  shall 
w]-ite  the  elector's  name,  note  the  fact  of  his  inability  to  sign,  and  the 
names  of  the  two  (2)   electors. 

(5)  If  the  elector  fails  or  refuses  to  sign  his  name,  and  if  unable 
to  write  fails  to  procure  two  (2)  electors  who  will  take  the  oath  required, 
he  shall  not  be  allowed  to  vote. 

(6)  Immediately  after  the  canvass  of  the  returns,  the  election  judges 
shall  deliver  to  the  registrar  the  official  register,  sealed,  with  the  election 
returns  and  pollbook  which  have  been  used  for  the  election. 

(7)  Each  precinct  shall  keep  a  list  of  persons  voting,  and  the  name  of 
each  person  who  votes  shall  be  entered  in  it  and  numbered  in  the  order 
voting.   This  list  is  known  as  the  pollbook. 

History:    En.  Sec.  110,  Ch.  368,  L.  1969;  Amendments 

amd.  Sec.  3,  Ch.  254,  L.  1971.  Tj^^  -^^^-^  amendment  inserted  "primary" 

in  subsection  (1). 


CHAPTER  37 

ABSENTEE  VOTING  AND  EEGISTEATION 

Section 

23-3706.     Mailing  ballot  to  elector — affidavit — electors  in  the  United  States   service. 

23-3709.     Delivery  of  ballots  to  election  judges — ballots  to  be  rejected — ballots  not  to 

count. 
23-3718.     "Elector  in  the  United  States  service"  defined. 
23-3720.     Oath  for  elector  in  United  States  service. 
23-3721.     Classilieation  of  federal  post  card  application. 
23-3724.     Eegistration    of    electors    whose    United    States    service    or    employment    has 

terminated. 


23-3706.    Mailing-  ballot  to   elector — aflOidavit — electors   in  the  United 

States  service.  (1)  Either  upon  receipt  of  the  application  or  immediately 
after  the  official  ballot  for  the  precinct  of  the  applicant's  residence  has  been 
printed,  the  registrar,  city  clerk,  or  clerk  of  a  first  class  school  district  shall 
send  by  mail,  postage  prepaid,  whatever  official  ballots  are  necessary. 

(2)  The  proper  officer  shall  enclose  an  envelope  with  the  ballots  which 
has  written  on  the  front  the  name,  title,  and  post-office  address  of  the  officer 
sending  it,  and  upon  the  other  side  a  printed  affidavit  in  a  form  prescribed 
by  the  secretary  of  state. 

(3)  Both  the  envelope  in  which  the  ballot  is  mailed  to  an  elector  in 
the  United  States  service  and  the  return  envelope  shall  have  printed 
across  the  face  two  parallel  horizontal  red  bars,  each  one-quarter  {V^) 
inch  wide,  extending  from  one  side  of  the  envelope  to  the  other,  with  an 
intervening  space  of  one-quarter  (H)  inch,  with  the  words  "Official  Elec- 

42 


ABSENTEE   VOTING   AND   REGISTRATION  23-3718 

tion  Ballot  Material — via  Air  Mail,"  between  the  bars.  In  the  upper 
right-hand  corner  shall  be  printed  "Free  of  U.S.  Postage."  In  the  upper 
left-hand  corner  shall  be  blanks  sufficient  for  the  recipient  to  place  his 
return  address.  All  printing  on  tlie  face  of  the  envelope  shall  be  in  red. 
The  gummed  flap  of  the  envelope  supplied  for  the  return  of  the  ballot 
shall  be  separated  by  wax  paper  or  otlier  appropriate  protective  insert. 
Voting  instructions  provided  in  subparagraph  (5)  of  this  section  shall  in- 
clude a  procedure  to  be  followed  by  absentee  voters,  such  as  notation 
of  the  facts  on  the  back  of  the  envelope  duly  signed  by  the  voter  and 
witnessing   officer,  in   instances   of  adliesion   of   the   balloting  material. 

(4)  The   return   address   shall   be   self-addressed   to   the   registrar    or 
city  clerk. 

(5)  Instructions    for   voting   shall   be    enclosed    with    the    ballots    for 

electors  in  the  United  States  service.  Instructions  shall  include  information 

concerning  the  type  or  types  of  writing  instruments  which  may  be  used 

to  mark  the  absentee  ballot. 

History:  En.  Sec.  124,  Ch.  368,  L.  1969;       and  sixth  sentences  to  subsection  (3);  and 
amd.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  246,  L.  1971.  added    the    second   sentence    to    subsection 


Amendments 

The    1971    amendment    added    the    fifth 


(5). 


23-3709.  Delivery  of  ballots  to  election  judges — ballots  to  be  rejected — 
ballots  not  to  count.  (1)  If  the  absentee  ballot  is  received  prior  to  de- 
livery of  the  official  ballots  to  the  election  judges,  the  registrar  or  clerk 
shall  deliver  the  larger  envelope  to  the  judges  at  the  same  time  the  ballots 
are  delivered. 

(2)  If  absentee  ballots  are  received  after  the  ballots  are  delivered  to 
the  election  judges,  but  prior  to  the  close  of  the  polls,  the  registrar  or 
clerk  shall  immediately  deliver  the  larger  envelopes  to  the  judges. 

(3)  If  absentee  ballots  are  received  by  the  registrar  or  clerk  for 
which  application  was  not  received  prior  to  twelve  (12)  noon  on  the  day 
preceding  an  election,  or  received  after  the  close  of  the  polls,  the  clerk 
shall  endorse  upon  the  voter's  envelope  the  date  and  exact  time  of  re- 
ceipt and  the  words  "To  be  rejected."  Absentee  ballots  so  endorsed  shall 
be  delivered  to  the  election  judges  of  the  precinct  or  retained  by  the 
registrar  or  clerk  if  the  judges  have  adjourned  and  shall  be  rejected. 

(4)  If  an  elector  votes  absentee  ballot  and  dies  between  the  time  of 
balloting  and  election  day,  his  ballot  will  not  count. 

History:  En.  Sec.  127,  Ch.  368,  L.  1969;  serted  "or  received  after  the  close  of  the 

amd.  Sec.  4,  Ch.  254,  L.  1971.  polls"   in   the   first   sentence   of   subsection 

(3);  inserted  "or  retained  by  the  registrar 

Amendments  or    clerk   if    the    judges    have    adjourned" 

The  1971  amendment  inserted  "but  prior  in  the  second  sentence  of  subsection   (3); 

to  the  close  of  the  polls"  in  subsection  (2);  and    made    minor   changes   in    phraseology 

deleted    "by    mail   postage    prepaid"    after  and  style. 

"larger   envelopes"   in   subsection    (2);    in- 

23-3718.  "Elector  in  the  United  States  service"  defined.  "Elector  in 
the  United  States  service"  means : 

(1)  A  member  of  the  armed  forces  in  the  active  service,  and  his 
spouse  and  dependents; 

(2)  A  member  of  the  merchant  marine  of  the  United  States  and  his 

43 


23-3720  ELECTIONS 

spouse  and  dependents ; 

(3)  A  member  of  a  religions  group  or  welfare  agency  assisting 
members  of  the  armed  forces  of  the  United  States  who  are  ofificially  at- 
tached to  and  serving  the  armed  forces,  and  his  spouse  and  dependents; 

(4)  A  citizen  of  the  United  States  temporarily  residing  outside  the 
territorial  limits  of  the  United  States  and  the  District  of  Columbia  and 
his  spouse  and  dependents  when  residing  with  or  accompanying  him. 

History:  En.  Sec.  136,  Ch.  368,  L.  1969;       as  subdivision   (4)   former  subdivision   (2) 
amd.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  249,  L.  1971.  reading  "A  civilian  employee  of  the  United 

States  in  all  categories  serving  outside  the 

Amendments  territorial    limits   of   the   several   states   of 

Tlie    ]971    amendment    inserted    subdivi-       the    United    States    or    in    the    District    of 

sion    (2);    and    revised    and    redesignated       roliimMi:!    nnd   his   spouse   and   dependents 

uhcii    losidiiij;   or   accompanying   him." 

23-3720.  Oath  for  elector  in  United  States  service.  (1)  Any  oath  re- 
quired for  electors  in  the  United  States  service  to  register,  request  a  ballot, 
or  vote,  may  be  administered  and  attested,  within  or  without  the  United 
States,  by  any  commissioned  officer  in  active  service,  any  member  of  the 
merchant  marine  of  the  United  States  designated  for  this  purpose  by 
the  secretary  of  commerce,  the  head  of  any  department  or  agency  of  the 
United  States,  any  civilian  official  empowered  by  state  or  federal  law  to 
administer  oaths,  or  any  civilian  employee  designated  by  the  head  of  any 
department  or  agency  of  the  United  States. 

(2)  No  official  seal  is  required  to  be  affixed  to  the  oath  and  neither  the 
elector  nor  the  certifying  officer  need  disclose  his  whereabouts  at  the 
time  of  taking  the  oath  except  to  the  extent  required  by  the  federal  post 
card  application. 

History:   En.  Sec.  138,  Ch.  368,  L.  1969;       agency  of  the  United  States"  in  the  middle 
amd.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  248,  L.  1971.  or   .subsection   (1);   added  "or  any  civilian 

employee   designated   by   the   head   of   any 
Amendments  department     or     agency     of     the     United 

The  1971  amendment  inserted  "any  mem-       States"  at  the  end  of  subsection   (1);  and 
i)er    of    the    merchant    marine    *     *     *    or       made   a  minor  change   in  phraseology. 

23-3721.  Classification  of  federal  post  card  application.  (1)  Upon  re- 
ceipt by  the  registrar  of  a  federal  post  card  application  properly  filled 
out  and  signed  under  oath,  tlic  registrar  shall  classify  the  application  ac- 
cording to  the  precinct  in  which  the  elector  resides  and  arrange  the  cards 
in  each  precinct  in  alphabetical  order. 

(2)  The  registrar  shall,  upon  receipt  of  any  federal  post  card  applica- 
tion, immediately  enter  upon  the  official  register  of  the  county  in  the 
proper  precinct  the  full  information  given  by  the  elector. 

(3)  Immediately  upon  entry  in  the  official  registry  of  the  name  of 
the  elector  the  registrar  shall  send  to  him  by  the  fastest  mail  service 
available  a  notice  that  he  has  been  registered  and  informing  him  that  in 
order  to  secure  a  ballot  he  must  mail  at  any  time  within  forty-five  (45) 
days  preceding  the  election  another  federal  post  card  application  to  his 
registrar  or  city  clerk. 

(4)  A  federal  post  card  application  received  from  an  elector  in  the 
United  States  service  within  forty-five  (45)  days  preceding  an  election  shall 
be  treated  as  a  simultaneous  application  for  registration  and  for  ballot. 

44 


CONTESTS   OF   BOND   ELECTIONS  23-4201 

Where  the  elector  is  already  registered  the  federal  post  card  application 
shall  be  treated  as  an  application  for  a  ballot. 

History:   En.  Sec.  139,  Ch.  368,  L.  1969,  in    the    official    registry    of    the    name    of 

amd.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  250,  L.  1971.  the  elector  send  to  him  by  the  fastest  mail 

service    available    a    notice    that    he    has 

Amendments  been    registered    and   informing   him    that 

The  1971  amendment  rewrote  subsection  in  order  to   secure   a  ballot  he  must  mail 

(3)    which    formerly   read,   "If    an    elector  at    any    time   within   forty-five    (45)    days 

in   the   United   States   service   has   not   al-  preceding  the  election  another  federal  post 

ready    requested    an    absentee    ballot,    the  card   application    to   his   registrar    or    city 

registrar    shall,    immediately    upon    entry  clerk";  and  added  subsection  (4). 

23-3724.  Reg-istration  of  electors  whose  United  States  service  or  em- 
ployment has  terminated.  Electors  in  the  United  States  service  who  have 
been  honorably  discharged  from  the  armed  forces  of  the  United  States 
or  who  have  terminated  their  service  or  employment  outside  the  terri- 
torial limits  of  the  United  States  too  late  to  register  at  the  time  when,  and 
place  where,  registration  is  required,  shall  be  entitled  to  register  for  the 
purpose  of  voting  at  the  next  ensuing  election  after  such  discharge  or 
termination  of  employment  up  to  12  noon  on  the  day  before  the  election, 
provided  that  said  elector  shall  execute  a  sworn  affidavit  qualifying  him 
under  this  section,  to  be  filed  in  the  office  of  his  registration.  County 
registrar  shall  provide  to  the  person  registering  under  the  provisions 
of  this  section,  a  certificate  stating  the  precinct  in  which  he  is  entitled 
to  vote  which  shall  be  presented  to  the  election  judges  of  that  precinct 
at  the  time  of  votins:. 


'to- 


History:     En.    23-3724    by    Sec.    1,    Ch.       lating    to    absentee    voting    and    registra- 
247,  L.  1971.  tion,    providing    for    the    registration    of 

electors   whose    United    States   services    or 
Title  of  Act  employment    has    terminated    too    late    to 

An  act  to  amend   Title   23,   Chapter  37,       register    in    person    to    vote    in    the    next 
R.C.M.  1947,  by  adding  a  new  section  re-       ensuing  election. 


CHAPTER  40 

CANVASS  OF  VOTES— RETURNS  AND  CERTIFICATES 

23-4016.    State  canvassers,  composition  and  meeting  of  board. 

Cross-References 

Board   transferred  to   office   of   secretary 
of  state,  sec.  82A-2102. 

CHAPTER  42 

CONTESTS  OF  BOND  ELECTIONS 

Section 

23-4201.     Grounds  for  challenge. 

23-4201.  Grounds  for  challenge.  (1)  Any  elector  qualified  to  vote 
in  a  bond  election  of  a  county,  city,  or  of  any  political  subdivision  of  either 
may  contest  a  bond  election,  for  any  of  the  following  causes : 

(a)     That  the  precinct  board  in  conducting  the  election  or  in  canvassing 

45 


23-4201  ELECTIONS 

the  returns,  made  errors  sufficient  to  change  the  result  of  the   election; 

(b)  That  any  official  charged  with  a  duty  under  this  act,  failed  to  per- 
form that  duty ; 

(c)  That  in  conducting  the  election,  any  official  charged  with  a  duty 
under  this  act,  violated  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  act  relating  to  bond 
elections; 

(d)  That  electors  qualified  to  vote  in  the  election  under  the  provi- 
sions of  the  constitutions  of  Montana  and  the  United  States  were  not  given 
opportunity  to  vote  in  the   election; 

(e)  That  electors  not  qualified  to  vote  in  the  election  under  the 
provisions  of  the  constitutions  of  Montana  and  the  United  States  were 
permitted  to  vote  in  the  election. 

(2)  Within  sixty  (60)  days  after  tlie  election,  the  contestant  shall  file 
a  verified  petition  with  the  clerk  of  the  court  in  the  judicial  district 
where  the  election  was  held. 

History:  En.  Sec.  212,  Ch.  368,  L.  1969;       (d)     and     (c)     to     subsection     (1);     and 
amd.  Sec.  6,  Ch.  158,  L.  1971.  changed   the   filing   time   specified   in   sub- 

section   (2)    from  five   days  to   sixty   days 
Amendments  jifter  the  election. 

The  1971  amendment  added  subdivisions 


46 


TITLE  43— LEGISLATURE  AND  ENACTMENT  OF  LAWS 


CHAPTER  1— SENATORIAL,  REPRESENTATIVE  AND 
CONGRESSIONAL  DISTRICTS 

Section 

43-106.6.  Number  of  senators — senatorial  districts  and  apportionment. 

43-106.7.  Number  of  representatives — representative  districts  and  apportionment. 

43-106.8.  Division  of  multi-member  districts  into  single-member  districts. 

43-106.9.  Adjustment  of  senatorial  terms. 

43-107.  Congressional  districts. 


43-106.1,  43-106.2.     Repealed. 
Repeal 

Sections  43-106.1,  43-106.2    (Sees.   1,   2, 
Ch.   194,   L.   1967),  relating  to  legislative 


apportionment,   were   repealed   by   Sec.   6, 
Ch.  8,  2nd  Ex.  Laws  1971. 


43-106.3  to  43-106.5.     Unconstitutional. 


Unconstitutional 

These  sections  (Sees.  1,  2,  4,  Ch.  3,  1st 
Ex.  L.  1971)  were  held  unconstitutional 
by   a   three-judge   federal   court   in   a   de- 


cision rendered  on  June  11,  1971,  in 
Wold  V.  Anderson,  28  Montana  St.  Rep. 
585,  —  F.  Supp.  — . 


43-106.6.  Number  of  senators — senatorial  districts  and  apportionment. 
The  senate  of  the  legislative  assembly  shall  consist  of  fifty  (50)  members. 
The  senatorial  districts  and  the  number  of  senators  elected  from  each  dis- 
trict are  as  follows : 


Senatorial 
District  Number 

1 


3 

4 


Number  of 
Senators 

1 


2 
2 


District  consists  of 
County  or  Counties 

Big  Horn,  Powder  River,  Carter,  less 
Ekalaka  census  enumerator  division  of 
Carter 

Custer  and  Ekalaka  census  enumera- 
tor division  of  Carter 
Richland,  Dawson,  Wibaux,  Fallon 

Sheridan,  Roosevelt,  Daniels  and  Val- 
ley less  the  Fort  Peck  and  Hinsdale 
census  enumerator  divisions  of  Valley 
Blaine,  Phillips  and  the  Fort  Peck  and 
Hinsdale  census  enumerator  divisions 
of  Valley 

Garfield,  Rosebud,  McCone,  Prairie 
and  Treasure 


47 


43-106.7 


LEGISLATURE 


Senatorial 
District  Number 


X  umber  of 
Senators 

1 


8 


10 
11 
12 

13 
14 

15 
16 
17 
18 

19 


1 
3 
3 

6 
2 

2 
3 
1 
4 


20 

3 

21 

1 

22 

1 

23 

2 

History:  En. 
197L 

Sec. 

1, 

Ch. 

8,  2nd  Ex 

Title  of  Act 

An  act  to  apportion 

the 

legislative 

District  consists  of 
County  or  Counties 

Stillwater,  Carbon  and  south  of  the 
Yellowstone  census  enumerator  divi- 
sion of  Sweet  Grass 

Yellowstone  less  the  Bufifalo  Creek 
census  enumerator  division,  the  Shep- 
herd enumerator  division  and  the 
Huntley  Project  census  enumerator 
division 

Meagher,  Wheatland,  Golden  Valley, 
Musselshell  and  north  of  the  Yellow- 
stone census  enumerator  division  of 
Sweet  Grass  and  Buffalo  Creek  census 
enumerator  division  and  Huntley  Proj- 
ect enumerator  division  of  Yellowstone 
and  Shepherd  division  of  the  census 
enumerator  of  Yellow^stone 
Fergus  and  Petroleum 
Gallatin  and  Park 

Broadwater,  Jefiferson  and   Lewis  and 
Clark 
Cascade 

Hill,  Chouteau.  Judith  Basin  and  Lib- 
erty 

Glacier,  Toole,  Pondera,  Teton 
Flathead 
Lake 

Missoula    less    Bonner-Clinton    census 
enumerator  division  of  Missoula 
Powell,  Deer  Lodge,  Granite  and  Bon- 
ner-Clinton   census    enumerator    divi- 
sion of  Missoula 
Silver  Bow 

Madison  and  Beaverhead 
Ravalli 
Mineral,  Sanders  and  Lincoln 

sembly  according  to  the  1970  federal 
census;  and  repealing  sections  43-106.1 
and  43-106.2,  R.  C.  M.  1947. 


43-106.7.  Number  of  representatives — representative  districts  and  ap- 
portionment. Representatives  of  the  legislative  assembly  shall  consist  of 
one  hundred  (100)  members.  The  representatives  elected  from  each  dis- 
trict are  as  follows : 


48 


DISTRICTS  43-106.7 

Representative  Number  of  District  consists  of 

District  Number  Representatives  County  or  Counties 

1  2  Big  Horn,  Powder  River,  Carter 

less  Ekalaka  census  enumerator 
division  of  Carter 

2  2  Custer  and   Ekalaka  census  enu- 

merator division  of  Carter 

^  4  Richland,   Dawson,  Wibaux,  and 

Fallon 

4  4  Sheridan,  Roosevelt,  Daniels  and 

Valley,  less  the  Fort  Peck  and 
Hinsdale  census  enumerator  divi- 
sions of  Valley 

5  2  Blaine,  Phillips  and  the  Fort  Peck 

and  Hinsdale  census  enumerator 
divisions  of  Valley 

6  2  Garfield,    Rosebud,    McCone, 

Prairie  and  Treasure 

7  2  Stillwater,   Carbon  and  south   of 

the  Yellowstone  census  enumera- 
tor division  of  Sweet  Grass 

8  12  Yellowstone  less  the  Buffalo 

Creek  census  enumerator  division, 
the  Shepherd  enumerator  division 
and  the  Huntley  Project  census 
enumerator  division 

9  2  Meagher,  Wheatland,  Golden  Val- 

ley, Musselshell  and  north  of  the 
Yellowstone  census  enumerator 
division  of  Sweet  Grass  and  Buf- 
falo Creek  census  enumerator  di- 
vision and  Huntley  Project  enu- 
merator division  and  Shepherd 
division  of  the  census  enumerator 
of  Yellowstone 

10  2  Fergus  and  Petroleum 

11  6  Gallatin  and  Park 

12  6  Broadwater,  Jefferson  and  Lewis 

and  Clark 

13  12  Cascade 

14  4  Hill,  Chouteau,  Judith  Basin  and 

Liberty 

15  4  Glacier,  Toole,  Pondera,  Teton 

16  6  Flathead 

17  2  Lake 

49 


43-106.8  LEGISLATURE 

Representative  Number  of  District  consists  of 

District  Number  Representatives  County  or  Counties 

18  8  Missoula  less  Bonner-Clinton  cen- 

sus  enumerator  division   of   Mis- 
soula 

19  4  Pow^ell,  Deer  Lodge,  Granite  and 

Bonner-Clinton   census   enumera- 
tor division  of  Missoula 

20  6  Silver  Bow 

21  2  Madison  and  Beaverhead 

22  2  Ravalli 

23  4  Mineral,  Sanders  and  Lincoln 

History:  En.  Sec.  2,  Ch.  8,  2nd  Ex.  L. 
1971. 


43-106.8.  Division  of  multi-member  districts  into  single-member  dis- 
tricts. A  multi-member  district  may  be  di^'ided  into  single-member  dis- 
tricts within  a  senatorial  district  in  the  following  manner: 

(1)  Eight  per  cent  (8%)  of  the  registered  voters  of  the  multi-member 
district  as  determined  by  the  last  registration  lists  applicable  to  the  coun- 
ties in  such  multi-member  districts  must  first  petition  and  said  petition 
shall  substantially  meet  all  of  the  requirements  of  a  petition  for  initiative 
and  referendum  as  provided  in  sections  37-101,  37-102  and  37-103.  R.  C.  M. 
1947,  for  such  division.  If  the  multi-member  district  is  located  within  a 
single  county,  the  petition  signed  by  the  required  number  of  voters  shall 
be  filed  with  the  clerk  and  recorder  of  that  county.  If  the  multi-member 
district  embraces  areas  in  more  than  one  (1)  county,  the  required  petition 
shall  be  filed  in  the  office  of  the  clerk  and  recorder  of  any  county  embraced 
in  whole  or  in  part  in  the  district  and  certified  copies  of  such  petition  shall 
be  sent  by  that  clerk  and  recorder  to  the  clerks  and  recorders  of  all  other 
counties  embraced  in  whole  or  in  part  in  such  multi-member  districts. 

(2)  The  clerks  and  recorders  with  whom  such  petitions,  whether 
originals  or  certified  copies,  are  filed  shall  as  promptly  as  possible  examine 
such  petition  as  to  the  signatures  thereon  which  are  of  residents  of  their 
respective  counties  and  shall  certify  to  the  clerk  and  recorder  of  the  county 
in  which  the  original  petition  was  filed  as  to  the  number  of  valid  signa- 
tures on  said  petition  as  to  the  number  of  registered  voters  in  their  respec- 
tive counties  and  included  within  the  multi-member  district.  The  clerk 
and  recorder  with  whom  the  original  petition  was  filed  shall  also  as 
promptly  as  possible  examine  the  petition  as  to  the  signatures  thereon 
which  are  of  residents  of  his  county  and  shall  determine  the  number  of 
valid  signatures  as  to  his  county.  Upon  receipt  of  the  certificates  of  the 
other  clerks  and  recorders,  the  clerk  and  recorder  with  whom  the  original 
petition  was  filed  shall  total  the  number  of  valid  signatures  on  said  peti- 
tion and.  if  such  petition  contains  valid  signatures  of  at  least  eight  per 
cent  (89c)  of  the  registered  voters  of  the  multi-member  district,  he  shall 

50 


DISTRICTS  43-106.9 

so  certify  to  the  county  commissioners  of  each  county  affected  in  whole 
or  in  part. 

(3)  The  county  commissioners  of  each  county  affected  in  whole  or 
in  part,  upon  receipt  of  the  certification  by  the  clerk  and  recorder,  shall 
meet  together  as  promptly  as  possible  and  shall  establish  a  time  of  elec- 
tion, at  which  shall  be  presented  the  question  whether  the  district  shall  be 
divided  into  single-member  districts. 

(4)  If  a  majority  of  the  voters  voting  at  such  election  shall  vote  in 
favor  of  dividing  the  multi-member  district,  the  county  commissioners  of 
the  affected  counties  shall  meet  together  as  promptly  as  possible  after 
the  results  of  such  election  have  been  certified,  and  shall  divide  the  multi- 
member district  into  single-member  districts.  Any  such  plan  of  division 
shall  require  the  approval  of  the  majority  of  the  commissioners  of  each 
of  the  counties  affected. 

(5)  Single-member  districts  shall  be  as  compact  as  possible,  comprise 
contiguous  territory  and  shall  be  as  nearly  equal  as  practicable  in  popula- 
tion. Boundaries  of  the  single-member  districts  shall  follow  the  census 
enumerator  division  lines. 

History:  En.  Sec.  3,  Ch.  8,  2nd  Ex.  L. 
1971. 


43-106.9.  Adjustment  of  senatorial  terms.  The  senators  shall  be 
elected  for  the  term  of  four  (4)  years  and  they  shall  be  divided  into  two 
(2)  classes  with  terms  concluding  in  alternate  bienniums.  The  terms  of 
office  of  those  senators  in  districts  8,  13,  16,  17,  18,  20,  21  and  22  will  con- 
tinue as  they  presently  exist,  and  they  will  run  for  re-election  upon  expi- 
ration of  their  present  terms  of  office.  The  terms  of  office  of  all  other 
senators  will  expire  on  the  first  Monday  of  January,  1973. 

The  senators  elected  in  districts  1,  2,  5  and  6  shall  be  elected  for  a 
term  of  four  (4)  years.  The  senators  elected  in  districts  3,  4,  11,  12,  14, 
15,  19  and  23  shall,  pursuant  to  the  regulations  to  be  promulgated  by  the 
secretary  of  state,  draw  lots  for  the  purpose  of  determining  which  of  said 
elected  senators  of  said  districts  shall  serve  for  four  (4)  years  and  which 
shall  serve  for  two  (2)  years  to  the  end  that  in  each  of  the  said  districts, 
in  so  far  as  possible,  one-half  (j^)  of  the  senators  shall  serve  for  four  (4) 
years  and  one-half  (^)  for  two  (2)  years;  provided,  however,  that  in  dis- 
tricts 11  and  12  the  senators  there  elected  shall  draw  lots  to  determine 
which  one  of  the  three  in  each  district  shall  be  subject  to  the  drawing 
hereinafter  mentioned. 

The  remaining  senators  from  districts  11  and  12  shall  themselves  draw 
lots  to  determine  which  shall  serve  for  four  (4)  years  and  which  shall 
serve  for  two  (2)  years.  The  names  of  elected  senators  from  districts  7, 
9  and  10  including  the  one  (1)  from  each  of  districts  11  and  12,  aforesaid, 
shall  be  placed  in  a  receptacle  from  which  the  secretary  of  state  shall  draw 
three  (3)  names.  The  senators  whose  names  are  thus  drawn  shall  serve 
for  four  (4)  years  and  the  remainder  not  drawn  shall  serve  for  two  (2) 
years. 

51 


43-107  LEGISLATURE 

History:  En.  Sec.  4,  Ch.  8,  2nd  Ex.  L.  Repealing  Clause 

1971.  Section    6    of    Ch.    8,    2nd    Ex.    Laws 

1971     read     "Sections     43-106.1     and    43- 

SeparabiUty  Clause  106.2,  R.  C.  M.  1947,  are  repealed." 

Section  5  of  Ch.  8,  2nd  Ex.  Laws  1971  . 

read  "If  any  clause,  sentence,  paragraph.  Effective  Date 

section,  or  any  part  of  this  act  shall  be  Section  7  of  Ch.  8,  2nd  Ex.  Laws  1971 

declared  and  adjudged  to  be  invalid  and/  provided  the  act  should  be  in  effect  from 

or     unconstitutional,     such     invalidity     or  and   after   its   passage  and  approval.    Ap- 

unconstitutionality    shall    not    affect,    im-  proved  June  29,  1971. 
pair,    invalidate   or   nullify   the   remainder 
of  this  act." 


43-107.  (48)  Congressional  districts.  The  counties  of  Beaverhead. 
Broadwater,  Deer  Lodge,  Flathead,  Gallatin,  Granite,  Jeflferson,  Lake, 
Lewis  and  Clark,  Lincoln,  Madison.  ^Mineral,  Missoula,  Powell,  Ravalli, 
Sanders,  Silver  Bow,  Glacier,  Toole.  Liberty.  Pondera.  Meagher,  and 
Park  shall  constitute  the  first  congressional  district  of  the  state.  The 
counties  of  Big  Horn,  Blaine,  Carbon,  Carter,  Cascade,  Chouteau.  Custer, 
Daniels.  Dawson,  Fallon.  Fergus,  Garfield,  Golden  Valley,  Mill,  Judith 
Basin,  McCone,  Musselshell,  Petroleum,  Phillips,  Powder  River,  Prairie. 
Richland,  Rosebud,  Roosevelt,  Sheridan,  Stillwater,  Sweet  Grass,  Teton. 
Treasure,  Valley,  Wheatland,  Wibaux  and  Yellowstone  shall  constitute 
the  second  congressional  district  of  the  state. 

Whenever  any  county  is  created,  comprised  partly  of  the  territory  of 
both  such  districts,  said  county  shall  belong  to  and  become  a  part  of  the 
district  to  which  major  portion  of  the  territory  of  said  county  belonged 
and  was  a  part  prior  to  the  creation  of  such  new  county. 

History:  Ap.  p.  Sec.  120,  PoL  C.  1895;  1921;  amd.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  113,  L.  1945;  amd. 
re-en.  Sec.  47,  Rev.  C.  1907;  amd.  Sec.  1,  Sec.  1,  Ch.  124,  L.  1967;  amd.  Sec.  1,  Ch. 
Ch.  44,  L.  1917;  re-en.  Sec.  48,  R.  C.  M.       187,  L.  1971. 


52 


TITLE  75 

SCHOOLS 

CHAPTER  57 

SUPEEINTENDENT  OF  PUBLIC  INSTEUCTION 


Section    75-5702.     Election  and  qualification. 
75-5703.     Term,  oath  and  vacancy. 
75-5707.     Powers  and  duties. 


75-5702.  Election  and  qualification.  A  superintendent  of  public  instruc- 
tion for  the  state  of  Montana  shall  be  elected  by  the  qualified  electors  of  the 
state  at  the  general  election  preceding  the  expiration  of  the  term  of  office 
of  the  incumbent. 

Any  person  shall  be  qualified  to  assume  the  office  of  superintendent  of 
public  instruction  who : 

(1)  has  attained  the  thirtieth  anniversary  of  his  birth  date  at  the  time 
of  his  election ; 

(2)  has  resided  within  the  state  for  the  two  (2)  years  next  preceding 
his  election ; 

(3)  holds  at  least  a  bachelor's  degree  from  any  unit  of  the  Montana 
university  system  or  from  an  institution  recognized  as  equivalent  by  the 
board  of  education  for  teacher  certification  purposes ;  and 

(4)  otherwise  possesses  the  qualifications  for  such  office  which  are  re- 
quired by  the  constitution  of  the  state  of  Montana. 

History:    En.  75-5702  by  Sec.  11,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 


75-5703.  Term,  oath  and  vacancy.  The  superintendent  of  public  in- 
struction sliall  hold  office  at  the  seat  of  government  for  the  term  of  four 
(4)  years.  He  shall  assume  office  on  the  first  Monday  of  Januar}^  follow- 
ing his  election  and  shall  hold  the  office  until  his  successor  has  been  elected 
and  qualified.  Any  person  elected  as  the  superintendent  of  public  instruction 
shall  take  the  oath  of  a  civil  officer. 

If  the  office  of  superintendent  of  public  instruction  becomes  vacant,  it 
shall  be  filled  in  the  manner  prescribed  by  the  constitution  of  the  state  of 
Montana. 

History:  En.  75-5703  by  Sec.  12,  Ch.  6, 
L.  1971. 

75-5707.  Powers  and  duties.  The  superintendent  of  public  instruction 
shall  have  the  general  supervision  of  the  public  schools  and  districts  of  the 
state,  and  he  shall  have  the  power  and  shall  perform  the  following  duties 
or  acts  in  implementing  and  enforcing  the  provisions  of  this  Title: 

53 


75-5802  SCHOOLS 

(6)  prescribe  absentee  voting  forms  and  rules  in  accordance  with  the 
provisions  of  section  75-6416 ; 

(24)  prescribe  the  form  and  contents  of  and  approve  or  disapprove 
interstate  contracts  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  section  75-7308 ; 

(37)  determine  the  result  of  an  organization  election  for  a  comnmnity 
college  district  and  the  related  election  of  trustees  in  accordance  witli  the 
provisions  of  section  75-8112; 

History:   En.  75-5707  by  Sec.  16,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 


CHAPTER  58 

COUNTY  SUPERINTENDP]NT 


Section    75-5802,     Election  and  qualification. 
75-5803.     Term,  oath  and  vacancy. 


75-5802.  Election  and  qualification.  A  county  superintendent  shall  be 
elected  in  each  county  of  the  state  unless  a  county  manager  form  of  govern- 
ment has  been  organized  in  the  county.  The  county  superintendent  shall 
be  elected  at  the  general  election  preceding  the  expiration  of  the  term  of 
office  of  the  incumbent. 

Any  person  shall  be  qualified  to  assume  the  office  of  the  county  superin- 
tendent who : 

(1)  possesses  the  qualifications  required  by  the  constitution  of  the 
state  of  Montana ; 

(2)  holds  a  valid  teacher  certificate  issued  by  the  superintendent  of 
l)ublic  instruction ;  and 

(3)  has  not  less  than  three  (3)  years  of  successful  teacliing  experi- 
ence. 

History:  En.  75-5802  by  Sec.  20,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-5803.  Term,  oath  and  vacancy.  The  county  superintendent  shall 
hold  office  for  a  term  of  four  (4)  years.  He  sliall  assume  office  on  the  first 
Monday  of  January  following  his  election  and  shall  hold  the  office  until 
his  successor  has  been  elected  and  qualified. 

Any  person  elected  as  the  county  superintendent  shall  take  the  oath  or 
affirmation  of  office  and  shall  give  an  official  bond,  as  required  by  law. 

If  the  office  of  county  superintendent  becomes  vacant,  the  board  of 
county  commissioners  shall  appoint  a  replacement  to  fill  the  vacancy. 
Such  replacement  shall  serve  until  the  next  regular  general  election  when 
a  person  shall  be  elected  to  serve  the  remainder  of  the  initial  term,  if  there 
be  any  remaining  term. 

History:  En.  75-5803  by  Sec.  21,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

54 


SCHOOL   DISTRICT  TRUSTEES   AND    OFFICERS 


75-5902 


CHAPTER  59 

SCHOOL  DISTRICT  TRUSTEES  AND  OFFICERS 

Section    75-5902.     Number  of  trustee  positions. 

75-5903.     Request  and  determiuation  of  number  of  high  school  district  addi- 
tional trustee  positions. 
75-5904.     Establishment  and  purpose  of  trustee  nominating  districts. 
75-5905.     Redetermine  additional  trustee  positions  and  subsequent  adjustments. 
75-5906.     Election  and  term  of  office. 

75-5907.     Legislative  intent  to  elect  less  than  majority  of  trustees. 
75-5908.     Determination  of  terms  after  creation  or  consolidation  of  elementary 

districts. 
75-5909.     Determination   of   terms    after   establishment    or   re-establishment    of 

additional  trustee  positions. 
75-5910.     Determination   of   terms   after   change    of   district   classification, 
75-5911.     Term  of  vacated  trustee  position  after  election. 
75-5912.     Annual  election. 

75-5913.     Candidate  qualification  and  nomination. 
75-5914.     Nomination    caucus    in    first    class    elementary    district    and    election 

waiver. 
75-5915.     Conduct  of  election  and  ballot. 
75-5916.     Qualification  and  oath. 
75-5917.     Vacancy  of  trustee  position. 
75-5918.     Filling  vacated  trustee  position,  appointee  qualification  and  term  of 

office. 
75-5919.     Trustee  removal. 
75-5920.     Trustees  membership   of   high   school   district   operating   county   high 

school. 
75-5921.     Appointment   of   trustees   for   high    school    district    operating   county 

high  school. 
75-5922.     Vacancy  and  filling  of  appointed  trustee  position. 
75-5923.     Election    to    approve    the    election    of    the    trustees    of    high    school 

district  operating  county  high  school. 
75-5924.     Membership    of    elected    trustees    of    high    school    district    operating 

county  high  school  and  nomination  of  candidates. 
75-5925.     Determination    of    terms    of    office    and    filling    vacancy    of    trustee 

position. 
75-5933.     Powers  and  duties. 

75-5902.  Number  of  trustee  positions.  The  number  of  trustee  posi- 
tions in  a  district  shall  vary  in  the  following  manner  according  to  the  type 
of  district : 

(1)  The  number  of  trustee  positions  in  each  elementary  district  shall 
vary  according  to  the  district's  classification,  as  established  by  section 
75-6503; 

(a)  there  shall  be  seven  (7)  trustee  positions  in  a  first  class  elemen- 
tary district ; 

(b)  there  shall  be  five  (5)  trustee  positions  in  a  second  class  elemen- 
tary district ;  or 

(c)  there  shall  be  three  (3)  trustee  positions  in  a  third  class  elemen- 
tary district. 

(2)  The  trustees  of  a  high  school  district,  except  a  high  school  dis- 
trict operating  a  county  high  school,  shall  be  composed  of : 

(a)  the  trustees  of  the  elementary  district  where  the  high  school 
building  is  located,  or,  if  there  is  more  than  one  (1)  elementary  district 
where  high  school  buildings  are  located,  tlie  trustees  of  tlie  elementary 
district  designated  by  the  high  school  boundary  commission  ;  and 

(b)  the  additional  trustee  positions  determined  in  accordance  witli 
section  75-5903. 


55 


75-5903  SCHOOLS 

(3)  The  trustees  of  a  high  school  district  operating  a  county  high 
school  shall  be  composed  of  seven  (7)  trustee  positions. 

History:  En.  75-5902  by  Sec.  31,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-5903,  Request  and  determination  of  number  of  high  school  district 
additional  trustee  positions.  As  provided  in  subsection  (2)  (b)  of  section 
75-5902,  each  high  school  district,  except  a  high  school  district  operating 
a  county  high  school,  may  have  additional  trustee  positions  when  the  trus- 
tees of  a  majority  of  the  elementary  districts  with  territory  located  in 
the  high  school  district,  but  without  representation  on  the  high  school 
district  trustees  under  the  provision  of  subsection  (2)  (a)  of  section  75-5902, 
request  the  establishment  of  such  additional  trustee  positions. 

A  request  for  additional  trustee  positions  shall  be  made  to  the  county 
superintendent  by  a  resolution  of  the  trustees  of  each  elementary  district. 
"When  a  resolution  has  been  received  from  a  majority  of  the  elementary 
districts  without  representation  on  the  high  school  district  trustees,  the 
county  superintendent  shall  determine  the  number  of  additional  trustee 
positions  for  the  affected  high  school  district  in  accordance  with  the  fol- 
lowing procedure : 

(1)  The  taxable  valuation  of  the  elementary  district  which  has  its 
trustees  placed  on  the  high  school  trustees  sliall  be  divided  by  the  number 
of  positions  on  the  trustees  of  such  elementary  district  to  determine  the 
taxable  valuation  per  trustee  position. 

(2)  The  taxable  valuation  used  for  the  calculation  in  subsection  (1) 
above  shall  be  subtracted  from  the  taxable  valuation  of  the  high  school 
district  to  determine  the  taxable  valuation  of  the  territory  of  the  high 
school  district  without  representation  on  the  liigh  school  district  trustees. 

(8)  Tlic  taxable  valuation  determined  in  subsection  (2)  above  shall  be 
divided  by  the  taxable  valuation  ])er  trustee  position  calculated  in  subsec- 
tion (1)  above.  The  resulting  quotient  shall  be  rounded  ott'  to  the  nearest 
whole  number. 

The  number  determined  in  subsection  (3)  above  shall  be  the  number  of 
additional  trustee  positions  except  that  the  number  of  additional  trustee 
positions  shall  not  exceed  four  (4)  in  a  first  or  second  class  high  school 
district  or  two  (2)  in  a  third  class  high  school  district  that  is  not  eligible 
for  an  additional  trustee  position  at  large. 

The  county  superintendent  shall  designate  a  third  additional  trustee 
position  in  a  third  class  high  school  district  when  two-thirds  (2/3)  or 
more  of  the  high  school  enrollment  of  the  high  school  district  and  two- 
thirds  (2/3)  or  more  of  the  taxable  valuation  of  the  high  school  district 
is  located  outside  of  the  elementary  district  which  has  its  trustees  placed 
on  the  high  school  district  trustees.  The  person  who  fills  such  additional 
trustee  position  shall  be  elected  at  large  from  the  entire  high  school  district. 

History:  En.  75-5903  by  Sec.  32,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-5904.  Establishment  and  purpose  of  trustee  nominating  districts. 
After  the  county  superintendent  has  determined  the  number  of  additional 

56 


SCHOOL   DISTRICT   TRUSTEES   AND   OFFICERS  75-5906 

trustee  positions,  he  shall  establish  trustee  nominating  districts  in  that 
portion  of  the  high  school  district  without  representation  on  the  high 
school  trustees.  There  shall  bo  one  (1)  trustee  nominating  district  for  each 
additional  trustee  position,  except  the  additional  trustee  at  large.  Unless  it 
is  impossible,  the  trustee  nominating  district  boundaries  shall  be  cotermi- 
nous with  elementary  district  boundaries. 

The  purpose  of  the  trustee  nominating  district  shall  be  to  establish  a 
representative  district  for  the  nomination  and  election  of  a  resident  of 
such  district  to  be  an  additional  member  of  the  trustees  of  a  hio'h  school 
district.  The  electors  qualitied  to  vote  in  the  high  school  district  under  the 
provisions  of  section  75-6410  and  who  reside  in  the  trustee  nominating 
district  shall  be  the  only  electors  who  may  vote  for  the  additional  trustee 
representing  such  district.  They  also  shall  be  permitted  to  vote  for  a  trus- 
tee position  at  large,  if  there  is  one,  but  for  no  other  high  school  trustee 
position. 

Any  additional  trustee  position  established  under  the  provisions  of  this 
section  shall  be  filled  in  a  manner  prescribed  under  the  provisions  of 
section  75-5918.  Each  additional  trustee  position  filled  by  appointment 
under  this  section  shall  be  subject  to  election  at  the  next  regular  school 
election. 

History:  En.  75-5904  by  Sec.  33,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 


75-5905.  Redetermine  additional  trustee  positions  and  subsequent  ad- 
justments. At  any  time  there  is  a  revision  of  tlic  taxable  valuation  of  the 
high  school  district  or  the  elementary  districts  within  it,  or  there  is  a  re- 
classification of  the  elementary  district  Avhich  has  its  trustees  placed  on  the 
high  school  district  trustees,  the  county  superintendent  shall  redetermine 
the  number  of  additional  trustee  positions  for  the  high  school  district  in 
accordance  witli  section  75-6400.  If  there  is  a  change  in  the  allowable  num- 
ber of  additional  trustee  positions,  the  county  supc^rintendent  shall  re- 
establish the  trustee  nominating  districts  in  accordance  with  section  75-5'J04. 
If  the  number  of  additional  trustee  positions  is  less  than  the  previous  num- 
ber of  positions,  the  county  superintendent  shall  designate  which  present 
additional  positions  shall  terminate  upon  his  order  re-establishing  the 
trustee  nominating  districts.  If  the  number  of  additional  trustee  positions 
is  more  than  the  previous  number  of  positions,  such  additional  trustee 
positions  shall  be  filled  in  the  manner  prescribed  under  the  provisions  of 
section  75-5918.  Each  additional  trustee  position  filled  by  appointment 
under  this  section  shall  be  subject  to  election  at  the  next  regular  school 
election. 

History:   En.  75-5905  by  Sec.  34,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 


75-5906.  Election  and  term  oi  oflBce.  Every  trustee  position  prescribed 
by  this  Title,  except  the  trustee  positions  of  a  liigh  school  district  operat- 
ing a  county  high  school,  shall  be  subject  to  election  and  tlie  term  of  ofitice 

57 


75-5907  SCHOOLS 

for  each  position  shall  be  three  (3)  years  unless  it  is  otherwise  specifi- 
cally prescribed  by  this  Title. 

History:  En.  75-5906  by  Sec.  35,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-5907.    Legislative  intent  to  elect  less  than  majority  of  trustees.    It 

is  the  intention  of  the  legislature  that  the  terms  of  a  majority  of  the  trus- 
tee positions  of  any  district  with  elected  trustees  sliall  not  regularly  expire 
and  be  subject  to  election  on  the  same  regular  school  election  day.  There- 
fore, in  elementary  districts,  there  shall  not  be  more  than  three  (3)  trustee 
positions  in  first  class  districts,  two  (2)  trustee  positions  in  second  class 
districts,  or  one  (1)  trustee  position  in  third  class  districts  regularly  sub- 
ject to  election  at  the  same  time.  In  high  school  districts  there  shall  not 
be  more  than  two  (2)  additional  trustee  positions  in  first  or  second  class 
districts,  or  more  than  one  (1)  in  third  class  districts  regularly  subject  to 
election  at  the  same  time. 

"While  it  is  the  intention  of  the  legislature  that  the  terms  of  a  majority 
of  trustees  of  any  district  shall  not  regularly  expire  and  be  subject  to  elec- 
tion at  the  same  time,  it  is  recognized  that  the  following  circumstances,  re- 
lating to  the  terms  of  trustees  appointed  to  newly  created  positions  or  to 
positions  vacated  by  death,  resignation  or  operation  of  law,  may  lead  to  a 
subsequent  school  election  in  which  a  majority  of  trustee  positions  are  sub- 
ject to  election  at  the  same  time : 

(1)  the  creation  of  a  new  elementary  district  under  the  provisions  of 
section  75-6518; 

(2)  the  consolidation  of  two  (2)  of  more  elementary  districts  to  form 
an  elementary  district  under  the  provisions  of  section  75-6506 ; 

(3)  the  establishment  of  additional  trustee  positions  of  a  high  school 
district  under  the  provisions  of  section  75-5904  or  75-5905  ; 

(4)  the  change  of  a  district's  classification  under  the  provisions  of 
scM-tioii  75-6503; 

(5)  the  filling  of  a  trustee  position  whicli  lias  bocomo  vueaiit  undei-  the 
provisions  of  section  75-5917  or  any  other  provision  of  law ;  or 

(6)  any  other  circumstance  arising  under  the  law  Avlieroin  a  trustee 

position  is  filled  by  appointment  subject  to  election  at  the  next  regular 

school  election. 

History:  En.  75-5907  by  Sec.  36,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-5908.    Determination   of   terms   after   creation   or   consolidation   of 

elementary  districts.  Whenever  the  trustees  are  elected  at  one  (1)  regular 
school  election  under  the  circumstances  described  in  subsections  (1)  and 
(2j  of  section  75-5907,  the  members  who  are  elected  shall  draw  by  lot  to 
determine  their  terms  of  office.  Such  terms  of  office  by  trustee  position 
sliall  be  : 

[1)  three  (3)  for  three  (3)  years,  two  (2)  for  two  (2)  years,  and  two 
(2)  for  one  (1)  year  in  a  first  class  elementary  district; 

(2)  two  (2)  for  three  (3)  years,  two  (2)  for  two  (2)  j-ears,  and  one 
{^  )  f(jr  one  (1)  year  in  a  second  class  elementary  district;  or 

58 


SCHOOL   DISTRICT  TRUSTEES   AND   OFFICERS  75-5912 

(3)  one  (1)  for  three  (3)  years,  one  (1)  for  two  (2)  years,  and  one 
(1)  for  one  (1)  year  in  a  third  class  elementary  district. 

History:  En.  75-5908  by  Sec.  37,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-5909.  Determination  of  terms  after  establishment  or  re-establish- 
ment of  additional  trustee  positions.  Whenever  all  of  the  additional  trus- 
tee positions  are  subject  to  election  at  one  (1)  regular  school  election  under 
the  circumstance  described  in  subsection  (3)  of  section  75-5907,  the  mem- 
bers who  are  elected  shall  draw  by  lot  to  determine  their  terms  of  office. 
Such  terms  of  office  by  number  of  members  elected  shall  be  : 

(1)  two  (2)  for  three  (3)  years,  if  four  (4)  are  elected; 

(2)  one  (1)  for  three  (3)  years,  if  one  (1),  two  (2)  or  three  (3)  are 
elected; 

(3)  one  (1)  for  two  (2)  years,  if  two  (2),  three  (3)  or  four  (4)  are 
elected ;  and 

(4)  one  (1)  for  one  (1)  year,  if  three  (3)  or  four  (4)  are  elected. 
Whenever  the  re-establishment  of  the  additional  trustee  positions  for 

a  high  school  district  under  the  provisions  of  section  75-5905  results  in  an 
increased  number  of  additional  trustee  positions,  the  members  who  are 
elected  at  the  next  regular  school  election  shall  draw  by  lot  to  determine 
their  terms  of  office  and  such  terms  shall  be  determined  in  accordance 
with  the  additional  trustee  terms  prescribed  in  this  section. 

History:  En.  75-5909  by  Sec.  38,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-5910.  Determination  of  terms  after  change  of  district  classification. 
Whenever  the  change  of  an  elementary  district  classification  requires 
the  addition  of  trustee  positions  to  the  trustees  of  such,  district  under  the 
circumstance  described  in  subsection  (4)  of  section  75-5907,  the  members 
who  are  elected  shall  draw  by  lot  to  determine  their  terms  of  office  which 
shall  be  one  (1)  for  three  (3)  years  and  one  (1)  for  two  (2)  years. 

History:  En.  75-5910  by  Sec.  39,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-5911.  Term  of  vacated  trustee  position  after  election.  Whenever  a 
trustee  position  is  subject  to  election  because  a  vacancy  of  such  position 
has  occurred  since  the  last  regular  school  election  day,  the  term  of  the 
trustee  position  shall  not  change  and  the  member  elected  to  fill  such  posi- 
tion shall  serve  the  remainder  of  the  unexpired  term. 

History:  En.  75-5911  by  Sec.  40,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-5912.  Annual  election.  In  each  district  an  election  of  trustees 
shall  be  conducted  annually  on  the  regular  school  election  day,  the  first 
Saturday  of  April,  unless  an  election  of  trustees  is  excused  under  the  pro- 
visions of  section  75-5914.  Election  of  trustees  shall  comply  with  the  elec- 
tion provisions  of  this  Title. 

History:  En.  75-5912  by  Sec.  41,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

-      59 


75-5913  SCHOOLS 

75-5913.  Candidate  qualification  and  nomination.  Any  person  who  is 
qualified  to  vote  in  a  district  under  tlie  provisions  of  section  75-6410  shall 
be  eligible  for  the  office  of  trustee. 

Any  five  electors  qualified  under  the  provisions  of  section  75-6410  of 
any  district,  except  a  first  class  elementary  district,  may  nominate  as  many 
trustee  candidates  as  there  are  trustee  positions  subject  to  election  at  tlie 
ensuing  election.  The  name  of  each  person  nominated  for  candidacy  shall 
be  submitted  to  the  clerk  of  the  district  not  less  than  twenty  (20)  days 
before  tlie  regular  school  election  day  at  which  he  is  to  be  a  candidate. 
If  there  are  different  terms  to  be  filled,  the  term  for  which  each  candidate 
is  nominated  shall  also  be  indicated. 

History:  En.  75-5913  by  Sec.  42,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 


75-5914.  Nomination  caucus  in  first  class  elementary  district  and  elec- 
tion waiver.  In  first  class  elementary  districts,  trustee  candidates  shall 
be  nominated  at  a  caucus  attended  by  not  less  than  twenty  (20)  electors 
of  the  district  who  are  qualified  under  the  provisions  of  section  75-6410. 
The  caucus  shall  be  conducted  not  less  than  forty  (40)  days  nor  more 
than  sixty  (60)  days  before  the  regular  school  election  day. 

When  a  candidate  nominating  caucus  is  conducted,  it  sliall  be  a  public 
meeting  and  a  caucus  chairman  and  secretary  sliall  be  elected  by  the 
caucus  participants.  The  caucus  may  nominate  any  number  of  candidates. 

"Within  ten  (10)  days  after  the  date  of  the  caucus  meeting,  the  chair- 
man and  secretary  of  the  caucus  shall  certify  and  file  the  nominations  of 
the  candidates  with  the  clerk  of  the  district  by  stating  the  date  and  place 
of  the  caucus,  and  the  name  of  each  candidate  nominated.  If  there  are  dif- 
ferent terms  to  be  filled,  the  term  for  which  each  candidate  is  nominated 
also  shall  be  stated. 

Any  votes  for  a  person  who  has  not  been  nominated  in  the  manner 
provided  by  this  section  shall  not  be  considered  by  the  trustees  of  a 
first  class  elementary  district  when  canvassing  and  certifying  the  election 
results.  Whenever  not  more  than  one  candidate  per  trustee  position  sub- 
ject to  election  has  been  nominated,  the  clerk  of  the  district  shall  report 
such  fact  to  the  trustees.  The  trustees  shall  certif}^  the  election  of  the 
nominated  candidates  and  no  trustee  election  shall  be  conducted  on  the 
regular  school  election  day. 

History:  En.  75-5914  by  Sec.  43,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 


75-5915.  Conduct  of  election  and  ballot.  Tlie  trustees  of  each  district 
shall  call  a  trustee  election  on  the  regular  school  election  day  of  each 
school  fiscal  year  under  the  provisions  of  section  75-6406,  except  as  pro- 
vided in  section  75-5914.  The  trustees  shall  call  and  conduct  the  trustee 
election  in  the  manner  prescribed  in  this  Title  for  school  elections.  Any 
elector  qualified  to  vote  under  the  provisions  of  section  75-6410  may  vote 
at  a  trustee  election.  The  trustee  election  ballots  shall  be  substantially  in 
the  following  form: 

60 


SCHOOL   DISTRICT   TRUSTEES  AND    OFFICERS  75-5917 

OFFICIAL  BALLOT 

SCHOOL  TRUSTEE  ELECTION 

INSTRUCTIONS  TO  VOTERS:     Make  an  X  or  similar  mark  in  the  vacant 
square  before  the  name  of  the  candidate  for  whom  you  wish  to  vote. 
Vote  for  (indicate  number  to  be  elected)  for  a  three  (3)  year  term : 

□  (List  the  names  of  the  candidates  for  a  three  (3)  year  term  with 
a  vacant  square  in  front  of  each  name.) 

Vote  for  (indicate  number  to  be  elected)  for  a  two  (2)  j^ear  term  : 

□  (List  the  names  of  the  candidates  for  a  two  (2)  year  term  with  a 
vacant  square  in  front  of  each  name.) 

Vote  for  (indicate  number  to  be  elected)  for  a  one  (1)  year  term  : 

□  (List  the  names  of  the  candidates  for  a  one  (1)  year  term  with  a 
vacant  square  in  front  of  each  name.) 

In  preparing  the  ballots,  only  those  portions  of  the  prescribed  ballot  that 
are  applicable  to  the  election  to  be  conducted  need  to  be  used.  The  ballot 
also  shall  be  prepared  with  blank  lines  and  vacant  squares  in  front  of 
the  lines  in  a  sufficient  number  to  allow  write-in  voting  for  each  trustee 
position  that  is  subject  to  election,  except  that  write-in  voting  shall  not 
be  available  in  a  first  class  elementary  district. 

When  additional  trustees  in  a  high  school  district  are  to  be  elected,  a 
separate  ballot  shall  be  used  in  each  nominating  district  showing  only 
the  names  of  those  candidates  for  which  the  electors  of  such  district  are 
entitled  to  vote. 

History:  En.  75-5915  by  Sec.  44,  Ch,  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-5916.  Qualification  and  oath.  Any  person  who  receives  a  certifi- 
cate of  election  as  a  trustee  under  the  provisions  of  section  75-6423  shall 
not  assume  the  trustee  position  until  he  has  qualified.  Such  person  shall 
qualify  by  completing  and  filing  an  oath  of  office  with  the  county  superin- 
tendent not  less  than  fifteen  (15)  days  after  the  receipt  of  the  certificate 
of  election.  After  a  person  has  qualified  for  a  trustee  position,  he  shall 
hold  such  position  for  the  term  of  the  position  and  until  liis  successor 
has  been  elected  or  appointed  and  has  been  qualified. 

If  the  elected  person  does  not  qualify  in  accordance  with  tliis  rcujuire- 
ment,  a  person  shall  be  appointed  in  the  manner  provided  by  section  75- 
5918  and  shall  serve  until  the  next  regular  election. 

History:  En.  75-5916  by  Sec.  45,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-5917.  Vacancy  of  trustee  position.  Any  eln-tod  trustee  position 
shall  be  vacant  Mlienever  the  incumbent : 

(1)  dies; 

(2)  resigns; 

(3)  moves  his  residence  from  tlie  ai>plicable  district,  or  from  the  nomi- 
nating district  in  the  case  of  an  additional  trustee  in  a  high  scliool  district; 

61 


75-5918  SCHOOLS 

(4)  is  no  longer  a  registered  elector  of  the  district  under  the  provi- 
sions of  section  75-6410 ; 

(5)  is  absent  from  the  district  for  sixty  (GO)  consecutive  days; 

(6)  fails  to  attend  three  consecutive  meetings  of  the  trustees  without 
a  good  excuse ; 

(7)  has  been  removed  under  the  provisions  of  section  75-5919  ;  or 

(8)  ceases  to  have  the  capacity  to  liold  office  under  any  other  provi- 
sion of  law. 

A  trustee  position  also  shall  be  vacant  when  an   elected  candidate   fails 
to  qualify  under  the  provisions  of  section  75-5916. 

History:  En.  75-5917  by  Sec.  46,  Ch,  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-5918.  Filling  vacated  trustee  position,  appointee  qualification  and 
term  of  office.  Whenever  a  trustee  position  becomes  vacant  in  a  first  or 
second  class  district,  the  remaining  members  of  the  trustees  shall  declare 
such  position  vacant  and  they  shall  appoint,  in  writing,  a  competent  person 
as  a  successor.  The  trustees  shall  notify  tlie  appointee  and  the  county  su- 
perintendent of  such  appointment. 

Whenever  a  trustee  position  becomes  vacant  in  a  third  class  district, 
the  remaining  members  of  the  trustees  shall  declare  such  position  vacant 
and  notify  the  county  superintendent  of  the  vacancy.  The  county  superin- 
tendent shall  appoint,  in  writing,  a  competent  person  as  a  successor  and 
notify  such  person  of  his  appointment. 

Any  person  who  has  been  appointed  to  a  trustee  position  shall  qualify 

by  completing  and  filing  an  oath  of  office  with  the  county  superintendent 

in  not  less  than  fifteen  (15)  days  after  receiving  notice  of  his  appointment. 

Failure  to  file  the  oath  of  office  shall  constitute  a  continuation  of  the  trustee 

position  vacancy  which  shall  be  filled  under  the  provisions  of  this  section. 

Any  person  assuming  a  trustee   position  under  the  provisions   of  this 

section  shall  serve  until  the  next  regular  school  election  and  his  successor 

has  qualified. 

History:  En.  75-5918  by  Sec.  47,  Ch.  5, 
L. 1971. 

75-5919.  Trustee  removal.  Any  trustee  may  be  removed  from  his 
trustee  position  by  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  under  the  law  provid- 
ing for  the  removal  of  elected  civil  officials.  When  charges  are  preferred 
against  a  trustee  and  good  cause  is  shown,  the  board  of  county  commis- 
sioners may  suspend  such  trustee  from  his  trustee  position  until  the  charges 
can  be  heard  in  the  court  of  competent  jurisdiction. 

History:  En.  75-5919  by  Sec.  48,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971, 

75-5920.  Trustees  membership  of  high  school  district  operating  county- 
high  school.  There  shall  be  seven  (7)  trustee  positions  for  the  trustees  of 
a  high  school  district  operating  a  county  high  school.  IMess  it  has  been 

62 


SCHOOL   DISTRICT   TRUSTEES   AND   OFFICERS  75-5922 

otherwise  established  under  law,  the  trustees  of  such  a  high  school  district 
shall  be  composed  of  the  following : 

(1)  the  county  superintendent ;  and 

(2)  six  (6)  members  appointed  by  the  board  of  county  commission- 
ers, no  more  than  three  (3)  of  whom  shall  reside  outside  of  the  elementary 
district  where  the  county  high  school  building  is  located. 

History:  En.  75-5920  Tjy  Sec,  49,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-5921.  Appointment  of  trustees  for  high  school  district  operating 
county  high  school.  When  trustees  of  a  high  scliool  district  operating  a 
county  high  school  are  appointed  by  the  board  of  county  commissioners, 
the  commissioners,  at  their  December  meeting,  shall  appoint  members  of  the 
trustees  for  those  terms  which  are  expiring.  Each  member  shall  be  ap- 
pointed for  a  term  of  two  (2)  years  beginning  on  the  first  Monday  of 
January  except  that  a  one  (1)  year  appointment  shall  be  made  Avhenever  it 
is  required  to  maintain  tlie  following  balance  of  membership: 

(1)  The  terms  of  not  more  than  three  (3)  appointed  members  shall 
expire  at  the  same  time ;  and 

(2)  The  terms  of  not  more  than  two  (2)  appointed  members  who 
reside  outside  of  the  elementary  district  where  the  county  high  school 
building  is  located  shall  expire  at  the  same  time. 

Any  member  appointed  under  this  section  shall  serve  until  his  succes- 
sor has  been  appointed  and  qualifies  by  filing  an  oath  of  office  with  the 
county  superintendent. 

History:  En.  75-5921  by  Sec.  50,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 


75-5922.  Vacancy  and  filling  of  appointed  trustee  position.  In  those 
instances  where  the  board  of  county  commissioners  appoint  tlie  trustees  of 
a  high  school  district  operating  a  county  high  school,  a  trustee  position 
shall  become  vacant  whenever  the  incumbent: 

(1)  fails  to  be  qualified  or  have  the  capacity  to  hold  the  trustee  posi- 
tion under  any  of  the  applicable  conditions  prescribed  under  section  75- 
5917; 

(2)  moves  his  residence  from  the  elementary  district  where  the  county 
high  school  building  is  located  but  within  the  high  scliool  district,  and 
such  change  of  residence  will  cause  a  majority  of  the  appointed  members 
to  reside  outside  of  such  elementary  district. 

Whenever  a  trustee  position  is  vacated,  the  remaining  members  of 
the  trustees  shall  declare  such  position  vacant  and  notify  the  board  of 
county  commissioners.  The  board  of  county  commissioners  shall  immedi- 
ately appoint  a  person  to  serve  the  remainder  of  the  term  for  such  vacated 
trustee  position.  Their  appointment  shall  comply  with  the  requirements  of 
section  75-5921. 

History:  En.  75-5922  by  Sec.  51,  Ch.  5, 
L. 1971. 

63 


75-5923  SCHOOLS 

75-5923.  Election  to  approve  the  election  of  the  trustees  of  high  school 
district  operating-  county  high  school.  Tlie  trustees  of  a  lii^'h  school  dis- 
trict oporatiiiir  ;i  county  liif^h  school  may  be  elected  when  the  conditions  of 
tiiis  section  arc  satisfied. 

Twenty  ])cr  cent  (209^)  or  more  of  tlie  electors  wiio  arc  qualified  to  vote 
in  the  high  scliool  district  under  tlie  provisions  of  section  75-6410  may  pe- 
tition tlie  board  of  county  commissioners  to  call  an  election  to  consider 
the  proposition  of  electing  the  trustees  of  the  high  school  district.  When- 
ever the  board  of  county  commissioners  receives  a  valid  petition  ro(]uesting 
such  an  election,  they  shall,  within  ten  (10)  days  after  the  receipt  of  the 
petition  and  as  provided  by  section  75-6406,  order  the  trustees  of  the  high 
school  district  to  call  an  election  on  the  proposition  to  elect  the  trustees. 

The  high  school  district  trustees  shall  call  and  conduct  an  election  in 
the  manner  prescribed  in  this  Title  for  school  elections.  Any  elector  quali- 
fied to  vote  under  the  provisions  of  section  75-6410  may  vote  on  the  proposi- 
tion. The  ballot  for  the  election  shall  utilize  the  following  proposition  : 

Shall  the  trustees  of  the  high  school  district  for  the  county  high  school 

be  elected? 

n     FOR  the  election  of  trustees. 

n     AGAINST  the  election  of  trustees. 

If  a  majority  of  the  electors  voting  at  the  election  approve  the  proposition, 

the  trustees  shall  thereafter  be  elected  beginning  on  the  first  regular  school 

election  day  after  such  approval.  If  a  majority  of  the  electors  disapprove, 

the  trustees  shall  continue  to  be  appointed  under  the  provisions  of  section 

75-5921. 

History:  En.  75-5923  by  Sec.  52,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-5924.  Membership  of  elected  trustees  of  high  school  district  operat- 
ing county  high  school  and  nomination  of  candidates.  Whenever  the  elec- 
tion of  the  trustees  of  a  high  school  district  operating  a  county  high  school 
has  been  approved  by  the  electorate,  the  trustees  shall  be  composed  of 
the  following: 

(1)  four  (4)  trustee  positions  filled  by  members  residing  in  the  ele- 
mentary district  where  the  county  high  school  building  is  located;   and 

(2)  three  (3)  trustee  positions  filled  by  members  one  of  whom  resides 
in  each  of  the  three  (3)  trustee  nominating  districts  in  the  territory  of  the 
high  school  district  outside  of  the  elementary  district  where  the  county  high 
school  building  is  located.  The  county  superintendent  and  board  of  county 
commissioners  shall  establish  the  nominating  districts  and,  unless  it  is  im- 
possible, such  districts  shall  have  coterminous  boundaries  with  elementary 
district  boundaries. 

The  provisions  of  section  75-5913  shall  govern  the  nomination  of  candi- 
dates for  the  trustee  election  prescribed  in  this  section. 

History:  En.  75-5924  by  Sec.  53,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-5925.  Determination  of  terms  of  office  and  filling  vacancy  of  trustee 
position.     The  members  of  the  trustees  of  a  high  school  district  operating 

64 


SCHOOL    DISTRICT   TRUSTEES    AND    OFFICERS  75-5933 

a  county  high  school  who  are  elected  at  tlie  first  election  nfter  tlie  voters 
approve  the  election  of  trustees,  sltall  draw  by  lot  lo  determine  their  terms. 
Such  terms  of  office  shall  be : 

(1)  two  (2)  for  three  (3)  yeai'S,  one  (1)  for  two  (2)  years  and  one  (1) 
for  one  (1)  year  for  the  trustee  positions  filled  ])y  members  of  the  trustees 
from  the  elementary  district  where  tli(>  coiinly  hiprli  school  building  is  lo- 
cated ;  and 

(2)  one  (1)  for  three  (3)  .yeai-s,  oiu;  (1)  foi-  iwo  (2)  years  and  one 
(1)  for  one  (1)  year  for  the  trustee  i)ositions  filled  by  members  of  the 
trustees  from  the  trustee  nominating  districts. 

Thereafter,  all  terms  of  office  shall  be  for  three  (3)  years  and  until  the 
successor  has  qualified,  except  in  the  ease  of  electing  a  member  to  serve 
the  remainder  of  an  unexpired  term  for  a  vacated  elected  trustee  position. 
Whenever  an  elected  trustee  position  vacancy  occurs  under  any  of  the 
circumstances  prescribed  by  section  75-5917,  the  remaining  members  of 
the  trustees  shall  declare  sneh  position  vacant  and  they  shall  appoint,  in 
writing,  a  competent  person  as  a  successor.  The  trustees  shall  notify  the 
appointee  and  the  county  superintendent  of  the  appointment.  The  appointee 
shall  qualify  by  completing  and  filing  an  oath  of  ofBce  with  the  county  su- 
perintendent, and  shall  serve  until  the  next  regular  school  election  and  his 
successor  has  qualified  for  the  remainder  of  the  unexpired  term  of  the 
trustee  position. 

History:  En.  75-5925  by  Sec.  54,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 


75-5933.  Powers  and  duties.  As  prescribed  elsewhere  in  this  Title, 
the  trustees  of  each  district  shall  have  the  power  and  it  shall  be  its  duty 
to  perform  the  following  duties  or  acts : 

(3)  call,  conduct  and  certify  the  elections  of  the  district  in  accord- 
ance with  the  provisions  of  the  school  election  chapter  of  this  Title  ; 

History:  En.  75-5933  by  Sec.  62,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 


CHAPTKIKII 

SCHOOL  ELECTIONS 

Section    75-640L  Definition. 

75-6402.  Precedence  of  school  election  provisions. 

75-6403.  Election  by  ballot,. 

75-6404.  Rcgnlnr  school  election  (l;iv  :iii(l  ^iK'ci.il  .sciiool  clccl  ions. 

75-640.1.  Poll  hours. 

75-6406.  Conditions  under  which  school  clcdinn  (•.■illcd. 

75-6407.  Time  limitation  for  conduct  of  election. 

75-6408.  Resolution   for  poll  hours,   jiollinp:  places,  judges,  niid    liallot    format. 

75-6409.  Election  notice. 

75-6410.  Qualifications  of  elector. 

75-6410.1.  Legislative  policy  and  purpose. 

75-6411.  Repealed. 

75-6412.  Elector  challenges. 

75-6413.  Closure  of  registration. 

75-6414.  Listing  of  registered  electors. 

75-6415.  Delivery  of  and  charge  for  lists  of  registered   electors. 

65 


75-6401  SCHOOLS 

Section    75-6416.  Absentee  voting, 

75-6417.  Voting  machines  and  electronic  voting  systems. 

75-6418.  General  supervision  and  supplies. 

75-6419.  Clerk  of  election  judges   and   appointment  for   absent  judge. 

75-6420.  Election  expenses. 

75-6421.  Conduct  of  election. 

75-6422.  Delivery    of    ballot,    pollbook,    tally    sheet,    and    certifying    election 

result. 

75-6423.  Trustees   canvass  of   votes   and  issuance   of   election   certificate. 

75-6401.  Definition.  As  used  in  this  Title,  unless  the  context  clearly 
indicates  otherwise:  "school  election"  means  any  election  conducted  by  a 
district  or  community  college  district  for  the  purpose  of  electing  trustees, 
for  authorizing  taxation,  for  authorizing  the  issuance  of  bonds  by  an  ele- 
mentary district  or  a  high  school  district,  or  for  accepting  or  rejecting 
any  proposition  that  may  be  presented  to  the  electorate  for  decision  in 
accordance  Avith  the  provisions  of  this  Title. 

History:    En.   75-6401   by  Sec.   137,   Ch. 
5,  L.  1971. 

75-6402.  Precedence  of  school  election  provisions.  Unless  specifically 
identified  in  any  section  of  the  election  laws  prescribed  in  Title  23,  R.  C.  M., 
1947,  school  elections  shall  be  governed  by  the  provisions  of  this  Title. 
Should  there  be  a  conflict  between  the  requirements  of  Title  23  and  the 
provisions  of  this  Title  regulating  school  elections,  the  provisions  of  this 
Title  shall  govern. 

History:    En.  75-6402  by  Sec.  138,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-6403.     Election  by  ballot.     All  school  elections  shall    be  by  ballot. 

History:    En.  75-6403  by  Sec.  139,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-6404.     Regular  school  election  day  and  special  school  elections.     The 

first  Saturday  of  April  of  each  year  shall  be  the  regular  school  election 
(Iny.  T'nless  otlierwise  provided  by  law,  special  school  elections  may  be 
conducted  at  such  times  as  determined  by  the  trustees. 

History:    En.  75-6404  by  Sec.  140,  Ch.  5, 
li.  1971. 

75-6405.  Poll  hours.  The  polk  for  any  school  election  in  any  district 
shall  open  not  later  than  12  noon.  The  trustees  may  order  the  polls  to  open 
earlier,  but  no  earlier  than  8  a.m.  However,  the  polls  shall  open  at  8  a.m. 
if  the  school  election  is  held  on  the  same  day,  at  the  same  polling  places 
and  with  the  same  judges  and  clerks  as  a  general,  primary,  county  or  city 
election. 

Once  opened,  the  polls  shall  be  kept  open  continuously  until  8  p.m. 
except  that  whenever  all  the  registered  electors  at  any  poll  have  voted,  the 
poll  shall  be  closed  immediately. 

History:    En.  75-6405  by  Sec.  141,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

66 


SCHOOL   ELECTIONS  75-6408 

75-6406.  Conditions  under  which  school  election  called.  At  least 
thirty-five  (35)  days  before  any  school  election,  the  trustees  of  any  district 
shall  call  such  school  election  by  resolution,  stating  the  date  and  purpose 
of  such  election,  and  conduct  it  in  accordance  with  the  procedures  re- 
quired by  law,  when : 

(1)  an  election  must  be  held  on  the  regular  school  election  day ; 

(2)  in  their  discretion,  such  trustees  order  an  election  for  a  purpose 
authorized  by  law ; 

(3)  the  county  superintendent  orders  an  election  in  accordance  with 
the  law  authorizing  such  an  order ; 

(4)  the  board  of  education  orders  an  election  in  accordance  with  the 
law  authorizing  such  an  order ; 

(5)  the  county  commissioners  order  an  election  in  accordance  with  the 
law  authorizing  such  an  order ; 

(6)  the  board  of  trustees  of  a  community  college  district  orders  an 
election  in  accordance  with  the  law  authorizing  such  an  order,  in  which 
case  the  community  college  district  shall  bear  its  share  of  the  cost  of  such 
election ;  or 

(7)  a  school  election  is  required  by  law  under  any  other  circumstances. 

The  resolution  calling  any  school  election  shall  be  transmitted  immedi- 
ately to  the  county  registrar  in  order  to  enable  him  to  close  the  registra- 
tion and  prepare  the  lists  of  registered  electors  as  required  by  school  elec- 
tion laws. 

History:    En.  75-6406  by  Sec.  142,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-6407.  Time  limitation  for  conduct  of  election.  Whenever  the  trus- 
tees of  any  district  receive  an  order  to  call  an  election,  they  shall  conduct 
such  election  any  time  within  sixty  (60)  days  after  the  date  of  the  order 
unless  the  law  or  order  otherwise  regulates  the  day  or  timing  of  such  elec- 
tion. 

History:    En.  75-6407  by  Sec.  143,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-6408.  Resolution  for  poll  hours,  polling  places,  judges,  and  ballot 
format.  At  the  trustee  meeting  when  a  school  election  is  called,  the  trus- 
tees also  shall : 

(1)  Establish  the  time  at  which  the  polls  are  to  open,  if  in  their  dis- 
cretion they  determine  that  the  polls  shall  be  open  before  12  noon. 

(2)  Establish  the  polling  places  for  such  election.  There  shall  be  one 
polling  place  in  each  district  unless  the  trustees  establish  additional  polling 
places.  If  more  than  one  polling  place  is  established,  the  trustees  shall  de- 
fine the  boundaries  for  each  polling  place  and  such  trustee  defined  polling 
place  boundaries  shall  be  coterminous  with  county  precinct  boundaries 
existing  within  a  district.  If  the  site  of  a  polling  place  is  changed  from 
the  polling  place  site  used  for  the  last  preceding  school  election,  special 
reference  to  the  changed  site  of  the  polling  place  shall  be  included  in 
the  notice  for  such  election. 

67 


75-6409  SCHOOLS 

(3)  Appoint  from  among  the  qualified  electors  of  the  district,  three 
judges  for  each  polling  place  for  such  election  and  notify  each  judge  of 
such  appointment  not  less  than  ten  days  before  the  election. 

(4)  Establish  the  format  of  the  ballot  for  the  election  unless  the  bal- 
lot format  is  specified  by  the  law  which  authorizes  the  election. 

History:    En.  75-6408  by  Sec.  144,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-6409.  Election  notice.  When  the  trustees  of  any  district  call  a 
school  election,  they  shall  give  notice  of  the  election  not  less  than  twenty 
(20)  days  nor  more  than  thirty  (30)  days  before  the  day  of  the  election 
by  posting  notices  in  three  public  places  in  the  district;  provided  that 
in  incorporated  cities  and  towns  at  least  one  notice  shall  be  posted  at  a 
public  place  in  each  ward.  "Whenever,  in  the  judgment  of  the  trustees,  the 
best  interest  of  the  district  will  be  served  by  the  supplemental  publication 
of  the  school  election  notice  in  a  newspaper  or  by  a  radio  or  television 
broadcast,  the  trustees  may  cause  such  notification  to  be  made. 

The  notice  of  a  school  election,  unless  otherwise  required  by  law,  shall 
specify : 

(1)  the  date  and  polling  places  of  the  election ; 

(2)  the  hours  the  polling  places  will  be  open ; 

(3)  each  proposition  to  be  considered  by  the  electorate  ;  and 

(4)  if  there  are  trustees  to  be  elected,  the  number  of  positions  subject 
to  election  and  the  length  of  term  of  each  position. 

If  more  than  one  proposition  is  to  be  considered  at  the  same  school  elec- 
tion, each  proposition  shall  be  set  apart  and  separately  identified  in  the 
same  notice,  or  published  in  separate  notices. 

History:    En.  75-6409  by  Sec.  145,  Ch.  5,  Cross-Eeferences 

L.  1971.  Notice  of  srliool  bond  election,  sec.  75- 

7116. 


75-6410.  Qualifications  of  elector.  Except  as  provided  in  section 
75-6411,  every  person  is  entitled  to  vote  at  school  elections  if  he  has  the 
following  qualifications : 

(1)  He  has  registered  to  vote  with  the  county  registrar  in  the  man- 
ner provided  by  the  general  state  election  laws  except  in  regard  to  the 
closure  of  elector  registration  as  provided  in  section  75-6413  ; 

(2)  He  sliall  be  of  a  minimum  age  for  voting  provided  by  the  con- 
sLilution  of  the  state  of  Montana; 

(3)  lie  has  met  the  residency  requirement  for  voting  as  provided  by 
the  constitution  of  the  state  of  Montana;  and 

(4)  He  is  a  citizen  of  the  United  States. 

No  person  convicted  of  a  felony  has  the  right  to  vote  unless  he  has 
been  pardoned. 

No  person  adjudicated  insane  has  the  right  to  vote  unless  he  has  been 
restored  to  capacity  as  provided  by  law. 

68 


SCHOOL   ELECTIONS 


75-6412 


History:  En.  75-6410  by  Sec.  146,  Ch. 
5,  L.  1971;  amd.  Sec.  2,  Ch.  83,  L.  1971; 
amd.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  118,  L.  1971. 

Compiler's  Notes 

Section  75-6410  was  amended  twice  in 
1971,  once  by  Ch.  83,  §  2  and  once  by  Ch. 
118,  §  1.  Both  amendatory  acts  made  sim- 
ilar changes  in  the  language  of  subds.  (2) 
and  (3).  In  the  original  enactment  by  Ch. 
5,  §  146,  these  provisions  read: 

"(2)  He  is  twenty-one  (21)  years 
of  age  or  older; 

"(3)  He  has  resided  in  the  state  one 
(1)    year   and   in   the   district   thirty    (30) 


days  immediately  preceding  the  election  at 
which  he  offers  to  vote;  and."  The  effec- 
tive dates  of  the  amendatory  acts,  Ch. 
83  and  Ch.  118,  are  February  27  and 
March  1,  respectively.  The  language  set 
forth   above  is  that  of  Ch.   118,   §  1. 

Section  75-6411,  cited  in  the  first  sen- 
tence of  this  section,  was  repealed  by 
Sec.  14,  Ch.  83,  Laws  1971.  The  section 
provided  additional  qualifications  for  vot- 
ers in  elections  to  authorize  property  taxa- 
tion or  issuance  of  bonds. 

Cross-Reference 

Qualifications  of  electors,  Const.,  Art. 
IX,  §  2. 


75-6410.1.  Legislative  policy  and  purpose.  Section  2  of  article  IX  of 
the  Montana  constitution  provides  that  in  order  to  entitle  a  person  to 
vote  upon  a  question  which  may  be  submitted  to  a  vote  of  the  people  or 
electors,  if  tlie  question  concerns  the  creation  of  any  levy,  debt  or  liability, 
he  must,  in  addition  to  possessing  other  qualifications,  be  a  taxpayer  vv^hose 
name  appears  on  the  last  preceding  completed  assessment  roll.  Recent 
decisions  of  the  supreme  court  of  the  United  States  hold  that  similar  provi- 
sions in  the  constitutions  and  statutes  of  other  states  are  in  confict  with 
the  equal  protection  clause  of  the  fourteenth  amendment  to  the  Constitu- 
tion of  the  United  States.  The  ability  of  the  school  districts  to  provide 
funds  needed  for  essential  governmental  purposes  depends  in  substantial 
part  upon  their  ability  to  create  valid  levies,  debts  and  liabilities  and, 
when  the  same  are  required  by  law  or  the  constitution  to  be  submitted 
to  a  vote  of  the  people  or  electors,  to  record  and  canvass  such  vote  in 
such  manner  as  to  determine  finally  and  conclusively  whether  or  not  the 
levy,  debt  or  liability  has  been  approved  by  the  required  majority  vote 
of  the  electors  qualified  and  offering  to  vote  thereon.  It  is  therefore  the 
policy  and  purpose  of  this  law  to  eliminate  all  statutory  electors'  quali- 
fications for  voting  on  the  creation  of  any  school  district  levy,  debt  or 
liability  except  such  qualifications  as  are  validly  required  by  or  pursuant 
to  tlie  Montana  constitution. 


History:    En.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  83,  L.  1971. 

Title  of  Act 

An  act  to  repeal  tlie  taxpayer  qualifica- 
lion  of  electors  voting  at  school  elections 
for  issuing  school  district  bonds,  addi- 
tional levy  for  general  fund,  consolida- 
tion or  annexation  with  assumption  of 
bonded  indebtedness,  and  building  reserve 


fund  authorization;  to  repeal  the  taxpayer 
qualification  of  petitioners  for  elementary 
district  territory  transfer;  amending  sec- 
tions 75-6410,  75-6412,  75-6414,  75-6509, 
75-6516,  75-6923,  75-7112,  75-7113,  75-7114, 
75-7117,  75-7134,  and  75-7205,  K.  C.  M. 
1947;  repealing  section  75-6411,  R.  C.  M. 
1947;  and  providing  an  effective  date. 


75-6411.     Repealed— Chapter  83,  Laws  of  1971. 


Repeal 

Section    75-6411     (Sec.    147,    Ch.    5,    L. 
]971),    providing    additional    qualifications 


for  voters  in  elections  to  authorize  prop- 
erty taxation  or  issuance  of  bonds,  was 
repealed   by   Sec.    14,   Ch.   83,   Laws   1971. 


75-6412.     Elector  challenges.     Any  person  offering  to  vote  in  a  school 
election  may  be  challenged  by  any  elector  of  the  district  on  any  of  the 


69 


75-6413  SCHOOLS 

grounds  for  challenge  established  in  section  23-3611,  R.  C.  M.,  1947.  Such 
challenge  shall  be  determined  in  the  same  manner,  using  the  same  oath 
as  provided  in  chapter  36  of  Title  23,  R.  C.  M.,  1947. 

Anj'  person  who  sliall  liave  been  elialleiiged  under  any  of  the  proid- 
sions  of  tliis  section  and  wlio  sluil!  swear  or  affirm  falsely  before  any 
school  electio)!  judge  sliall  be  guilty  of  })erjui-y  and  slmll  be  punished 
accordingly. 

History:    En.  75-6412  by  Sec.  148,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971;  amd.  Sec.  3,  Ch.  83,  L.  1971. 

75-6413.  Closure  of  registration.  Registration  for  school  elections 
shall  close  for  thii-ty  (30)  days  before  any  scliool  election,  but  it  shall  not 
be  necessary  to  publish  any  notice  of  such  closing  of  registration. 

History:    En.  75-6413  by  Sec.  149,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-6414.  Listing  of  registered  electors.  After  closing  registration  the 
county  registrar  shall  prepare  a  list  of  registered  electors  for  each  poll- 
ing place  established  by  the  trustees.  The  list  for  each  polling  place  shall 
be  prepared  in  the  format  of  a  precinct  register  book. 

History:    En.  75-6414  by  Sec.  150,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971;   amd.  Sec.  4,  Ch.  83,  L.  1971. 

75-6415.  Delivery  of  and  charge  for  lists  of  registered  electors.  Be- 
fore the  day  of  the  election,  the  registrar  shall  deliver  a  certified  copy  of 
the  lists  of  registered  electors  for  each  polling  place  to  the  district  which 
shall  deliver  them  to  the  election  judges  prior  to  the  opening  of  the  polls. 
A  charge  of  three  cents  ($.03)  per  name  shall  be  paid  by  the  district  to  the 
county  for  preparing  the  lists  of  registered  electors. 

History:    En.  75-6415  by  Sec.  151,  Ch.  5, 
L. 1971. 

75-6416.  Absentee  voting.  A  qualified  registered  elector  who  will  be 
absent  from  the  district  or  physically  incapacitated  and  unable  to  go  to 
the  polls  on  the  day  of  a  school  election  may  vote  by  casting  an  absentee 
ballot.  The  superintendent  of  public  instruction  shall  prepare  tlie  form  of 
application  for  absentee  ballots  and  other  forms  necessary  for  absentee 
voting  at  school  elections  and  may  make  necessary  rules  to  carry  out  the 
purpose  of  absentee  voting  as  established  bj^  the  provisions  of  the  general 
state  election  laws  of  Montana. 

History:    En.  75-6416  by  Sec.  152,  Ch.  5,  Crcss-Reference 


L.  1971. 


State  superintendent  of  public  instruc- 
tion to  prepare  forms  and  rules,  sec.  75- 
5707. 


75-6417.  Voting  machines  and  electronic  voting  systems.  Whenever 
voting  machines  or  electronic  voting  systems  are  available  to  a  district, 
such  voting  devices  may  be  used  for  a  school  election.  Any  district  that 
uses  a  voting  machine  or  an  electronic  voting  system  shall  do  so  in  accord- 
ance with  the  provisions  of  chapter  38  or  chapter  39  of  Title  23  of  the 
Revised  Codes  of  Montana.  In  construing  the  provisions  of  those  chapters, 

70 


SCHOOL   ELECTIONS  75-6421 

the  "county  commissioners"  and  the  "registrar"  shall,  for  the  purposes  of 
this  section,  be  considered  to  refer  to  trustees  and  "county"  shall  be  con- 
sidered to  refer  to  district. 

History:    En.  75-6417  by  Sec.  153,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-6418.  General  supervision  and  supplies.  The  trustees  are  the  gen- 
eral supervisors  of  school  elections.  They  are  authorized  to  and  shall  ad- 
minister oaths  to  election  judges.  Before  the  opening  of  the  polls,  the 
trustees  shall  cause  the  judges  and  each  polling  place  to  be  supplied  with : 

(1)  a  sufficient  number  of  ballots  for  each  proposition  election  or 
trustee  election  to  be  conducted; 

(2)  at  least  six  (6)  cards  instructing  electors  in  the  process  of  how 
to  vote ; 

(3)  a  list  of  electors  prepared  in  the  format  of  a  precinct  register 
book; 

(4)  a  pollbook  for  the  poll  list ; 

(5)  tally  sheets; 

(6)  a  sufficient  number  of  booths,  each  provided  with  a  door  or  a  cur- 
tain to  screen  the  voter  from  view  and  furnished  adequately  to  enable  the 
voter  to  prepare  his  ballot; 

(7)  ballot  boxes  or  canvas  pouches  with  a  lock  and  key ;  and 

(8)  any  other  supplies  necessary  for  the  proper  conduct  of  the  elec- 
tion. 

History:    En.  75-6418  by  Sec.  154,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-6419.    Clerk  of  election  judges  and  appointment  for  absent  judge. 

Before  conducting  the  school  election  and  on  the  day  of  the  election,  the 
judges  shall  designate  one  of  their  number  to  act  as  clerk  of  such  election. 
If  any  of  the  judges  appointed  by  the  trustees  are  not  present  at  the  time 
for  the  opening  of  the  poll,  the  electors  present  at  that  time  may  appoint 
a  qualified  elector  for  such  election  to  act  in  the  place  of  the  absent  judge. 

History:   En.  75-6419  by  Sec.  155,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-6420.  Election  expenses.  All  expenses  necessarily  incurred  in  the 
matter  of  holding  school  elections  shall  be  paid  out  of  the  school  funds  of 
the  district,  except  when  such  expenses  are  by  law  to  be  shared  by  a  com- 
munity college  district  for  which  the  district  is  conducting  an  election. 
The  trustees  may  pay  the  election  judges  of  a  school  election  at  a  rate 
not  to  exceed  the  prevailing  federal  minimum  wage  per  hour  of  service 
in  connection  with  such  election. 

History:    En.  75-6420  by  Sec.  156,  Oh.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-6421.  Conduct  of  election.  Election  judges  shall  conduct  school 
elections  in  a  manner  that  ensures  a  fair  and  unbiased  determination  of 
the  matters  put  before  the  electorate,  and  see  that  each  elector  has  an 

71 


75-6422  SCHOOLS 

adequate  opportunity  to  east  his  vote.  To  that  end  election  judges  shall: 

(1)  post  at  least  one  (1)  instruction  card  in  each  voting  booth  and 
not  less  than  three  (3)  such  cards  elsewhere  about  the  polling  place ; 

(2)  proclaim  the  opening  and  closing  of  the  polls  ; 

(3)  ensure  that  no  more  than  one  (1)  person  occupies  a  voting  booth 
at  one  (1)  time  and  that  no  person  occupies  a  booth  longer  than  is  reason- 
ably necessary ; 

(4)  enforce  the  rules  against  certain  prohibited  conduct  as  provided 
in  section  23-3605,  R.  C.  M.,  1947 ; 

(5)  aid  a  disabled  elector  in  marking  his  ballot  in  the  manner  pro- 
vided by  section  23-3609,  R.  C.  M.,  1947 ;  and 

(6)  follow  the  remaining  pro\'isions  of  chapter  36  of  Title  23,  R.  C.  M., 

1947,  regulating  the  conduct  of  elections,  and  chapter  14  of  Title  94,  R.  C. 

M.,   1947,   except  that  no   deviation   from   those   regulations   shall   vitiate 

the  election  so  long  as  it  can  reasonably  be  concluded  that  neither  the 

outcome   of  the   election  nor   any   individual    elector   was   prejudiced   by 

such  deviation. 

History:   En.  75-6421  by  Sec.  157,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-6422.  Delivery  of  ballot,  pollbook,  tally  sheet,  and  certifying  elec- 
tion result.  The  judges  shall  conduct  school  elections  in  the  following 
manner : 

(1)  The  election  judges  shall  deliver  the  ballots  to  the  elector  offer- 
ing to  vote  and  shall  cause  the  recording  of  such  elector's  signature  on 
the  registered  elector  listing  for  the  polling  place. 

(2)  A  pollbook  shall  be  kept  by  the  election  clerk.  The  clerk  shall 
record  the  name  of  each  elector  in  the  pollbook  at  the  time  his  ballot  is 
deposited  in  the  ballot  box.  One  pollbook  may  be  kept  for  two  or  more 
school  elections  conducted  simultaneously  at  the  same  poll. 

(3)  Immediately  after  closing  the  polls,  the  judges  shall  count  ballots. 
If  there  are  more  ballots  than  the  recorded  number  of  electors  in  the  poll- 
book,  the  judges  shall  draw  by  lot  from  the  ballots,  without  seeing  them, 
a  sufficient  number  of  ballots  to  equalize  the  number  of  ballots  and  the 
number  of  electors. 

(4)  After  the  number  of  electors  and  ballots  have  been  equalized, 
the  judges  shall  proceed  to  count  the  ballots.  The  clerk  shall  enter  on 
the  tally  sheet  for  the  trustee  election  the  name  of  every  person  voted 
for  trustee,  grouping  them  by  length  of  term  of  the  trustee  position  for 
which  they  were  a  candidate.  The  votes  cast  for  a  person  shall  be  tallied 
opposite  his  name.  When  a  proposition  is  presented  at  a  school  election, 
the  clerk  shall  enter  "for"  and  "against"  on  the  tally  sheet  and  record 
each  vote  opposite  the  appropriate  entry  on  the  tally  sheet.  A  separate 
tally  sheet  shall  be  kept  for  each  election  of  trustees  and  for  each  propo- 
sition. 

(5)  After  the  votes  have  been  entered  on  a  tally  sheet,  the  judges 
and  clerk  shall  sign  it  and  certify  upon  the  tally  sheet  the  following  in- 

72 


SCHOOL   ELECTIONS  75-6423 

formation : 

(a)  the  number  of  votes  east  for  each  person  who  received  votes 
for  trustee  and  the  length  of  term  for  which  he  received  these  votes;  or 

(b)  the  total  number  of  votes  cast  "for"  and  "against"  a  proposition. 

The  certified  totals  shall  be  verified  by  the  judges  as  being  correct  to  the 
best  of  their  knowledge,  before  an  officer  authorized  to  administer  oaths. 
No  informality  in  such  certification  shall  vitiate  the  election,  if  the  number 
of  votes  for  each  person  or  for  or  against  each  proposition  can  reasonably 
be  ascertained  from  each  tally  list. 

(6)  The  school  election  judges  shall  return  the  pollbook,  ballots,  cer- 
tified tally  sheets,  and  the  registered  elector  listing  to  the  trustees  of 
the  district  as  soon  as  possible. 

History:    En.  75-6422  by  Sec.  158,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-6423.    Trustees  canvass  of  votes  and  issuance  of  election  certificate. 

At  the  first  regular  or  special  meeting  of  the  trustees  conducted  after  the 
receipt  of  the  certified  tally  sheets  of  any  school  election  from  all  the  polls 
of  the  district,  the  trustees  shall  canvass  the  vote.  Such  canvass  shall  in- 
clude a  redetermination  of  the  total  votes  cast  for  each  person  for  trustee 
or  the  total  votes  cast  "for"  and  "against"  each  proposition,  as  shown  on 
the  tally  sheet  or  sheets. 

After  the  redetermination  of  the  total  votes  cast,  the  trustees  shall  issue 
a  certificate  of  election.  In  the  case  of  a  trustee  election,  the  certificate 
shall  be  issued  to  the  elected  trustee  and  the  county  superintendent  desig- 
nating the  term  of  the  trustee  position  to  which  he  has  been  elected.  In 
the  case  of  an  election  on  a  proposition,  the  trustees  shall  issue  a  certifi- 
cate specifying  the  outcome  of  the  election.  The  certificate  shall  be  issued 
within  fifteen  (15)  days  after  the  election  to  that  official  or  public  body 
which  ordered  the  election.  "When  the  election  has  been  ordered  by  resolu- 
tion of  the  trustees,  the  canvassed  results  shall  be  published  immediately 
in  a  newspaper  that  will  give  notice  to  the  largest  number  of  people  of  the 
district. 

History:    En.  75-6423  by  Sec.  159,  Ch.  5,  Cross-Reference 

L.  1971.  School   bond   elections,    canvassing,    sec. 

75-7117. 


CHAPTER  65 
SCHOOL  DISTRICT  ORGANIZATION  AND  REORGANIZATION 

Section    75-6506.     Elementary  district  consolidation. 

75-6507.     Conditions  for  elementary  district  annexation. 

75-6508.     Elementary  district  annexation. 

75-6509.  Consolidation  or  annexation  election  with  assumption  of  bonded 
indebtedness. 

75-6510.  Consolidation  or  annexation  election  without  assumption  of  bonded 
indebtedness. 

75-6511.  Elementary  district  consolidation  of  two  or  more  counties  to  organ- 
ize joint  elementary  district. 

75-6512.     Elementary  district  abandonment. 

75-651.3.     .Toint  elementary  district  .•\l)andonmcnt. 

73 


75-6506  SCHOOLS 

75-6514.     Joint  elementary  district  dissolution. 

75-6515.     Boundary    change     of    licensed     child     care     institution     elementary 

district. 
75-6516.     Transfer   of  territory   from   one   elementary    district   to   another. 
75-6517.     Limitations  for  creation  of  new  elementary  district. 
75-6518.     Procedure  for  creation  of  a  new  elementary  district. 
75-6519.     Methods  of  changing  high  school  district  boundaries. 
75-6520.     Establishment  of  high  school  districts  in  a  county. 
75-6521.     High  school  boundary  commission  and  boundary  change,  division  or 

redivision  hearing  procedure. 
75-6522.     Approval  of  high  school  district  boundary  when  elementary  district 

territory  divided  by  commission. 
75-6523.     Counter-proposed    high    school    district    boundaries    by    electors    and 

election. 
75-6524.     High  school  district  abandonment. 

75-6525.     Limitations   for   organization   of   joint   high    school   district. 
75-6526.     Procedure   for   organization   of  joint  high   school   district. 
75-6538.     County  high  school  unification. 
75-6539.     Transactions  after  approved  county  higrh  school  unification. 


75-6506.  Elementary  district  consolidation.  Any  two  (2)  or  more 
elementary  districts  in  one  (1)  county  may  consolidate  to  organize  an 
elementary  district.  The  consolidation  shall  be  conducted  under  the  follow- 
ing procedure : 

(1)  At  the  time  the  consolidation  proposition  is  first  considered,  the 
districts  involved  shall  jointly  determine  whether  the  consolidation  shall 
be  made  with  or  without  the  mutual  assumption  of  the  bonded  indebted- 
ness of  each  district  by  all  districts  included  in  the  consolidation  proposi- 
tion. 

(2)  A  consolidation  proposition  may  be  introduced,  individually,  in 
each  of  the  districts  by  either  of  the  two  following  methods : 

(a)  the  trustees  may  pass  a  resolution  requesting  the  county  superin- 
tendent to  order  an  election  to  consider  a  consolidation  proposition  involv- 
ing their  district ;  or 

(b)  not  less  than  twenty  per  cent  (20%)  of  the  electors  of  an  elemen- 
tary district  who  are  qualified  to  vote  under  the  provisions  of  section  75-6410 
may  petition  the  county  superintendent  requesting  an  election  to  consider 
a  consolidation  proposition  involving  their  resident  district. 

(3)  When  the  county  superintendent  has  received  a  resolution  or  a 
valid  petition  from  each  of  the  districts  included  in  the  consolidation  prop- 
osition, he  shall,  within  ten  (10)  days  after  the  receipt  of  the  last  resolu- 
tion or  petition  and  as  provided  by  section  75-6406,  order  the  trustees  of 
each  elementary  district  included  in  the  consolidation  proposition  to  call  a 
consolidation  election. 

(4)  Each  district,  individually,  shall  call  and  conduct  an  election  in 
the  manner  prescribed  in  this  Title  for  school  elections.  In  addition  : 

(a)  if  the  districts  to  be  consolidated  are  to  mutually  assume  the 
bonded  indebtedness  of  each  district  involved  in  the  consolidation,  the 
consolidation  election  also  shall  follow  the  procedures  prescribed  in  section 
75-6509 ;  or 

(b)  if  the  districts  to  be  consolidated  are  not  to  mutually  assume  the 
bonded  indebtedness   of  each   district  involved  in   the   consolidation,   the 

74 


SCHOOL   DISTRICT  ORGANIZATION  75-6508 

consolidation  election  also  shall  follow  the  procedures  prescribed  in  sec- 
tion 75-6510. 

(5)  After  the  county  superintendent  has  received  the  election  certifi- 
cation under  the  provisions  of  section  75-6423  from  the  trustees  of  each 
district  included  in  a  consolidation  proposition,  he  shall  determine  if  the 
consolidation  proposition  has  been  approved  in  each  district.  If  each  dis- 
trict has  approved  the  consolidation  proposition,  he  shall,  within  ten 
(10)  days  after  the  receipt  of  the  last  election  certificate,  order  the  conso- 
lidation of  such  districts.  If  it  be  for  consolidation  with  the  mutual  assump- 
tion of  bonded  indebtedness  of  each  elementary  district  by  all  districts 
included  in  the  consolidation  order,  such  order  shall  specify  that  all  the 
taxable  real  and  personal  property  of  the  consolidated  district  shall  as- 
sume the  bonded  indebtedness  of  each  district.  In  addition,  such  order 
shall  specify  the  number  of  the  consolidated  elementary  district  and  shall 
contain  the  county  superintendent's  appointment  of  the  trustees  for  the 
consolidated  district  who  shall  serve  until  a  successor  is  elected  at  the 
next  succeeding  regular  school  election  and  qualified.  The  superintendent 
shall  send  a  copy  of  such  order  to  the  board  of  county  commissioners  and 
to  the  trustees  of  each  district  incorporated  in  the  consolidation  order.  If 
any  district  included  in  the  consolidation  proposition  disapproves  the  con- 
solidation proposition,  the  consolidation  of  all  districts  shall  fail  and  the 
county  superintendent  shall  notify  each  district  of  the  disapproval  of  the 
consolidation  proposition. 

History:  En.  75-6506  by  Sec.  165,  Ch,  5,  Cross-Eeferences 

L.  1971.  Conditions   under   which    school    election 

called,  sec,  75-6406. 

75-6507.  Conditions  for  elementary  district  annexation.  An  elemen- 
tary district  may  be  annexed  to  another  elementary  district  located  in  the 
same  county  when : 

(1)  a  third-class  district  where  a  high  school  is  not  located  is  annexed 
to  a  third-class  district  where  a  high  school  is  located,  a  first-class  district, 
or  a  second-class  district. 

(2)  a  third-class  district  where  a  high  school  is  located  is  annexed 
to  a  first-class  district  or  a  second-class  district ;  or 

(3)  a  second-class  district  is  annexed  to  a  first-class  district. 

The  annexation  of  elementary  districts  shall  be  conducted  under  the 
provisions  of  section  75-6508. 

History:  En.  75-6507  by  Sec.  166,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-6508.  Elementary  district  annexation.  An  elementary  district  may 
be  annexed  to  another  elementary  district  located  in  the  same  county  in 
accordance  with  the  following  procedure  : 

(1)  At  the  time  the  annexation  proposition  is  first  considered,  the 
districts  involved  shall  jointly  determine  whether  the  annexation  shall  be 
made  with  or  without  the  joint  assumption  of  the  bonded  indebtedness  of 
the  annexing  district  by  the  district  to  be  annexed  and  the  annexing  dis- 
trict. 

75 


75-6509  SCHOOLS 

(2)  An  annexation  proposition  may  be  introduced  in  the  district  to 
be  annexed  by  either  of  the  two  following  methods  : 

(a)  the  trustees  may  pass  a  resolution  requesting  the  county  superin- 
tendent to  order  an  election  to  consider  an  annexation  proposition  for 
their  district ;  or 

(b)  not  less  than  twenty  per  cent  (20%)  of  the  electors  of  the  dis- 
trict who  are  qualified  to  vote  under  the  provisions  of  section  75-6410 
may  petition  the  county  superintendent  requesting  an  election  to  consider 
an  annexation  proposition  for  their  district. 

(3)  Before  ordering  an  election  on  the  proposition  the  county  superin- 
tendent shall  first  receive  from  the  trustees  of  the  annexing  district  a 
resolution  giving  him  the  authority  to  annex  such  district. 

(4)  "When  the  county  superintendent  has  received  authorization  from 
the  annexing  district,  he  shall,  within  ten  (10)  days  after  the  receipt  of 
the  resolution  or  a  valid  petition  from  the  district  to  be  annexed  and  as 
provided  by  section  75-6406,  order  the  trustees  of  the  district  to  be  annexed 
to  call  an  annexation  election. 

(5)  The  district  shall  call  and  conduct  an  election  in  the  manner  pre- 
scribed in  this  Title  for  school  elections.  In  addition: 

(a)  if  the  district  to  be  annexed  is  to  jointly  assume  with  the  annex- 
ing district,  the  bonded  indebtedness  of  the  annexing  district,  the  annexa- 
tion election  shall  also  follow  the  procedures  prescribed  in  section  75-6509 ; 
or 

(b)  if  the  district  to  be  annexed  is  not  to  jointly  assume  with  the 
annexing  district,  the  bonded  indebtedness  of  the  annexing  district,  the 
annexation  election  shall  also  follow  the  procedures  prescribed  in  section 
75-6510. 

(6)  After  the  countj^  superintendent  has  received  the  election  certifi- 
cate from  the  trustees  of  the  district  conducting  the  annexation  election 
under  the  provisions  of  section  75-6423  and  if  the  annexation  proposition 
has  been  approved  by  such  election,  he  shall  order  the  annexation  of  the 
territory  of  the  elementary  district  voting  on  such  proposition  to  the  ele- 
mentary district  that  has  authorized  the  annexation  to  its  territory.  Such 
order  shall  be  issued  within  ten  (10)  days  after  the  receipt  of  the  election 
certificate  and,  if  it  be  for  annexation  with  the  assumption  of  bonded  in- 
debtedness, shall  specify  that  all  the  taxable  real  and  personal  property 
of  the  annexed  territory  shall  jointly  assume  with  the  annexing  district 
the  existing  bonded  indebtedness  of  the  annexing  district.  The  county  su- 
perintendent shall  send  a  copy  of  the  order  to  the  board  of  county  commis- 
sioners and  to  the  trustees  of  the  districts  involved  in  the  annexation  or- 
der. If  the  annexation  proposition  is  disapproved  in  the  district  to  be 
annexed,  it  shall  fail  and  the  county  superintendent  shall  notify  each 
district  of  the  disapproval  of  the  annexation  proposition. 

History:  En.  75-6508  by  Sec,  167,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 


75-6509.     Consolidation  or  annexation  election  with  assumption  of  bond- 
ed indebtedness.     A  consolidation  election  involving  the  mutual  assump- 

76 


SCHOOL   DISTRICT  ORGANIZATION  75-6510 

tion  of  bonded  indebtedness  by  the  elementary  districts  to  be  consolidated, 
as  prescribed  in  section  75-6506,  or  an  annexation  election  involving 
the  joint  assumption  of  bonded  indebtedness  by  the  elementary  district 
to  be  annexed,  as  prescribed  in  section  75-6508,  shall  comply  with  the  fol- 
lowing procedures  in  addition  to  those  prescribed  by  this  Title  for  other 
school  elections : 

(1)  In  a  consolidation  election  the  ballots  shall  read,  after  stating  the 
consolidation  proposition,  "FOR  consolidation  with  assumption  of  bonded 
indebtedness"  and  "AGAINST  consolidation  with  assumption  of  bonded  in- 
debtedness." 

(2)  In  an  annexation  election  the  ballots  shall  read,  after  stating  the 
annexation  proposition,  "FOR  annexation  with  assumption  of  bonded 
indebtedness"  and  "AGAINST  annexation  with  assumption  of  bonded 
indebtedness." 

(3)  Any  elector  qualified  to  vote  under  the  provisions  of  section  75-6410 
may  vote. 

(4)  When  the  trustees  in  each  elementary  district  conducting  an  elec- 
tion canvass  the  vote  under  the  provisions  of  section  75-6423,  they  shall 
decide  according  to  the  following  procedure,  if  the  proposition  has  been 
approved : 

(a)  Determine  if  a  sufficient  number  of  the  qualified  electors  of  the 
district  have  voted  to  validate  the  election  and  have  voted  to  approve 
the  election  proposition  in  the  same  manner  required  for  bond  elections 
by  section  75-7117;  and 

(b)  When  the  proposition  is  approved  under  subsection  (3)  (a),  deter- 
mine the  number  of  votes  "FOR"  and  "AGAINST"  the  proposition.  The 
proposition  shall  be  approved  in  the  district  if  a  majority  of  those  voting 
approve  the  proposition.  If  the  proposition  is  disapproved  under  either 
the  provisions  of  subsection  (3)  (a)  or  (3)(b),  the  proposition  shall  be 
disapproved  in  the  district. 

History:    En.  75-6509  by  Sec.  168,  Ch.  5,  Cross-Reference 

L.  1971;  amd.  Sec.  5,  Ch.  83,  L.  1971.  School   elections   generally,   sec.    75-6401 

et  seq. 


75-6510.  Consolidation  or  annexation  election  without  assumption  of 
bonded  indebtedness.  A  consolidation  election  without  the  assumption  of 
bonded  indebtedness  by  the  elementary  districts  to  be  consolidated,  as 
prescribed  in  section  75-6506,  or  an  annexation  election  without  the  joint 
assumption  of  bonded  indebtedness  by  the  elementary  district  to  be  an- 
nexed, as  prescribed  in  section  75-6508,  shall  be  conducted  in  the  manner 
prescribed  by  this  title  for  school  elections.  Any  elector  qualified  to  vote 
under  the  provisions  of  section  75-6410  may  vote  at  the  election. 

In  a  consolidation  election  the  ballots  shall  read,  after  stating  the  con- 
solidation proposition,  "FOR  consolidation  without  assumption  of  bonded 
indebtedness"  and  "AGAINST  consolidation  without  assumption  of  bonded 
indebtedness."  The  consolidation  proposition  shall  be  approved  by  a  dis- 
trict if  a  majority  of  those  voting  in  a  district  approve  the  proposition, 
otherwise  it  shall  be  disapproved. 

77 


75-6511  SCHOOLS 

In  an  annexation  election  the  ballots  shall  read,  after  stating  the  an- 
nexation proposition,  "FOR  annexation  without  assumption  of  bonded  in- 
debtedness" and  "AGAINST  annexation  without  assumption  of  bonded 
indebtedness."  The  annexation  proposition  shall  be  approved  by  a  district 
if  a  majority  of  those  voting  approve  the  proposition,  otherwise  it  shall 
be  disapproved. 

History:  En.  75-6510  by  Sec.  169,  Ch.  5,  Cross-Reference 

L.  1971.  School   elections   generally,   sec.    75-6401 

et  seq. 

75-6511.  Elementary  district  consolidation  of  two  or  more  counties 
to  organize  joint  elementary  district.  Any  two  (2)  or  more  elementary 
districts  located  in  more  than  one  (1)  county  and  whose  territory  is  con- 
tiguous may  consolidate  to  organize  a  joint  elementary  district.  When  a 
joint  district  consolidation  proposition  is  to  be  introduced  and  considered 
in  two  (2)  or  more  districts,  the  consolidation  procedure  for  elementary 
district  consolidation  without  the  assumption  of  bonded  indebtedness  pre- 
scribed in  sections  75-6506  and  75-6510  shall  be  used  except  that  each 
district  shall  submit  its  resolution  or  petition  and  its  election  certificate 
to  the  county  superintendent  of  its  resident  county  and  the  several  county 
superintendents  shall  jointly  perform  the  duties  prescribed  for  the  county 
superintendent  in  section  75-6506. 

History:  En.  75-6511  by  Sec.  170,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 


75-6512.  Elementary  district  abandonment.  The  county  superintend- 
ent shall  declare  an  elementary  district  to  be  abandoned  and  order  the 
attachment  of  the  territory  of  such  district  to  a  contiguous  district  of 
the  county  when : 

(1)  a  school  has  not  been  operated  by  a  district  for  at  least  one  hun- 
dred eighty  (180)  days  under  the  provisions  of  section  75-7402  for  each 
of  three  (3)  consecutive  school  fiscal  years ;  or 

(2)  there  is  an  insufiicient  number  of  residents  who  are  qualified  elec- 
tors of  the  district  that  can  and  will  serve  as  the  trustees  and  clerk  of  the 
district  so  that  a  legal  board  of  trustees  can  be  organized. 

The  county  superintendent  shall  notify  the  elementary  district  that 
has  not  operated  a  school  for  two  (2)  consecutive  years  before  the  first 
day  of  the  third  year  that  the  failure  to  operate  a  school  for  one  hundred 
eighty  (180)  days  during  the  ensuing  school  fiscal  year  shall  constitute 
grounds  for  abandonment  of  such  district  at  the  conclusion  of  the  succeed- 
ing school  fiscal  year.  Failure  by  the  county  superintendent  to  provide 
such  notification  shall  not  constitute  a  waiver  of  the  abandonment  require- 
ment prescribed  in  subsection  (1)  above. 

Any  abandonment  under  subsection  (1)  shall  become  effective  on  the 
first  day  of  July.  Any  abandonment  under  subsection  (2)  of  an  elemen- 
tary district  shall  become  effective  immediately  on  the  date  of  the  aban- 
donment order. 

History:  En.  75-6512  by  Sec.  171,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

78 


SCHOOL  DISTRICT  ORGANIZATION  75-6514 

75-6513.  Joint  elementary  district  abandonment.  Any  joint  elemen- 
tary district  shall  be  abandoned  for  the  reasons  prescribed  in  section  75- 
6512  or  when  the  taxable  value  of  the  taxable  property  of  the  portion  of 
the  joint  district  that  is  located  within  any  one  of  the  counties  is  of  so  little 
value  that  the  continued  inclusion  of  such  portion  in  the  joint  district  is 
not  justified.  The  county  superintendent  desij^nated  by  section  75-6720  for 
school  budgeting  purposes  shall  be  responsible  for  ordering  the  abandon- 
ment of  the  joint  district  and  shall  immediately  send  a  copy  of  such  order 
to  the  county  superintendent  of  each  county  with  territory  in  the  joint 
district. 

After  the  issuance  or  receipt  of  the  abandonment  order,  each  county 
superintendent  shall  attach  the  territory  within  his  county  to  a  contiguous 
elementary  district  within  his  county;  except  when  the  district  is  aban- 
doned because  of  the  lack  of  taxable  property  in  one  county's  territory 
of  the  district  and  a  school  is  operated  in  another  county's  territory  of 
the  district  which  territory  has  a  taxable  value  of  seventy-five  thousand 
dollars  ($75,000)  or  more,  the  county  superintendent  of  the  county  where 
such  territory  is  located  shall  not  attach  it  to  another  district.  Such  terri- 
tory shall  continue  to  operate  as  an  elementary  district  within  the  county. 

Any  abandonment  of  a  joint  elementary  district  shall  become  effective 
on  the  date  of  the  abandonment  order  except  that  district  abandonments 
under  the  provisions  of  subsection  (1)  of  section  75-6512  shall  become  ef- 
fective on  the  first  day  of  July. 

History:  En.  75-6513  by  Sec.  172,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 


75-6514.  Joint  elementary  district  dissolution.  Any  joint  elementary 
district  may  be  dissolved.  A  proposition  to  dissolve  a  joint  elementary  dis- 
trict shall  be  introduced  by  a  petition  signed  by  a  majority  of  the  electors, 
qualified  under  the  provisions  of  section  75-6410,  who  reside  in  the  terri- 
tory of  the  joint  district  that  is  located  within  one  (1)  county.  Such  peti- 
tion shall  be  addressed  and  presented  to  the  county  superintendent  of  the 
county  of  residence  of  the  petitioners. 

Whenever  a  county  superintendent  receives  a  valid  petition  for  the 
dissolution  of  a  joint  elementary  district,  he  shall  immediately  notify  the 
county  superintendents  of  all  the  other  counties  with  territory  located  in 
the  joint  district.  The  county  superintendents  jointly  shall,  within  ten  (10) 
days  after  the  receipt  of  the  petition  and  as  provided  by  section  75-6406, 
order  the  trustees  of  the  joint  district  to  call  an  election.  The  trustees  shall 
call  and  conduct,  at  the  same  time,  separate  elections  in  each  portion  of 
the  joint  district  that  is  located  in  a  separate  county.  Such  elections  shall 
be  called  and  conducted  in  the  manner  prescribed  in  this  title  for  school 
elections  and  shall  be  considered  as  if  each  were  an  election  in  a  separate 
district.  An  elector  who  may  vote  at  a  joint  district  dissolution  election 
shall  be  qualified  to  vote  under  the  provisions  of  section  75-6410.  The  elec- 
tion judges  for  each  separate  election  in  the  joint  district  sliall  send  the 
election  certificate  to  the  county  superintendent  of  the  county  in  which  they 
serve. 

After  the  receipt  of  the  election  certificates,  the  county  superintendents 

79 


75-6515  SCHOOLS 

shall  jointly  determine  the  result  of  such  election  on  the  following  basis : 

(1)  If  a  majority  of  all  the  joint  district  electors  voting  at  each  elec- 
tion conducted  in  the  joint  district  are  in  favor  of  the  dissolution  of  the 
joint  district,  the  dissolution  of  the  joint  elementary  district  shall  be 
approved ; 

(2)  If  two-thirds  (2/3)  of  the  electors  voting  at  one  of  the  elections 
conducted  in  a  county's  portion  of  the  joint  district  vote  in  favor  of  the 
joint  district  dissolution,  the  dissolution  of  that  portion  of  such  joint  dis- 
trict may  be  approved  if  all  the  county  superintendents  involved  in  such 
dissolution  proposition  agree  that  such  dissolution  will  not  place  an  undue 
hardship  on  any  other  county's  portion  of  the  joint  district  and  there  is 
no  good  and  sufficient  reason  why  such  dissolution  should  not  be  made;  or 

(3)  If  the  conditions  of  either  subsection  (1)  or  (2)  cannot  be  satis- 
fied, the  dissolution  of  the  joint  district  shall  be  disapproved. 

The  county  superintendents  shall  jointly  order  the  joint  elementary  district 
dissolution  if  the  proposition  is  approved  and,  whether  it  has  been  approved 
or  disapproved,  shall  jointly  notify  the  joint  district  of  the  result.  The 
dissolution  of  a  joint  district  shall  become  effective  on  the  first  day  of  the 
ensuing  school  fiscal  year. 

"When  the  dissolution  of  a  joint  elementary  district  has  been  approved 
and  ordered  under  subsection  (1)  above,  the  county  superintendent  of 
each  county  shall  individually  order  the  attachment  of  the  territory  of  the 
dissolved  joint  elementary  district  within  his  county  to  a  contiguous  ele- 
mentary district  within  his  county;  except  when  a  school  is  operated  in 
such  territory,  in  which  case  the  territory  shall  operate  as  a  separate  ele- 
mentary district  of  the  county. 

"When  the  dissolution  of  a  joint  elementary  district  has  been  approved 
and  ordered  under  the  provisions  of  subsection  (2)  above,  the  county 
superintendent  of  the  county  where  the  dissolved  portion  of  the  joint  ele- 
mentary district  is  located  shall  attach  such  territory  to  a  contiguous 
elementary  district  within  his  county. 

In  the  event  a  dissolution  proposition  is  disapproved,  no  subsequent 
joint  elementary  district  dissolution  election  shall  be  held  within  three 
(3)  years  thereafter. 

History:  En.  75-6514  by  Sec.  173,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-6515.  Boundary  change  of  licensed  child  care  institution  elemen- 
tary district.  The  boundaries  of  any  elementary  district  created  under  the 
provisions  of  chapter  105,  Laws  of  1965  shall  be  changed  by  the  acquisi- 
tion of  any  land  contiguous  to  the  district  by  the  licensed  child  care  insti- 
tution for  which  such  district  was  created.  The  boundaries  shall  be  changed 
to  include  the  additional  acquired  land  in  the  district. 

History:  En.  75-6515  by  Sec.  174,  Ch.  5,  Compiler's  Note 

^-  1971.  Chapter  105,  Laws  of  1965  (sec.  75-5501 

ot  seq.),  referred  to  in  the  first  paragraph, 
was  repealed  by  Sec.  496,  Ch,  5,  Laws  1971, 

75-6516.  Transfer  of  territory  from  one  elementary  district  to  another. 
A  majority  of  the  electors  of  any  elementary  district,  who  are  qualified 

80 


SCHOOL   DISTRICT   ORGANIZATION  75-6517 

to  vote  under  the  provisions  of  section  75-6410  and  who  reside  in  territory 
which  is  a  part  of  an  elementary  district,  may  petition  the  county  superin- 
tendent to  transfer  such  territory  to  another  elementary  district  when: 

(1)  such  territory  is  contiguous  to  the  district  to  which  it  is  to  be 
attached ; 

(2)  such  territory  is  not  located  within  three  miles,  over  the  shortest 
practical  route,  of  an  operating  school  of  the  district  from  which  it  is  to 
be  detached ;  and 

(3)  the  transfer  of  such  territory  will  not  reduce  the  taxable  value 
of  the  district  to  less  than  seventy-five  thousand  dollars  ($75,000)  unless 
the  remaining  territory  of  the  district  will  contain  not  less  than  fifty  thou- 
sand (50,000)  acres  of  nontaxable  Indian  land. 

The  petition  shall  be  addressed  to  the  county  superintendent  and  shall 
describe  the  territory  that  is  requested  to  be  transferred  and  to  what  dis- 
trict it  is  to  be  transferred,  state  the  reasons  why  such  transfer  is  requested 
and  state  the  number  of  elementary  school-age  children  residing  in  such 
territory. 

On  receipt  of  a  valid  petition  for  a  territory  transfer,  the  county 
superintendent  shall  file  such  petition,  set  a  hearing  place,  date,  and  time 
for  consideration  of  the  petition  that  is  not  more  than  forty  (40)  days  after 
receipt  of  the  petition  and  give  notice  of  the  place,  date,  and  time  of 
the  hearing.  The  notices  shall  be  posted  in  the  districts  affected  by  the 
request  in  the  manner  prescribed  in  this  title  for  school  elections,  with 
it  least  one  such  notice  posted  in  the  territory  to  be  transferred. 

The  county  superintendent  shall  conduct  the  hearing  as  scheduled,  and 
any  resident  or  taxpayer  of  the  affected  districts  shall  be  heard.  If  tlie 
county  superintendent  shall  deem  it  advisable  and  in  tlie  best  interests  of 
the  residents  of  such  territory,  he  shall  grant  the  petitioned  request  and 
order  the  change  of  district  boundaries  to  coincide  with  the  boundary  de- 
scription in  the  petition.  Otherwise,  he  shall,  by  order,  deny  the  request. 
Either  of  the  orders  shall  be  final  thirty  (30)  days  after  its  date  unless 
it  is  appealed  to  the  board  of  county  commissioners  by  a  resident  or 
taxpayer  of  either  district  affected  by  the  territory  transfer.  The  deci- 
sion of  the  board  of  county  commissioners,  after  a  hearing  on  such  matter 
and  consideration  of  the  material  presented  at  the  county  superintendent's 
hearing,  shall  be  final. 

Whenever  a  petition  to  transfer  territory  from  one  elementary  district 
to  another  elementary  district  would  create  a  joint  elementary  district 
or  affect  the  boundary  of  an  existing  joint  elementary  district,  the  peti- 
tion shall  be  presented  to  the  county  superintendent  of  the  county  Avhere 
the  territory  is  located.  Such  county  superintendent  shall  notify  any 
other  county  superintendents  of  counties  with  districts  affected  by  such 
petition  and  the  duties  prescribed  in  this  section  for  the  county  superin- 
tendent and  the  board  of  county  commissioners  shall  be  performed  jointly 
by  such  county  officials. 

History:  En,  75-6516  by  Sec.  175,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971;  amd.  Sec.  6,  Ch.  83,  L.  1971. 

75-6517.  Limitations  for  creation  of  new  elementary  district.  A  new 
elementary  district  may  be  created  out  of  the  territory  of  an  existing  ele- 

81 


75-6518  SCHOOLS 

mentary  district  or  districts  when  : 

(1)  the  taxable  value  of  the  taxable  property  of  the  territory  proposed 
to  be  included  in  such  new  district  is  seventy-five  thousand  dollars  ($75,- 
000)  or  more,  except  that  when  fifty  thousand  (50,000)  acres  or  more  of 
such  new  district  are  nontaxable  Indian  land,  this  limitation  shall  not  be 
applicable ; 

(2)  the  taxable  value  of  the  taxable  property  of  each  existing  district 
from  which  territory  would  be  detached  will  be  seventy-five  thousand 
dollars  ($75,000)  or  more  after  the  territory  is  detached;  and 

(3)  the  number   of  school  census  children  between  the   ages  of  six 

(6)  and  sixteen  (16)  years  according  to  the  last  completed  district  census 

reports  in  any  of  the  existing  districts  is  not  reduced  to  less  than  fifteen 

(15). 

History:  En.  75-6517  by  Sec.  176,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-6518.     Procedure  for  creation  of  a  new  elementaxy  district.     The 

petition  requesting  the  creation  of  a  new  elementary  district  out  of  the 
territory  of  an  elementary  district  or  districts  shall  be  addressed  to  the 
county  superintendent  and  shall : 

(1)  describe  the  territory  that  is  requested  to  be  incorporated  in  the 
new  district  and  the  taxable  value  of  such  territory  as  shown  by  the  last 
completed  assessment  roll ; 

(2)  state  the  reasons  why  the  creation  of  a  new  district  is  requested; 
and 

(3)  be  signed  by  the  parents  or  guardians  of  not  less  than  ten  (10) 
children  between  the  ages  of  six  (6)  and  sixteen  (16)  years  who  reside  in 
the  territory  that  would  be  included  in  the  new  district  and  who  reside 
more  than  three  (3)  miles  over  the  shortest  practical  route  from  an  oper- 
ating school. 

When  a  county  superintendent  receives  a  valid  petition  requesting  the 
creation  of  a  new  district,  he  shall  file  such  petition,  set  a  hearing  place, 
date,  and  time  for  consideration  of  such  petition  that  is  not  more  than 
forty  (40)  days  after  the  receipt  of  the  petition  and  give  notice  of  the 
place,  date,  and  time  of  the  hearing.  The  notices  shall  be  posted  in  the  dis- 
tricts affected  by  the  request  in  the  manner  prescribed  in  this  Title  for 
school  elections,  with  at  least  one  such  notice  posted  in  the  territory  to 
be  included  in  the  new  district. 

The  county  superintendent  shall  conduct  the  hearing  as  scheduled  un- 
less before  or  at  the  time  of  the  hearing  he  receives  a  protest  petition 
signed  by  a  majority  of  the  electors  of  the  proposed  new  district  who  are 
qualified  to  vote  under  the  provisions  of  section  75-6410.  A  valid  protest 
petition  shall  conclusively  deny  the  creation  of  a  new  district.  If  a  hearing 
is  conducted,  any  resident  or  taxpayer  of  the  affected  districts  shall  be 
heard.  If  the  county  superintendent  shall  deem  it  advisable  and  in  the  best 
interests  of  the  residents  of  the  proposed  new  district,  he  shall  grant  the 
petitioned  request  and  order  the  creation  of  a  new  elementary   district 

82 


SCHOOL   DISTRICT   ORGANIZATION  75-6519 

with  its  boundaries  coinciding  with  the  boundaries  defined  in  the  petition. 
Otherwise,  he  shall,  by  order,  deny  the  request. 

Either  of  the  county  superintendent's  orders  may  be  appealed  to  the 
board  of  county  commissioners  within  thirty  (30)  days  after  the  date  of 
such  order.  Such  appeal  shall  be  in  writing,  signed  by  not  less  than  three 
(3)  resident  taxpayers,  and  shall  state  sufficient  facts  to  show  the  appel- 
lants' right  to  appeal  the  order.  The  board  of  county  commissioners  shall 
call  a  hearing  of  such  appeal  for  the  first  regular  meeting  of  the  commis- 
sion that  will  allow  notice  of  the  hearing  to  be  given  in  accordance  with 
the  requirements  for  notice  of  school  elections.  After  considering  the  ma- 
terial presented  at  the  county  superintendent's  hearing  and  such  other 
material  as  is  presented  at  its  hearing,  the  board  of  county  commis- 
sioners shall  render  a  decision  on  the  creation  of  such  new  elementary 
district.  Such  decision  shall  be  final. 

When  a  new  elementary  district  is  created,  the  county  superintendent 
shall  appoint  the  trustees  of  the  new  district  giving  preference  in  his  selec- 
tions to  any  trustees  who  were  trustees  of  an  old  district  and  who  reside 
in  the  new  district.  Any  trustee  position  vacancies  that  may  occur  in  the 
other  districts  shall  be  filled  in  the  manner  provided  for  filling  trustee 
position  vacancies  for  such  district.  Any  trustee  appointed  under  the 
provisions  of  this  section  shall  serve  until  a  successor  is  elected  at  the  next 
regular  school  election  and  qualified. 

The  order  of  the  county  superintendent  or,  if  his  order  is  appealed, 
the  decision  of  the  board  of  county  commissioners  creating  a  new  district 
under  this  section  shall  be  null  and  void  and  the  new  district  shall  cease 
to  exist,  if  such  district  does  not  open  and  operate  a  school  within  eight 
(8)  months  after  the  date  of  such  order  or  decision.  If  the  new  district 
does  not  satisfy  this  requirement,  the  territory  shall  be  re-incorporated 
in  the  district  or  districts  in  which  it  was  located  before  the  creation  of 
such  new  district,  and  the  trustees  shall,  thereafter,  be  without  capacity 
to  act. 

History:  En.  75-6518  by  Sec.  177,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 


75-6519.    Methods     of     changing    high    school     district    boundaries. 

The  trustees  of  any  high  school  district,  except  the  trustees  of  a  high  school 
located  in  a  county  which  has  not  been  divided  into  high  school  districts 
or  become  a  high  school  district  by  county  high  school  unification,  may 
request  a  change  of  the  high  school  boundaries  of  their  district  or  county 
as  provided  by  this  section. 

Whenever  the  trustees  of  a  high  school  district  shall  pass  a  resolution 
requesting  the  change  of  their  district's  boundary  or  the  redivision  of  the 
county  into  high  school  districts,  they  shall  send  such  resolution  to  the 
county  superintendent.  When  the  trustees  request  a  boundary  change  of 
their  district  or  a  redivision  of  the  county  into  high  school  districts,  they 
shall  describe  the  requested  boundary  change  or  redivision  and  give 
the  reasons  therefor.  A  requested  boundary  change  of  a  district  shall  con- 
form to  one  of  the  following  types : 

83 


75-6520  SCHOOLS 

(1)  consolidation  of  high  school  districts  shall  be  the  merging  of  two 
(2)  or  more  high  school  districts  to  form  a  single  high  school  district; 

(2)  annexation  shall  be  the  attachment  of  all  the  territory  of  a  high 
school  district  to  another  high  school  district  or  districts ; 

(3)  transfer  of  territory  shall  be  the  detachment  of  territory  from  a 
high  school  district  and  the  attachment  of  such  territory  to  another  high 
school  district  or  districts ;  or 

(4)  creation  of  a  new  high  school  district  shall  be  the  formation  of  a 
new  high  school  district  from  the  territory  presently  incorporated  in  the 
requesting  high  school  district. 

"Whenever  the  trustees  of  any  high  school  district  request  a  boundary 
change  or  a  redivision  that  would  create  a  joint  high  school  district  or,  in 
any  way,  affect  the  boundary  of  an  existing  joint  high  school  district, 
they  shall  send  the  boundary  change  resolution  to  the  county  superintend- 
ent of  each  county  that  would  be  affected  by  such  boundary  change. 

History:  En.  75-6519  by  Sec.  178,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-6520.  Establishment  of  high  school  districts  in  a  county.  The  trus- 
tees of  a  high  school  district  located  in  a  county,  which  has  not  been 
divided  into  high  school  districts  or  become  a  high  school  district  by 
county  high  school  unification,  may  request  the  division  of  the  county 
into  a  high  school  district  or  districts.  The  request  shall  be  sent  to  the 
county  superintendent. 

History:  En.  75-6520  by  Sec.  179,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971;   amd.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  44,  L.   1971. 

75-6521.  High  school  boundary  commission  and  boundary  change,  di- 
vision  or  redivision  hearing  procedure.  Each  county  of  the  state  of  Mon- 
tana shall  have  a  high  school  boundary  commission  consisting  of  the  board 
of  county  commissioners  and  the  county  superintendent.  Whenever  a  county 
superintendent  receives  a  resolution  from  the  trustees  of  any  high  school 
district  requesting  a  boundary  change  or  a  request  to  divide  or  redivide 
the  county  into  high  school  districts,  he  shall  immediately  notify  the  high 
school  boundary  commission.  Such  commission  shall  set  a  time,  date,  and 
place  for  a  public  hearing  on  the  request.  The  hearing  shall  be  set  for  a 
date  within  sixty  (60)  days  after  the  receipt  of  the  request  and  any  in- 
terested person  may  appear  and  be  heard  on  such  request.  The  county  su- 
perintendent shall  send  a  written  notice  of  the  public  hearing  on  a  re- 
quested boundary  change,  division,  or  redivision  to  the  trustees  of  each 
elementary  and  high  school  district  of  the  county  which  has  territory 
that  would  be  affected  by  the  change.  The  county  superintendent  shall 
also  give  notice  of  such  public  hearing  in  accordance  with  the  requirement 
for  school  election  notices  prescribed  by  school  election  provisions  of  this 
Title.  The  certificate  of  the  county  superintendent  filed  with  the  high  scliool 
boundary  commission  reciting  that  such  notice  requirements  have  been  sat- 
isfied shall  be  conclusive. 

In  considering  a  request  to  change  high  school  district  boundaries 
or  to  divide  or  redivide  the  county  into  high  school  districts,   the  high 

84 


SCHOOL   DISTRICT   ORGANIZATION  75-6523 

school  boundary  commission  shall  give  primary  consideration  to  the  con- 
venience of  the  high  school  pupils  of  the  territory  under  consideration. 
Such  commission  also  shall  consider  the  grouping  of  elementary  districts 
to  be  encompassed  by  a  high  school  district  or  districts,  and  shall  group 
contiguous  elementary  districts  within  a  high  school  district  unless  ob- 
stacles of  travel  such  as  mountains,  rivers,  impractical  routes  of  travel,  or 
distance  make  such  grouping  impractical.  After  the  hearing,  the  higli 
school  boundary  commission  may  grant  or  deny  any  request,  made  under 
the  provisions  of  section  75-6519,  for  a  high  school  district  boundary 
change,  but  shall  order  the  division  of  the  county  into  high  school  districts 
Avhenever  requested  under  the  provisions  of  section  75-6520.  In  the  latter 
case  the  commission's  discretion  shall  extend  only  to  the  establishing  of 
boundaries  for  the  newly  created  high  school  district  or  districts. 

History:  En.  75-6521  by  Sec.  180,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-6522.  Approval  of  high  school  district  boundary  when  elementary 
district  territory  divided  by  commission.  If  the  order  of  a  high  school 
boundary  commission  would  divide  the  territory  of  any  elementary  district 
between  two  (2)  or  more  high  school  districts  or  would  divide  the  territory 
of  a  joint  elementary  district  which  is  located  within  the  county  between 
high  school  districts,  the  county  superintendent  shall,  under  the  provisions 
of  section  75-6406,  order  the  trustees  of  such  elementary  district  to  call 
an  election.  The  election  shall  be  called  and  conducted  in  the  manner  pre- 
scribed in  this  Title  for  school  elections.  An  elector  who  may  vote  on  the 
proposition  shall  be  qualified  under  the  provisions  of  section  75-6410. 
If  the  election  is  required  because  of  the  division  of  the  territory  of  a  joint 
elementary  district  located  in  the  county,  the  electors  shall  be  residents 
of  such  territory.  If  a  majority  of  the  electors  voting  at  such  election  ap- 
prove the  division  of  the  elementary  district  or  the  county's  territory  in 
a  joint  elementary  district,  the  order  of  the  high  school  boundary  com- 
mission shall  be  approved.  If  a  majority  of  the  electors  voting  at  such  elec- 
tion do  not  approve  such  division,  the  high  school  boundary  commission 
shall  reconsider  its  action  and  shall  establisli  different  high  school  boun- 
dary lines,  subject  to  the  same  limitations  herein  described. 

History:  En.  75-6522  by  Sec.  181,  Ch.  5, 
L. 1971. 

75-6523.  Counter-proposed  high  school  district  boundaries  by  electors 
and  election.  Whenever  a  high  school  boundary  commission  issues  an 
order  to  change  high  school  district  boundary  lines,  twenty  per  cent 
(20%)  or  more  of  the  electors  of  anj-  elementary  district  with  territory  af- 
fected by  the  high  school  boundary  change  who  are  qualified  to  vote  under 
the  provisions  of  section  75-6410  may  protest  the  boundaries  established 
by  the  order  of  the  commission  within  thirty  (30)  days  after  the  date  of 
such  order.  Such  protest  shall  be  in  the  form  of  a  petition  addressed  to 
the  county  superintendent  and  it  shall  provide  a  counter-proposition  to 
the  new  high  school  boundaries  established  by  the  order  of  the  commis- 
sion for  the  disposition  of  the  territory  of  the  elementary  district  for  high 
school  districting  purposes.   The   provisions   of   this   section   shall    not   be 

85 


75-6524  SCHOOLS 

used  in  elementary  districts  that  have  approved  high  school  boundaries 
under  the  provisions  of  section  75-6522. 

When  the  county  superintendent  receives  a  valid  petition  from  an 
elementary  district,  he  shall,  within  ten  (10)  days  after  the  receipt  of  such 
petition,  and  as  provided  by  section  75-6423,  order  the  trustees  of  such 
elementary  district  to  call  an  election  to  consider  the  higli  school  boundary 
counter  proposition  described  in  such  petition.  The  trustees  shall  call  and 
conduct  the  election  in  the  manner  prescribed  in  this  Title  for  school  elec- 
tions. An  elector  who  may  vote  on  the  proposition  shall  be  qualified  to  vote 
under  the  provisions  of  section  75-6-410.  If  a  majority  of  the  electors  voting 
at  the  election  approve  the  counter-proposition,  the  high  school  boundaries 
described  by  the  counter-proposition  shall  be  approved,  and  tlie  order  of 
the  high  school  boundary  commission  shall  be  amended  to  establish  such 
liigh  school  boundaries.  If  a  majority  of  the  electors  voting  at  such  elec- 
tion disapprove  the  counter-proposition,  the  order  of  the  high  school  boun- 
dary commission  shall  be  confirmed  and  shall  be  final. 

History:  En.  75-6523  by  Sec.  182,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-6524.  High  school  district  abandonment.  Within  six  (6)  months 
after  a  high  school  district  fails  to  operate  an  accredited  high  school  within 
its  boundaries  for  a  period  of  one  (1)  year,  the  county  superintendent 
shall  order  the  high  school  district  abandoned.  At  least  twenty  (20)  days 
before  issuing  an  abandonment  order,  the  county  superintendent  shall  noti- 
fy the  trustees  of  the  high  school  district  of  the  impending  abandonment. 
When  the  order  is  issued,  the  county  superintendent  also  shall  order  the 
attachment  of  the  territory  of  each  elementary  district  of  the  abandoned 
high  school  district  to  another  high  school  district  or  districts  of  the  coun- 
ty. 

History:  En.  75-6524  by  Sec.  183,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-6525.    Limitations   for  organization  of  joint   high   school   district. 

The  boundaries  of  any  high  school  district  which  encompass  a  county's 
portion  of  a  joint  elementary  district  where  an  elementary  school  is  oper- 
ated may  be  changed  to  establish  a  joint  high  school  district.  Such  high 
school  district  boundary  change  shall  be  a  transfer  of  all  tlie  territory 
located  in  another  county's  portion  of  the  same  joint  elementary  district. 
No  such  boundary  change  shall  be  made  when  : 

(1)  the  territory  transfer  would  reduce  the  taxable  value  of  the 
taxable  property  of  another  high  school  district  to  less  than  seven  hundred 
fifty  thousand  dollars  ($750,000)  ;  or 

(2)  a  portion  of  the  territory  to  be  transferred  is  less  than  three  (3) 
miles  from  an  operating,  accredited  high  school  located  in  another  high 
school  district. 

History:  En.  75-6525  by  Sec.  184,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-6526.  Procedure  for  organization  of  joint  high  school  district. 
The  high  school  district  boundary  changes  permitted  under  section  75-6525 

86 


SCHOOL   DISTRICT   ORGANIZATION  75-6538 

shall  be  made  according  to  the  following  procedure  : 

(1)  A  majority  of  the  electors  of  a  joint  elementary  district  who  are 
qualified  to  vote  under  the  provisions  of  section  75-6410  and  who  reside 
in  a  county  where  the  elementary  school  is  not  located  may  petition  the 
county  superintendent  of  their  resident  county  to  transfer  the  territory 
of  the  joint  elementary  district  where  they  reside  to  establish  a  joint  high 
school  district.  Such  petition  also  shall  state  the  reasons  for  requesting 
such  a  boundary  change  and  the  number  of  high  school  pupils  residing  in 
the  territory. 

(2)  When  the  county  superintendent  receives  a  valid  petition  re- 
questing the  establishment  of  a  joint  high  school  district,  he  shall  set  a  time, 
date,  and  place  for  a  public  hearing  on  the  request  which  is  not  more  than 
forty  (40)  days  after  the  receipt  of  the  petition.  He  shall  give  notice  of 
such  hearing  in  accordance  with  the  election  requirements  for  school 
election  notices  prescribed  by  school  election  provisions  of  this  Title.  The 
county  superintendent  shall  also  notify  the  county  superintendent  of  the 
county  where  the  higli  school  is  located  and  the  trustees  of  the  high  scliool 
district. 

(3)  The  county  superintendent  shall  hear  the  request  to  change  tlie 
high  school  district  boundaries  at  the  place,  time,  and  date  set  for  tlie 
hearing,  and  any  interested  person  may  appear  and  be  heard  on  the  request. 
If  the  county  superintendent  deems  it  advisable  and  in  the. best  interests  of 
the  residents  of  the  territory  to  be  transferred,  he  shall  grant  the  peti- 
tioned request  and  order  the  change  of  high  school  boundaries  to  estab- 
lish a  joint  high  school  district.  Otherwise,  he  shall,  by  order,  deny  the  re- 
quest. 

(4)  If  the  county  superintendent  orders  the  establishment  of  a  joint 
high  school  district,  he  shall  immediately  send  the  order  to  the  count}'  su- 
perintendent of  the  county  where  the  high  school  is  located.  If  the  county 
superintendent  of  such  county  approves  the  order,  he  sliall  send  such  order 
to  the  trustees  of  the  high  school  district.  If  the  trustees  approve  the  order, 
tlie  boundary  change  shall  become  effective.  Witliout  the  approval  of  sucli 
county  superintendent  and  trustees,  the  boundary  change  shall  fail. 

(5)  At  any  time  within  thirty  (30)  daj'S  after  the  date  of  the  county 
superintendent's  order  to  grant  or  deny  the  request  to  establisli  a  joint 
high  school  district,  an  appeal  may  be  made  to  the  board  of  count}'  com- 
missioners of  the  county  in  which  the  petition  originated.  The  board  of 
county  commissioners  sliall  conduct  a  hearing  for  tlie  appeal,  and  their 
decision  shall  be  final,  subject  to  the  approvals  required  by  subsection 
(4). 

History:  En.  75-6526  by  Sec.  185,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-6538.  County  high  school  unification.  Any  county  high  school  may 
be  unified  with  the  elementary  district  where  the  county  high  school  build- 
ing is  located  to  establish  a  unified  school  system  under  a  unified  board  of 
trustees.  If  the  county  has  not  been  divided  into  high  scliool  districts,  a 
liigh  school  district  witli  boundaries  coterminous  witli  tiie  county  bounda- 

87 


75-6538  SCHOOLS 

ries  shall  be  created,  except  that  such  liigh  school  district  shall  not  include 
the  territory  of  any  existing  joint  higli  school  district  located  in  the  county. 
The  territory  of  au  existing  joint  liigh  school  district  shall  remain  a  part 
of  such  joint  high  school  district.  The  creation  of  high  scliool  districts 
under  this  provision  shall  be  in  lieu  of  the  high  school  district  division 
provisions  of  section  75-6520. 

A  proposition  to  unify  a  county  high  school  with  the  elementary  district 
where  the  county  high  school  building  is  located  shall  be  introduced 
whenever : 

(1)  the  trustees  of  the  county  high  school  and  tlie  trustees  of  the  ele- 
mentary district  individually  pass  resolutions  requesting  the  county  super- 
intendent to  order  an  election  to  consider  a  unification  proposition ;  or 

(2)  not  less  than  twenty  per  cent  (20%)  of  the  electors  of  the  county 
or,  if  the  county  has  been  divided  into  high  school  districts,  the  electors  of 
the  high  school  district  where  the  county  high  school  is  located,  and  who 
are  qualified  to  vote  under  the  provisions  of  section  75-6410,  petition  the 
county  superintendent  to  order  an  election  to  consider  a  unification  proposi- 
tion. 

When  the  county  superintendent  has  received  the  trustees'  resolutions 
or  a  valid  petition,  he  shall,  within  ten  (10)  days  after  the  receipt  of  the 
last  resolution  or  petition  and  under  the  provisions  of  section  75-6406,  order 
the  county  high  school  to  call  an  election  to  consider  a  unification  prop- 
osition. The  trustees  of  the  county  high  school  shall  call  and  conduct  an 
election  in  the  manner  prescribed  in  this  title  for  school  elections.  An 
elector  who  may  vote  on  the  unification  proposition  shall  be  qualified  to 
vote  under  the  provisions  of  section  75-6410.  The  ballot  for  a  county  high 
school  unification  proposition  shall  be  substantially  in  the  following  form : 


OFFICIAL  BALLOT 

COUNTY  HIGH  SCHOOL  UNIFICATION 
ELECTION 

Shall   County   High    School    be    unified    with    District    No. 

,  County  to  establish  a  unified  school  system  under  a 

unified  board  of  trustees? 

□     FOR  the  unification  of  the  county  high  school. 

n     AGAINST  the  unification  of  the  county  high  school. 

When  the  county  superintendent  receives  the  election  certificate  from 
the  trustees  of  the  county  high  school,  he  shall  issue  an  order  declaring 
the  unification  of  the  county  high  school  with  the  elementary  district  iden- 
tified on  the  ballot  as  of  tlie  next  succeeding  July  1,  if  a  majority  of  those 
electors  voting  at  such  election  have  voted  for  the  unification  proposition. 

If  a  majority  of  those  electors  voting  at  the  election  have  voted  against 
the  unification  proposition,  he  shall  order  the  disapproval  of  the  unification 
proposition. 

History:    En.  75-C538  by  Sec.  197,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

88 


SCHOOL   DISTRICT   ORGANIZATION  75-6539 

75-6539.     Transactions  after  approved  county  high  school  unification. 

Whenever  a  county  high  school  is  unified  witli  the  elementary  district 
where  the  county  high  school  building  is  located,  the  following  transac- 
tions shall  be  completed  on  or  before  the  first  of  July  when  the  unification 
becomes  effective : 

(1)  The  high  school  boundary  commission,  without  the  approval  of 
the  superintendent  of  public  instruction,  sliall  order  the  creation  of  a  high 
school  district  if  the  county  has  not  already  been  divided  into  high  school 
districts. 

(2)  The  county  high  school  trustees,  who  shall  not  have  the  capacity 
to  govern  the  high  school  district  upon  unification,  shall  surrender  all 
minutes,  documents  and  other  records  of  the  county  high  school  to  the  trus- 
tees of  the  high  school  district. 

(3)  The  county  superintendent  shall  order  the  establishment  of  addi- 
tional high  school  trustee  nominating  areas  in  the  manner  prescribed  in 
sections  75-5903  and  75-5904,  if  requested  to  do  so  by  a  majority  of  the 
outlying  elementary  districts  located  in  the  high  school  district.  AVhen  the 
county  superintendent  establishes  such  areas,  he  shall  appoint  additional 
high  school  district  trustees  from  each  area  who  shall  hold  office  until  a 
successor  is  elected  at  the  next  regular  school  election  and  qualified. 

(4)  The  county  treasurer,  after  allowing  for  any  outstanding  or 
registered  warrants,  shall  transfer  all  end-of-the-year  fund  cash  balances 
of  the  county  high  school  to  similar  funds  established  for  the  high  school 
district.  All  previous  years'  taxes  levied  and  collected  for  the  county  high 
school  shall  be  credited  to  the  appropriate  fund  of  the  high  school  district. 

(5)  The  board  of  county  commissioners  shall  execute,  in  the  name  of 
the  county,  all  necessary  and  appropriate  deeds,  bills  of  sale  and  other 
instruments  for  the  conveyance  of  title  to  all  real  and  personal  property 
of  the  county  high  school,  including  all  appurtenances  and  hereditaments, 
to  the  high  school  district. 

All  county  high  school  bonds  outstanding  at  the  time  of  unification 
shall  remain  the  obligation  of  the  county  or  that  portion  of  the  county 
against  which  the  bonds  were  originally  issued.  The  high  school  district 
shall  be  responsible  for  the  maintenance  of  the  debt  service  fund  for  such 
bonds.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  board  of  county  commissioners  and  the 
trustees  of  the  high  school  district  to  perform  the  duties  prescribed  in  the 
school  budgeting  and  bond  redemption  provisions  of  this  title  for  the  re- 
demption and  interest  payments  of  the  county  high  school  bonds  in  the 
same  manner  and  by  the  same  means  as  though  the  county  high  school  had 
not  been  unified. 

History:    En.  75-6539  by  Sec.  198,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 


CHAPTER  69 

STATE  EQUALIZATION  AID  TO  PUBLIC  SCHOOLS 

Section    75-6923.     Additional   lev}'   for   general   fund   and   election   for   aiitliorization   to 
impose. 

89 


75-6923  SCHOOLS 

75-6923.  Additional  levy  for  general  fund  and  election  for  authoriza- 
tion to  impose.  The  trustees  of  any  district  may  propose  to  adopt  a 
general  fund  biulf^et  in  excess  of  the  general  fund  budget  amount  for 
such  district  as  established  by  the  schedule  in  section  75-6905  for  any  of 
the  following  purposes : 

(1)  building,  altering,  repairing  or  enlarging  any  schoolhouse  of  the 
district ; 

(2)  furnishing  additional  school  facilities  for  the  district; 

(3)  acquisition  of  land  for  the  district ; 

(4)  proper  maintenance  and  operation  of  the  school  programs  of  the 
district. 

When  the  trustees  of  any  district  determine  that  an  additional  amount 
of  financing  is  required  for  the  general  fund  budget  that  is  in  excess  of  the 
statutory  schedule  amount,  the  trustees  shall  submit  the  proposition  of  an 
additional  levy  to  raise  such  excess  amount  of  general  fund  financing  to 
the  electors  who  are  qualified,  under  section  75-6410,  to  vote  upon  such 
proposition.  Such  special  election  shall  be  called  and  conducted  in  the  man- 
ner prescribed  by  this  Title  for  school  elections.  The  ballot  for  such  elec- 
tion shall  state  the  amount  of  money  to  be  raised  by  additional  property 
taxation,  the  approximate  number  of  mills  required  to  raise  such  money, 
and  the  purpose  for  which  such  money  will  be  expended,  and  it  shall  be 
in  the  following  format : 

PROPOSITION 

Shall  a  levy  be  made  in  addition  to  the  levies  authorized  by  law  in 
such  number  of  mills  as  may  be  necessary  to  raise  the  sum  of  (state  the 
amount  to  be  raised  by  additional  tax  levy),  and  being  approximately 
(give  number)  mills,  for  the  purpose  of  (insert  the  purpose  for  which  the 
additional  tax  levy  is  made)  ? 

n     FOR  the  additional  levy. 

D     AGAINST  the  additional  levy. 

If  the  election  on  any  additional  levy  for  the  general  fund  is  approved  by 
a  majority  vote  of  those  electors  voting  at  such  election,  the  proposition 
shall  carry  and  the  trustees  may  use  any  portion  or  all  of  the  authorized 
amount  in  adopting  the  preliminary  general  fund  budget.  The  trustees 
shall  certify  the  additional  levy  amount  authorized  by  such  a  special  elec- 
tion on  the  budget  form  that  is  submitted  to  the  county  superintendent 
and  the  county  commissioners  shall  levy  such  number  of  mills  on  the  tax- 
able value  of  all  taxable  property  within  the  district  as  prescribed  in 
section  75-6926,  as  are  required  to  raise  the  amount  of  such  additional 
levy. 

Authorization  to  levy  an  additional  tax  under  the  provisions  of  this 
section  shall  be  effective  for  only  one  school  fiscal  year  and  shall  be  author- 
ized by  a  special  election  conducted  before  the  first  day  of  August  of  the 
school  fiscal  year  for  which  it  is  effective.  Only  one  such  additional  levy 
for  the  maintenance  and  operation  of  the  school  programs  of  a  high  school 

90 


TRANSPORTATION   OF   PUPILS  75-7015 

district  may  be  imposed  by  a  high  school  district  in  a  given  school  fiscal 
year. 

History:    En.  75-6923  "by  Sec.  273,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971;  amd.  Sec.  7,  Ch.  83,  L.  1971. 


CHAPTER  70 

SCHOOL  BUSES  AND  TRANSPORTATION  OF  PUPILS 
Section    75-7015.     Duties  of  the  county  tranef)ortation  committee. 

75-7015.  Duties  of  the  county  transportation  committee.  It  shall  be 
the  duty  of  the  connty  transportation  committee  to : 

(1)  establish  the  transportation  service  areas  within  the  county,  with- 
out regard  to  district  boundary  lines,  which  will  define  the  geographic 
area  of  responsibility  for  school  bus  transportation  for  each  district  that 
operates  a  school  bus  transportation  program ; 

(2)  approve,  disapprove,  or  adjust  the  school  bus  routing  submitted 
by  the  trustees  of  each  district  in  conformity  with  the  transportation  serv- 
ice areas  established  in  subsection  (1)  ; 

(3)  approve,  disapprove,  or  adjust  applications,  approved  by  llie 
trustees,  for  increased  reimbursements  for  individnal  transportation  due 
to  isolated  conditions  of  the  eligible  transporteo's  residence;  and 

(4)  conduct  hearings  to  establish  tlie  facts  of  transportation  contro- 
versies which  have  been  appealed  from  the  decision  of  the  trustees,  and 
act  on  such  appeals  on  the  basis  of  the  facts  established  at  such  hearing. 

After  a  fact-finding  hearing  and  decision  on  a  transportation  contro- 
versy, the  trustees  or  a  patron  of  the  district  may  appeal  such  decision  to 
the  superintendent  of  public  instruction  who  shall  render  a  decision  on  the 
basis  of  the  facts  established  at  the  county  transportation  committee 
hearing. 

The  trustees  of  any  district  which  objects  to  a  particular  school  bus 
route  or  transportation  service  areas  to  which  it  has  been  assigned  may 
request  a  transfer  to  another  school  bus  route  or  transportation  service 
areas  to  which  it  has  been  assigned  may  request  a  transfer  to  another 
school  bus  route  or  transportation  service  area.  The  county  transportation 
committee  may  transfer  the  territory  of  such  district  to  an  adjacent 
district's  transportation  service  area  or  approved  school  bus  route  with 
the  consent  of  such  adjacent  district.  When  the  qualified  electors  of  tlie 
district  object  to  the  decision  of  the  county  transportation  committee 
and  the  adjacent  district  is  willing  to  provide  school  bus  service,  twenty 
per  cent  (20%)  of  the  qualified  electors,  as  prescribed  in  section  75-6410, 
may  petition  the  trustees  to  conduct  an  election  on  the  proposition  that 
the  territory  of  such  district  be  transferred  for  school  bus  transportation 
purposes  to  such  consenting,  adjacent  district.  When  a  satisfactory  petition 
is  presented  to  the  trustees,  the  trustees  shall  call  an  election  in  accord- 
ance with  section  75-6406  for  the  next  ensuing  regular  school  election  day. 
Such  election  shall  be  conducted  in  accordance  with  the  school  election 
laws.  If  a  majority  of  those  voting  at  such  election  approve  the  transfer, 

91 


75-7109  SCHOOLS 

it  shall  become  effective  on  the  first  day  of  July  of  the  ensuing  school  fiscal 
year. 

Unless  a  transfer  of  a  district  from  one  transportation  service  area  or 
approved  school  bus  route  to  another  such  area  or  route  is  approved  by 
the  county  transportation  committee  and  tlie  superintendent  of  public  in- 
struction, the  state  transportation  reimbursement  shall  be  limited  to  the 
reimbursement  amount  for  scliool  bus  transportation  to  the  nearest  oper- 
ating public  elementary  school  or  public  high  school,  whichever  is  appro- 
priate for  the  affected  pupils. 

History:  En.  75-7015  by  Sec.  292,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

CHAPTER  71 
SCHOOL  DISTEICT  AND  COUNTY  SCHOOL  BONDS 

Section   75-7109.     Eefunding  bonds  may  be  issued  without  an  election. 

75-7110.  Election  required  to  authorize  the  issuance  of  school  district  bonds 
and  the  methods  of  introduction. 

75-7111.     Additional  requirements  for  trustees  resolution  calling  bond  election. 

75-7112.  Form,  contents  and  circularization  of  petition  proposing  school 
district  bond  election. 

75-7113.     Validation  of  petition  and  county  registrar's  certificate. 

75-7114.     Trustees'  consideration  of  validated  petition  proposing  bond  election. 

75-7115.     Preparation  and  form  of  ballots  for  bond  election. 

75-7116.     Notice  of  bond  election  by  separate  purpose. 

75-7117.  Determination  of  approval  or  rejection  of  proposition  at  bond  elec- 
tion. 

75-7118.     Trustees  resolution  to  issue  school  district  bonds. 

75-7134.     Purposes  and  petition  for  county  high  scliool  bonds. 

75-7135.  Duty  of  board  of  county  commissioners  to  call  election  and  issue 
bonds. 

75-7136.  Proration  of  county  bond  proceeds  between  high  schools  of  the 
county. 

75-7109.  Refunding  bonds  may  be  issued  without  an  election.  Bonds 
of  a  school  district  issued  for  the  purpose  of  providing  the  money  needed 
to  redeem  outstanding  bonds  may  be  issued  without  submitting  the  propo- 
sition to  the  electorate  at  an  election.  In  order  to  issue  bonds  for  such 
purpose,  the  trustees,  at  a  regular  meeting  or  a  duly  called  special  meet- 
ing, shall  adopt  a  resolution  setting  forth  : 

(1)  the  facts  regarding  the  outstanding  bonds  that  are  to  be  redeemed; 

(2)  the  reasons  for  issuing  new  bonds ;  and 

(3)  the  term  and  details  of  the  new  bond  issue. 

After  the  adoption  of  such  resolution,  the  trustees  shall  give  notice  of  the 
sale  of  such  new  bonds  in  the  same  manner  that  notice  is  required  to  be 
given  for  the  sale  of  bonds  authorized  at  a  school  election.  Such  new 
bonds  shall  be  sold  in  open  competitive  bidding,  by  written  bids,  or  by 
sealed  bids.  Bonds  shall  not  be  refunded  by  the  issuance  of  new  bonds 
unless  the  rate  of  interest  offered  on  the  new  bonds  is  at  least  one-half 
(l^)  of  one  per  cent  (1%)  per  annum  less  than  the  rate  of  interest  in  the 
bonds  to  be  refunded  or  redeemed. 


History:  En.  75-7109  by  Sec.  310,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 


92 


SCHOOL   DISTRICT  AND   COUNTY   SCHOOL  BONDS  75-7112 

75  7110.  Election  required  to  authorize  the  issuance  of  school  district 
bonds  and  the  methods  of  introduction.  A  school  district  shall  not  issue 
bonds  for  any  purpose  other  than  that  provided  in  section  75-7109  unless 
the  issuance  of  bonds  has  been  authorized  by  the  qualified  electors  of  the 
school  district  at  an  election  called  for  the  purpose  of  considering  a  proposi- 
tion to  issue  such  bonds.  A  school  district  bond  election  shall  be  called  by 
a  resolution  as  prescribed  under  the  provisions  of  section  75-6406  when  : 

(1)  the  trustees,  of  their  own  volition,  adopt  a  resolution  to  that 
effect;  or 

(2)  the  trustees  have  received  a  petition  which  asks  that  an  election 
be  held  to  consider  a  bond  proposition  and  which  has  been  validated  under 
the  provisions  of  section  75-7114. 

History:  En.  75-7110  by  Sec.  311,  Ch.  5,  Cross-References 

L.  1971.  County   school   bond   issues,   election  re- 

quired, sec.  75-7135. 

School  elections,  sec.  75-6401  et  seq. 

75-7111.  Additional  requirements  for  trustees  resolution  calling  bond 
election.  In  addition  to  the  requirements  for  calling  an  election  that  are 
prescribed  in  sections  75-6406  and  75-6408,  the  trustees'  resolution  calling 
a  school  district  bond  election  shall : 

(1)  fix  the  exact  amount  of  the  bonds  proposed  to  be  issued,  which 
may  be  more  or  less  than  the  amounts  estimated  in  a  petition ; 

(2)  fix  the  maximum  number  of  years  in  which  the  proposed  bonds 
would  be  paid ;  and 

(3)  in  the  case  of  initiation  by  a  petition,  state  the  essential  facts 
about  the  petition  and  its  presentation. 

History:  En.  75-7111  by  Sec.  312,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-7112.  Form,  contents  and  circularization  of  petition  proposing 
school  district  bond  election.  Any  petition  for  the  calling  of  an  election 
on  the  proposition  of  issuing  school  district  bonds  shall : 

(1)  plainly  state  each  purpose  of  the  proposed  bond  issue  and  the 
estimated  amount  of  the  bonds  that  would  be  issued  for  each  purpose ; 

(2)  be  signed  by  not  less  than  twenty  per  cent  (20%)  of  the  school 
district  electors  qualified  to  vote  under  the  provisions  of  section  75-6410 
in  order  to  constitute  a  valid  petition ; 

(3)  be  a  single  petition  or  it  may  be  composed  of  more  than  one  peti- 
tion, all  being  identical  in  form,  and  after  being  circulated  and  signed  they 
shall  be  fastened  together  to  form  a  single  petition  when  submitted  to  the 
county  registrar; 

(4)  be  circulated  by  any  one  or  more  qualified  electors  of  the  school 
district ;  and 

(5)  contain  an  affidavit  of  each  registered  elector  circulating  a  peti- 
tion attached  to  the  portion  of  the  petition  he  circulated.  Such  affidavit 
shall  attest  to  the  authenticity  of  the  signatures  and  that  the  signers  knew 
the  contents  of  the  petition  at  the  time  of  signing  it. 

History:  En.  75-7112  by  Sec.  313,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971;   amd.  Sec.  8,  Ch.  83,  L.   1971. 

93 


75-7113  SCHOOLS 

75-7113.  Validation  of  petition  and  county  registrar's  certificate.  The 
petitioners  for  a  school  district  bond  election  shall  submit  their  petition 
to  the  county  registrar  of  the  county  where  the  school  district  is  located 
for  validation  of  the  signatures  on  the  petition.  The  county  registrar  shall 
examine  the  petition  and  shall  attach  or  endorse  thereon  a  certificate  which 
shall  state : 

(1)  the  total  number  of  electors  of  the  school  district  who  are,  at 
the  time,  qualified  to  vote  under  the  provisions  of  section  75-6410 ; 

(2)  which  and  how  many  of  the  persons  whose  names  are  subscribed 
to  the  petition  possess  the  qualifications  to  vote  on  a  bond  proposition ; 
and 

(3)  whether  the  number  of  qualified  signers  established  in  subsec- 
tion (2)  is  more  or  less  than  twenty  per  cent  (20%)  of  the  total  number 
of  qualified  electors  established  in  subsection  (1). 

After  completing  the  examination,  the  county  registrar  shall  immedi- 
ately send  the  petition  and  his  certificate  to  the  school  district.  The  county 
registrar  shall  not  receive  compensation  for  the  examination  of  school 
district  bond  petitions. 

History:  En.  75-7113  by  Sec.  314,  Ch.  5, 
L.   1971;    amd.  Sec.  9,  Ch.   83,  L.   1971. 

75-7114.  Trustees'  consideration  of  validated  petition  proposing  bond 
election.  When  a  school  district  receives  a  school  district  bond  petition 
from  the  county  registrar,  a  meeting  of  the  trustees  shall  be  called  for 
the  consideration  of  the  petition.  The  trustees  shall  be  the  judges  of  the 
adequacy  of  the  petition  and  their  findings  shall  be  conclusive  against 
the  school  district  in  favor  of  the  innocent  holder  of  bonds  issued  pursuant 
to  the  election  called  and  held  by  reason  of  the  presentation  of  such  peti- 
tion. The  petition  shall  be  valid  if  the  trustees  find  that  it  is  in  proper 
form  and  bears  the  signatures  of  not  less  than  twenty  per  cent  (20%)  of  tlie 
school  district  electors  Avho  are  qualified  to  vote  under  the  provisions  of 
section  75-6410. 

History:    En.  75-7114  by  Sec.  315,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971;  amd.  Sec.  10,  Ch.  83,  L.  1971. 

75-7115.     Preparation    and   form    of   ballots    for   bond    election.     The 

school  district  shall  cause  ballots  to  be  prepared  for  all  bond  elections,  and 
whenever  bonds  for  more  than  one  purpose  are  to  be  voted  upon  at  the 
same  election,  separate  ballots  shall  be  prepared  for  each  purpose.  All  such 
ballots  shall  be  substantially  in  the  following  form  : 

OFFICIAL  BALLOT 

SCHOOL  DISTRICT  BOND  ELECTION 

INSTRUCTIONS  TO  VOTERS:  Make  an  X  or  similar  mark  in  the 
vacant  square  before  the  words  "BONDS— YES"  if  you  wish  to  vote  for 
the  bond  issue ;  if  j^ou  are  opposed  to  the  bond  issue  make  an  X  or  similar 
mark  in  the  square  before  the  words  "BONDS — NO." 

Shall  the  board  of  trustees  be  authorized  to  issue  and  sell  bonds  of  this 

94 


SCHOOL   DISTRICT  AND  COUNTY   SCHOOL  BONDS  75-7116 

school  district  in  the  amount  of  dollars  ($ )  bearing  in- 
terest at  a  rate  not  more  than  seven  per  cent  (7%)  per  annum,  payable 

semiannually,  during  a  period  not  more  than  years,  for  the  purpose 

(here  state  the  purpose  the  same  way  as  in  the  notice  of  elec- 
tion). 

D     BONDS  —  YES. 

n    BONDS  — NO. 

History:  En.  75-7115  by  Sec.  316,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971;  amd.  Sec.  39,  Ch.  234,  L.  1971. 

75-7116.  Notice  of  bond  election  by  separate  purpose.  Any  school  dis- 
trict bond  election  shall  be  conducted  in  accordance  with  the  school  elec- 
tion provisions  of  this  Title  except  that  the  election  notice  required  therein 
shall  be  in  substantially  the  following  form : 

NOTICE  OF  SCHOOL  DISTRICT  BOND  ELECTION 

Notice  is  hereby  given  by  the  trustees  of  School  District  No of 

County,  state  of  Montana,  that  pursuant  to  a  certain  resolution 

duly  adopted  at  a  meeting  of  the  board  of  trustees  of  said  school  district 

held  on  the  day  of  ,  A.D.,  19 ,  and  election  of  the 

registered   electors   of   School   District   No —    of    County, 

state  of  Montana,  who  are  taxpayers  therein  and  whose  names  appear  on 
the  last  completed  assessment  roll  for  state,   county   and  school   district 

taxes  prior  to  the  holding  of  such  election,  will  be  held  on  the  day 

of ,  A.D.,  19 ,  at  for  the  purpose  of  voting  upon 

the  question  of  whether  or  not  the  trustees  shall  be  authorized  to  issue  and 

sell  bonds   of  said  school  district  in  the   amount   of  dollars 

($ ),  bearing  interest  at  a  rate  not  more  than  seven  per  cent  (7%) 

per  annum,  payable  semiannually,  for  the  purpose  of  (here 

state  purpose).  The  bonds  to  be  issued  will  be  either  amortization  or  serial 
bonds,  and  amortization  bonds  will  be  the  first  choice  of  the  board  of 
trustees.  The  bonds  to  be  issued,  whether  amortization   or  serial  bonds, 

will  be  payable  in  installments  over  a  period  not  exceeding  

(state  number)   years. 

The  polls  will  be  open  from  o'clock  m.  and  until   

o'clock m.  of  the  said  day. 

Dated  and  posted  this day  of ,  A.D.,  19 


Chairman  of  School  District  No. 

of County, 

State  of  Montana 

If  the  bonds  proposed  to  be  issued  are  for  more  than  one  purpose,  then 
each  purpose  shall  be  separately  stated  in  the  notice  together  with  the 
proposed  amount  of  bonds  therefor. 

History:  En.  75-7116  by  Sec.  317,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971;  amd.  Sec.  40,  Ch.  234,  L.  1971. 

95 


75-7117  SCHOOLS 

75-7117.  Determination  of  approval  or  rejection  of  proposition  at  bond 
election.  Wlien  the  Iriisteps  canvass  llie  vote  of  a  school  district  bond 
election  under  the  provisions  of  section  7-5-6423,  they  sliall  determine  the 
approval  or  rejection  of  the  school  bond  proposition  in  the  folloM^ing  man- 
ner: 

(1)  determine  the  total  number  of  electors  of  the  school  district  who 
are  qualified  to  vole  under  the  provisions  of  section  73-6410  from  the 
list  of  electors  supplied  by  the  county  registrar  for  such  school  bond 
election; 

(2)  determine  the  total  number  of  qualified  electors  who  voted  at  the 
school  bond  election  from  the  tally  sheet  or  sheets  for  such  election ; 

(3)  calculate  the  percentage  of  qualified  electors  voting  at  the  school 
bond  election  by  dividing  the  amount  determined  in  subsection  (2)  by  the 
amount  determined  in  subsection  (1)  ;  and 

(4)  when  the  calculated  percentage  in  subsection  (3)  is  forty  per 
cent  (40%)  or  more,  tlie  school  bond  proposition  shall  be  deemed  to  have 
been  approved  and  adopted  if  a  majority  of  the  votes  shall  have  been  cast 
in  favor  of  such  proposition,  otherwise  it  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been 
rejected ;  or 

(5)  when  the  calculated  percentage  in  subsection  (3)  is  more  than 
thirty  per  cent  (30%)  but  less  than  forty  per  cent  (40%),  the  school  bond 
proposition  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  approved  and  adopted  if  sixty 
per  cent  (60%)  or  more  of  the  votes  shall  have  been  cast  in  favor  of  such 
proposition,  otherwise  it  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  rejected;  or 

(6)  when  the  calculated  percentage  in  subsection  (3)  is  thirty  per 
cent  (30%)  or  less,  the  school  bond  proposition  shall  be  deemed  to  have 
been  rejected. 

If  the  canvass  of  the  vote  establishes  the  approval  and  adoption  of  the 
school  bond  proposition,  the  trustees  shall  issue  a  certificate  proclaiming  the 
passage  of  such  proposition  and  the  authorization  to  issue  bonds  of  the 
school  district  for  the  purposes  specified  on  the  ballot  for  such  school 
district  bond  election. 

History:  En.  75-7117  by  Sec.  318,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971;   amd.  Sec.  11,  Ch.  83,  L.  1971. 


75-7118.  Trustees  resolution  to  issue  school  district  bonds.  Within 
sixty  (60)  days  after  the  date  of  the  election  certificate  or  as  soon  there- 
after as  is  practical  in  the  judgment  of  the  trustees,  the  trustees  shall 
adopt  a  resolution  providing  for  the  issuance  of  bonds  of  the  school  dis- 
trict. Such  resolution  also  shall  specify : 

(1)  the  number  of  series  or  installments  in  which  the  bonds  are  to  be 
issued ; 

(2)  the  amount  of  bonds  to  be  issued ; 

(3)  the  maximum  rate  of  interest ; 

(4)  the  purpose  or  purposes  of  the  issue ; 

(5)  the  date  the  issue  will  bear ; 

(6)  the  period  of  time  through  which  the  issue  will  be  paid ; 

96 


SCHOOL   DISTRICT   AND    COUNTY    SCHOOL   BONDS  75-7135 

(7)  the  manner  of  execution  of  tlie  bonds ; 

(8)  that  amortization  bonds  will  be  preferred  but  also  fix  the  denomi- 
nation of  serial  bonds ;  and 

(9)  the  date  and  time  that  tlie  sale  of  tlie  bonds  shall  be  conducted. 

History:  En.  75-7118  by  Sec.  319,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 


75-7134.  Purposes  and  petition  for  county  high  school  bonds.  Any 
county  whero  a  county  hig:h  school  tliat  luis  not  been  placed  in  a  high 
school  district  is  located  ma}'  bocouie  indebted  by  tlie  issuance  of  bonds 
for  the  purposes  of: 

(1)  purchasing  or  er(>ctiiig  a  building  or  buildings  for  higli  school 
purposes; 

(2)  remodeling,  oiihirging,  or  repairing  a  building  or  buildings  for 
high  school  purposes; 

(3)  purchasing  equipment  for  high  school  purposes  ; 

(4)  purchasing,  erecting,  or  equipping  a  high  school  dormitory  or 
gymnasium ; 

(5)  purchasing  a  suitable  site  or  sites  for  such  high  school  building;  or 

(6)  refunding  or  redeeming  any  outstaiuling  bonds  originally  issued 
for  any  of  the  foregoing  purposes. 

In  order  to  initiate  any  bonding  proposition  for  the  above  purposes,  a 
petition  signed  by  not  less  than  twenty  per  cent  (20%)  of  the  electors 
of  the  county  who  are  qualified  under  section  75-6410  shall  be  presented  to 
the  trustees  of  the  county  high  school.  Such  petition  shall  request  the  sub- 
mission of  a  bond  proposition  to  the  qualified  electors  of  the  county,  and 
shall  specify  the  purpose  or  purposes  of  the  proposed  bond  issue  and  the 
amount  of  bonds  to  be  issued.  Such  petition  shall  conform  with  the  peti- 
tion requirements  prescribed  in  section  75-7112.  If  the  trustees  of  the 
county  high  school  approve  a  validated  petition  for  a  bond  proposition, 
they  shall  request  the  board  of  county  commissioiuM's  of  the  county  to 
submit  such  bond  proposition  to  the  qualified  electors  of  the  county. 

History:  En.  75-7134  by  Sec.  335,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971;   amd.  Sec.  12,  Ch.  83,  L.   1971. 


75-7135.  Duty  of  board  of  county  commissioners  to  call  election  and 
issue  bonds.  Immediately  upon  the  receipt  of  any  bond  proposition  re- 
quest from  the  trustees  of  the  county  high  school,  it  shall  be  the  dut}-  of 
the  board  of  countj'-  commissioners  to  submit  such  question  to  the  qualified 
electors  of  the  county  in  the  manner  otherwise  provided  by  law  for  the 
submission  of  the  proposition  of  the  issuance  of  other  county  bonds.  If  a 
majority  of  the  qualified  electors  of  the  county,  voting  upon  the  proposi- 
tion so  submitted,  shall  approve  such  issue,  then  the  board  of  county 
commissioners  shall  issue  and  market  the  bonds  authorized  as  in  the 
case  of  other  county  bonds. 

History:  En.  75-7135  by  Sec.  336,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

97 


75-7136  SCHOOLS 

75-7136.  Proration  of  county  bond  proceeds  between  high,  schools 
of  the  county.  In  any  county  where  a  county  high  school  is  located  and 
such  county  high  school  is  not  located  in  a  county  tliat  has  been  divided 
into  high  school  districts  and  another  high  school  is  maintained  by  an 
elementary  district  of  the  county,  bonds  of  the  county  may  likewise  be 
issued  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  sections  75-7134  and  75-7135. 
The  proceeds  of  such  issue  shall  be  divided  among  the  county  high  school 
and  the  districts  maintaining  a  high  school.  The  question  submitted  to  the 
electors  of  the  county  shall  state  the  amount  which  is  to  be  allotted  to  the 
county  high  school  and  the  amount  which  is  to  be  apportioned  to  or  among 
such  districts.  In  all  such  cases,  the  amount  allotted  to  the  county  high 
school  and  the  amount  to  be  apportioned  among  the  districts  shall  be  com- 
puted upon  the  basis  of  the  taxable  valuation  of  the  county  that  is  used 
for  county  high  school  property  taxation  purposes  and  the  taxable  valua- 
tion of  the  districts  maintaining  a  high  school.  Any  such  bond  moneys 
apportioned  to  a  district  shall  not  be  expended  until  the  purpose  for  the 
expenditure  has  been  approved  by  a  vote  of  the  qualified  electors  at  an 
election  held  in  the  same  manner  prescribed  for  a  school  district  bond 
election. 

History:  En.  75-7136  by  Sec.  337,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

CHAPTER  72 

ELEMENTAEY  TUITION  AND  SPECIAL  PURPOSE  FUNDS 
Section    75-7205.     Purpose  and  authorization  of  a  building  reserve  fund  by  an  election. 

75-7205.  Purpose  and  authorization  of  a  building  reserve  fund  by  an 
election.  The  trustees  of  any  district,  with  the  approval  of  the  qualified 
electors  of  the  district,  may  establish  a  building  reserve  for  the  purpose 
of  raising  money  for  the  future  construction,  equipping  or  enlarging  of 
school  buildings  or  other  buildings  needed  for  school  purposes  in  the  dis- 
trict. In  order  to  submit  to  the  qualified  electors  of  the  district  a  building 
reserve  proposition  for  the  establishment  of  or  addition  to  a  building  re- 
serve, the  trustees  shall  pass  a  resolution  that  specifies  : 

(1)  the  purpose  or  purposes  for  which  the  new  or  addition  to  tlie  build- 
ing reserve  will  be  used ; 

(2)  the  duration  of  time  over  which  the  new  or  addition  to  the  build- 
ing reserve  will  be  raised  in  annual,  equal  installments; 

(3)  the  total  amount  of  money  that  will  be  raised  during  the  duration 
of  time  specified  in  subsection  (2)  ;  and 

(4)  any  other  requirements  under  section  75-6406  for  the  calling  of 
an  election. 

The  total  amount  of  building  reserve  when  added  to  the  outstanding 
indebtedness  of  the  district  shall  not  be  more  than  five  per  cent  (5%) 
of  the  value  of  the  taxable  property  of  the  district.  Such  limitation  shall 
be  determined  in  the  manner  provided  in  section  75-7104.  A  building  reserve 
tax  authorization  shall  not  be  for  more  than  twenty  (20)  years. 

98 


EDUCATIONAL   CO-OPERATIVE   AGREEMENTS  75-7308 

The  election  shall  be  conducted  in  accordance  with  the  school  election 
laws  of  this  Title  and  the  electors  qualified  to  vote  in  the  election  shall  be 
qualified  under  the  provisions  of  section  75-6410.  The  ballot  for  a  building 
reserve  proposition  shall  be  substantially  in  the  following  form : 

OFFICIAL  BALLOT 

SCHOOL  DISTRICT  BUILDING  RESERVE  ELECTION 

INSTRUCTIONS  TO  VOTERS:  Make  an  X  or  similar  mark  in  the 
vacant  square  before  the  words  "BUILDING  RESERVE— YES"  if  you 
wish  to  vote  for  the  establishment  of  a  building  reserve  (addition  to  the 
building  reserve)  ;  if  you  are  opposed  to  the  establishment  of  a  building 
reserve  (addition  to  the  building  reserve)  make  an  X  or  similar  mark  in  the 
square  before  the  words  "BUILDING  RESERVE— NO." 

Shall  the  trustees  be  authorized  to  impose  an  additional  levy  each  year 
for  years  to  establish  a  building  reserve  (add  to  the  building  re- 
serve) of  this  school  district  to  raise  a  total  amount  of  dol- 
lars ($ ),  for  the  purpose (s)  (here  state  the  purpose  or 

purposes  for  which  the  building  reserve  will  be  used) . 

n     BUILDING  RESERVE— YES. 

n     BUILDING  RESERVE— NO. 

The  building  reserve  proposition  shall  be  approved  if  a  majority  of 
those  electors  voting  at  the  election  approve  the  establishment  of  or  addi- 
tion to  such  building  reserve.  The  annual  budgeting  and  taxation  authority 
of  the  trustees  for  a  building  reserve  shall  be  computed  by  dividing  the 
total  authorized  amount  by  the  specified  number  of  years.  The  authority 
of  the  trustees  to  budget  and  impose  the  taxation  for  the  annual  amount 
to  be  raised  for  the  building  reserve  shall  lapse  when,  at  a  later  time, 
a  bond  issue  is  approved  by  the  qualified  electors  of  the  district  for  the 
same  purpose  or  purposes  for  which  the  building  reserve  fund  of  the 
district  was  established.  Whenever  a  subsequent  bond  issue  is  made  for 
the  same  purpose  or  purposes  of  a  building  reserve,  the  money  in  the 
building  reserve  shall  be  used  for  such  purpose  or  purposes  before  any 
money  realized  by  the  bond  issue  is  used. 

History:    En.  75-7205  by  Sec.  344,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971;  amd.  Sec.  13,  Ch.  83,  L.  1971. 

CHAPTER  73 

PUBLIC  SCHOOL  FUND,  EDUCATIONAL  CO-OPERATIVE  AGREEMENTS 

AND  GRANTS  TO  SCHOOLS 

Section    75-7308.     Joint  interstate  school  agreements. 


75-7308.  Joint  interstate  school  agreements.  The  trustees  of  any  dis- 
trict adjacent  to  another  state  may  enter  into  a  contract  with  a  school  dis- 
trict in  such  adjoining  state  to  provide  for  the  joint  erection,  operation 
and  maintenance  of  school  facilities  for  both  districts  upon  such  terms 
and  conditions  as  may  be  mutually  agreed  to  by  such  districts  and  as  are  in 

99 


75-7406  SCHOOLS 

accord  with  this  section.  Any  such  contract  proposed  for  adoption  by  the 
trustees  shall  be  in  the  form  and  contain  only  terms  that  may  be  pre- 
scribed by  the  superintendent  of  public  instruction,  and  any  such  con- 
tract shall  be  approved  by  the  superintendent  of  public  instruction  be- 
fore it  is  considered  by  the  electors  of  the  district. 

Before  any  contract  negotiated  under  the  provisions  of  this  section 
shall  be  executed,  the  trustees  shall  call  an  election  under  the  provisions 
of  section  75-6406  and  submit  to  the  qualified  electors  of  the  district  the 
proposition  that  such  contract  be  approved  and  that  the  trustees  execute 
such  contract.  No  agreement  shall  be  valid  until  it  has  been  approved  at  an 
election.  The  electors  at  the  election  shall  be  qualified  to  vote  under  the 
provisions  of  section  75-6410  and  the  election  shall  be  conducted  under  the 
school  election  provisions  of  this  Title.  The  ballot  for  the  election  shall  be 
substantially  in  the  following  form : 

PROPOSITION 

SCHOOL  DISTRICT  NO , COUNTY 

Shall  the  trustees  of  this  district  be  authorized  and  directed  to  exe- 
cute the  proposed  contract  with  school  district  number  of  

county,  state  of ,  for  the  purpose  of  (insert  the  purpose  of  such 

contract) ? 

n  FOR  EXECUTION  OF  CONTRACT 

n  AGAINST  EXECUTION  OF  CONTRACT 

The  trustees  of  any  district  executing  a  contract  under  this  section 
shall  have  the  power  and  authority  to  levy  taxes  and  issue  bonds  for  the 
purpose  of  erecting  and  maintaining  the  facilities  authorized  by  this  sec- 
tion. Furthermore,  the  facilities  erected  or  maintained  under  this  section 
may  be  located  in  either  Montana  or  the  adjoining  state. 

History:    En.  75-7308  by  Sec.  363,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 


CHAPTER  74 

SCHOOL  TERMS  AND  HOLIDAYS 
Section    75-7406.     School  holidays. 

75-7406.     School  holidays.     Pupil   instruction   and   pupil-instruction-re- 
lated  days  shall  not  be  conducted  on  the  following  holidays : 

(1)  New  Year's  day  (January  1), 

(2)  Memorial  day  (last  Monday  in  May), 

(3)  Independence  day  (July  4), 

(4)  Labor  day  (first  Monday  in  September), 

(5)  Veterans'  day  (fourth  Monday  in  October), 

(6)  Thanksgiving  day  (fourth  Thursday  in  November), 

(7)  Christmas  day  (December  25), 

100 


COMMUNITY   COLLEGE    DISTRICTS  75-8105 

(8)  State  and  national  election  days  when  the  school  building  is 
used  as  a  polling  place  and  the  conduct  of  school  would  interfere  with  the 
election  process  at  the  polling  place. 

"When  these  holidays  fall  on  Saturday  or  Sunday,  the  preceding  Friday 
or  the  succeeding  Monday  shall  not  be  a  school  holiday. 

History:    En.  75-7406  by  Sec.  370,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 


CHAPTER  81 

COMMUNITY  COLLEGE  DISTRICTS 

Section   75-8104.  Requirements  for  organization  of  community  college  district. 

75-8105.  Petition  to  propose  organization  of  community  college  district. 

75-8106.  Call  of  community  college  district  organization  election  and  proposi- 
tion statement. 

75-8107.  Election  of  trustees,  districts  from  which  elected  and  terms  of  office. 

75-8108.  Call  for  nominations  of  trustee  candidates  and  notice. 

75-8109.  Nomination  of  candidates  and  provision  of  sample  ballot. 

75-8110.  Notice  of  organization  election. 

75-8111.  Conduct  of  election. 

75-8112.  Determination  of  approval  or  disapproval  of  proposition  and  sub- 
sequent procedures  if  approved. 

75-8113.  Qualifying  and  organization  of  board  of  trustees. 

75-8114.  Election  of  trustees  after  organization  of  community  college  district. 

75-8115.  Tabulation,   declaration   and   certification   of   elected   trustees. 

75-8116.  Vacancy  of  trustee  position. 

75-8125.  Annexation  of  territory  of  districts  to  community  college  district. 

75-8131.  Additional  levy  proposition — submission  to  electors. 


75-8104.     Requirements  for  organization  of  community  college  district. 

The  registered  electors  in  any  area  of  the  state  of  Montana  may  request 
an  election  for  the  organization  of  a  community  college  district  where  the 
proposed  community  college  district  conforms  to  the  following  require- 
ments : 

(1)  The  proposed  area  shall  coincide  with  the  then  existing  bounda- 
ries of  contiguous  elementary  districts  of  one  or  more  counties. 

(2)  The  assessed  valuation  of  tlie  proposed  area  is  at  least  thirty 
million  dollars  ($30,000,000). 

(3)  There  are  at  least  seven  hundred  (700)  pupils  regularly  enrolled 
in  public  and  private  high  schools  located  in  the  proposed  area. 

History:    En.  75-8104  by  Sec.  451,  Ch.  5, 
L. 1971. 

75-8105.  Petition  to  propose  organization  of  community  college  dis- 
trict.  When  the  area  of  a  proposed  community  college  district  satisfies 
the  specified  requirements,  the  registered  electors  of  the  area  may  petition 
the  regents  to  call  an  election  for  the  organization  of  a  community  college 
district.  Such  petition  shall  be  signed  by  at  least  twenty  per  cent  (20%) 
of  the  registered  electors  within  each  county  or  a  part  of  a  county  in- 
cluded in  the  area  of  tlie  proposed  community  college  district. 

History:    En.  75-8105  by  Sec.  452,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971;  amd.  Sec.  2,  Ch.  406,  L.  1971. 

101 


75-8106  SCHOOLS 

75-8106.  Call  of  community  college  district  organization  election  and 
proposition  statement.  A  petition  for  the  organization  of  a  community 
college  district  shall  be  presented  to  the  regents.  The  regents  shall  examine 
the  petition  to  determine  if  the  petition  satisfies  the  petitioning  and  com- 
munity college  district  organizational  requirements. 

If  the  regents  determine  that  the  petition  satisfies  such  requirements,  the 
regents  sliall  order  the  elementary  districts  encompassed  by  the  proposed 
community  college  district  to  conduct  an  election  on  the  community  col- 
lege district  organization  proposition.  Such  election  shall  be  held  on  the 
next  succeeding  regular  school  election  day,  except  that  an  election  re- 
quired by  a  petition  received  by  the  regents  less  than  sixty  (60)  days 
before  the  regular  school  election  day  shall  be  held  at  the  regular  school 
election  in  the  following  school  fiscal  year. 

At  such  election,  the  proposition  shall  be  in  substantially  the  following 
form : 

PROPOSITION 

Shall  there  be  organized  within  the  area  comprising  the  School  Districts 

of  (elementary  districts  shall  be  listed  by  county).   State  of 

Montana,  a  community  college  district  for  the  offering  of  13th  and  14th 

year  courses,  to  be  known  as  the  Community  College  District  of  , 

Montana,  under  the  provisions  of  the  laws  authorizing  community  college 
districts  in  Montana,  as  prayed  in  tlie  petition  filed  with  the  Board  of 
Regents  at  Helena,  Montana,  on  llie  day  of  ,  19 

□  For  organization 

□  Against  organization 

History:    En.  75-8106  by  Sec.  453,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971;  amd.  Sec.  3,  Ch.  406,  L.  1971. 

75-8107.  Election  of  trustees,  districts  from  which  elected  and  terms 
of  office.  The  regents  shall  provide  for  the  election  of  trustees  of  the 
proposed  community  college  district  at  the  election  held  for  the  approval 
of  its  organization.  Seven  (7)  trustees  shall  be  elected  at  large,  except 
that  should  there  be  in  such  proposed  community  college  district  one 
or  more  high  school  districts  or  part  of  a  high  school  district  within  the 
community  college  district  with  more  than  forty-three  per  cent  (43%) 
and  not  more  than  fifty  per  cent  (50%)  of  the  total  school  census  of  the 
proposed  district,  as  determined  by  the  last  school  census,  then  each  such 
district  or  part  of  district  shall  elect  three  (3)  trustees  and  the  remaining 
trustees  shall  be  elected  at  large  from  the  remainder  or  the  proposed  com- 
munity college  district.  Should  any  such  high  school  district  or  such  part 
of  a  high  school  district  have  more  than  fifty  per  cent  (50%)  of  the  total 
school  census  of  the  proposed  district,  then  four  (4)  trustees  shall  be  elect- 
ed from  such  high  school  district  or  such  part  of  high  school  district  and 
three  (3)  trustees  at  large  from  the  remainder  of  the  proposed  community 
college  district.  If  the  trustees  are  elected  at  large  throughout  the  entire 
proposed  community  college  district,  the  one  receiving  the  greatest  number 
of  votes  shall  be  elected  for  a  term  of  seven  (7)  years,  the  one  receiving 

102 


COMMUNITY   COLLEGE    DISTRICTS  75-8110 

the  next  greatest  number  of  votes,  for  a  term  of  six  (6)  years,  the  one 
receiving  the  next  greatest  number  of  votes,  for  a  term  of  five  (5)  years, 
the  one  receiving  the  next  greatest  number  of  votes  for  a  term  of  four  (4) 
years,  the  one  receiving  the  next  greatest  number  of  votes  for  a  term  of 
three  (3)  years,  the  one  receiving  the  next  greatest  number  of  votes  for 
a  term  of  two  (2)  years,  and  the  elected  one  receiving  the  least  number 
of  votes  for  a  term  of  one  (1)  year.  If  the  trustees  are  elected  in  any  man- 
ner other  than  at  large  throughout  the  entire  proposed  community  college 
district,  then  the  trustees  elected  shall  determine  by  lot  the  one  who  shall 
serve  for  seven  (7)  years,  the  one  who  shall  serve  for  six  (6)  years,  the 
one  who  shall  serve  for  five  (5)  years,  the  one  who  shall  serve  for  four 
(4)  years,  the  one  who  shall  serve  for  three  (3)  years,  the  one  who  shall 
serve  for  two  (2)  years,  and  the  one  who  shall  serve  for  one  (1)  year. 
Thereafter,  all  trustees  elected  shall  serve  for  terms  of  seven  (7)  years 
each. 

History:    En.  75-8107  by  Sec.  454,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971;  amd.  Sec.  4,  Ch.  406,  L.  1971. 

75-8108.     Call  for  nominations  of  trustee  candidates  and  notice.    A  call 

for  nominations  of  trustee  candidates  for  the  proposed  community  college 
district  shall  be  made  by  tlie  regents.  Notice  of  the  call  for  nominations 
shall  be  published  in  at  least  one  newspaper  of  general  circulation  in 
each  county  or  any  portion  of  a  county  included  in  the  proposed  com- 
munity college  district,  once  a  week  for  three  consecutive  weeks,  the  last 
insertion  to  be  no  less  than  five  weeks  prior  to  the  date  of  the  election. 
Such  notice  shall  describe  the  geographical  composition  of  the  board  of 
trustees  membership,  nomination  procedure,  and  the  proposal  for  the 
organization  of  a  community  college  district. 

History:    En.  75-8108  by  Sec.  455,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971;  amd.  Sec.  5,  Ch.  406,  L.  1971. 

75-8109.     Nomination   of   candidates   and   provision   of   sample   ballot. 

Nominations  of  candidates  for  the  trustee  positions  must  be  filed  with  the 
regents  at  least  thirty  (30)  days  prior  to  tlie  date  of  the  election.  Any 
five  qualified  electors  may  file  nominations  of  as  many  persons  as  are  to 
be  elected  to  the  board  of  trustees  of  the  proposed  community  college 
district  from  their  respective  community  college  trustee  election  areas.  The 
regents  shall  provide  the  trustees  of  each  district  ordered  to  conduct  the 
community  college  district  organization  election  with  a  sample  of  the 
ballot  for  the  election  of  the  board  of  trustees.  Such  sample  ballot  shall 
be  reproduced  by  the  trustees  in  a  sufficient  number  to  be  used  as  the 
trustee  election  ballot. 

History:    En.  75-8109  by  Sec.  456,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971;  amd.  Sec.  6,  Ch.  406,  L.  1971. 

75-8110.  Notice  of  org'anization  election.  Notice  of  the  community 
college  district  organization  election  and  the  accompanying  election  of  a 
board  of  trustees  for  the  proposed  community  college  district  shall  be  given 
by  the  regents  by  publication  in  at  least  one  newspaper  of  general  cir- 
culation in  each  county  or  any  portion  of  a  county  included  in  the  pro- 

103 


75-8111  SCHOOLS 

posed  community  college  district,  once  a  week  for  three  consecutive  weeks, 

the  last  insertion  to  be  no  more  than  one  week  prior  to  the  date  of  the 

election. 

History:  En.  75-8110  by  Sec.  457,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971;  amd.  Sec.  7,  Ch.  406,  L.  1971. 

75-8111.  Conduct  of  election.  The  election  for  the  organization  of 
the  community  college  district  and  the  election  of  trustees  for  such  com- 
munity college  district  shall  be  conducted,  in  accordance  with  the  school 
election  laws,  by  the  trustees  of  the  elementary  districts  ordered  to  call 
such  election.  The  cost  of  conducting  such  election  shall  be  borne  by  the 
districts. 

History:    En.  75-8111  by  Sec.  458,  Ch.  5,  Cross-Reference 

L.  1971.  Scliool    elections   generally,   sec.    75-6401 

el  seq. 

75-8112.  Determination  of  approval  or  disapproval  of  proposition  and 
subsequent  procedures  if  approved.  The  proposal  to  organize  the  com- 
munity college  district,  to  carry,  must  receive  a  majority  of  the  total 
number  of  votes  east  tliei-eoii  and  the  co-ordinator  of  community  college 
districts,  fr(»m  the  results  so  certified  and  attested,  shall  determine 
whether  tlie  proposal  has  received  the  majority  of  the  votes  cast  thereon 
for  eaeli  eovinty  within  tlie  proijosed  district  and  sliall  certify  the  results 
to  the  regents.  Approval  for  the  organization  of  a  new  community  college 
district  shall  be  granted  at  the  discretion  of  the  legislature  acting  ui)on 
the  recommendation  of  the  regents.  Should  the  certificate  of  the  co- 
ordinator of  community  college  districts  show  that  the  proposition  to 
organize  sueli  community  college  district  has  received  a  majority  of  the 
votes  cast  tliereon  in  each  county  within  tlie  ju-oposed  district,  the 
regents  may  make  an  order  deehiring  the  community  college  district  or- 
ganized and  cause  a  coj)y  thereof  to  be  recorded  in  the  ofifice  of  the  count}'' 
clerk  and  recorder  in  each  county  in  whicli  a  portion  of  such  new  district 
is  located.  If  the  proposition  carries,  tlie  regents  also  shall  determine 
which  candidates  have  been  elected  trustees.  Should  the  proposition  to 
organize  the  community  college  district  fail  to  receive  a  majority  of  the 
votes  cast  thereon,  no  tabulation  shall  be  made  to  determine  the  candidates 
elected  trustees. 

"Within  thirty  (30)  days  of  the  date  oP  tlie  organization  order,  the 
regents  sliall  set  a  date  and  call  an  organization  meeting  for  the  board  of 
trustees  of  the  community  college  district  and  shall  notify  the  duly 
elected  trustees  of  their  membership  and  of  the  organization  meeting. 
Such  notification  sliall  designate  a  temjiorary  chainnaii  and  secretary  for 
the  purposes   of  organization. 

History:  En.  75-8112  by  Sec.  459,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971;  amd.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  164,  L.  1971; 
amd.  Sec.  2,  Ch.  407,  L.  1971. 

75-8113.  Qualifying  and  organization  of  board  of  trustees.  Newly 
elected  members  of  the  board  of  trustees  of  the  community  college  district 
shall  be  qualified  by  taking  the  oath  of  office  prescribed  by  article  XIX, 
section   ],   of   tlie   constitution   of   Montana.    At   tlie   organization   meeting 

104 


COMMUNITY   COLLEGE    DISTRICTS  75-8115 

called  by  the  board  of  education,  the  board  of  trustees  shall  be  organized 
by  the  election  of  a  president  and  vice-president  and  a  secretary;  said 
secretary  may  be  or  may  not  be  a  member  of  the  board.  The  treasurer  of 
the  community  college  district  shall  be  the  count}'  treasurer  of  the  county 
in  which  the  community  college  facilities  are  located. 

History:    Ezi.  75-8113  by  Sec.  460,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-8114.  Election  of  trustees  after  organization  of  community  college 
district.  After  organization,  the  registered  electors  of  tlie  community  col- 
lege district  shall  vote  for  trustees  on  tlie  first  Saturday  in  April,  and  such 
elections  shall  be  conducted  by  the  component  elementary  school  districts 
Avithin  such  community  college  district  upon  the  order  of  the  board  of 
trustees  of  the  community  college  district.  Such  order  shall  be  transmitted 
to  the  appropriate  trustees  not  less  than  forty  (40)  days  prior  to  tlie  regular 
school  election  day. 

Notice  of  the  community  college  district  trustee  election  shall  be  given 
by  the  board  of  trustees  of  the  community  college  district  by  publication 
in  one  (1)  or  more  newspaper  of  general  circulation  within  each  county, 
not  less  than  once  a  week  for  two  (2)  consecutive  weeks,  the  last  insertion 
to  be  no  longer  than  one  (1)  week  prior  to  the  date  of  the  election.  This 
notice  shall  be  in  addition  to  the  election  notice  to  be  given  by  the  trustees 
of  the  component  elementary  districts  under  the  school  election  laws. 

Should  trustees  be  elected  other  than  at  large  throughout  the  entire 
district,  tlu^n  only  those  qualified  voters  within  the  area  from  which  the 
trustee  or  trustees  are  to  be  elected  shall  cast  their  ballots  for  the  trustee 
or  trustees  from  that  area.  All  candidates  for  the  office  of  trustee  shall  file 
thfu"r  declarations  of  candidacy  with  the  secretary  of  the  board  of  trustees 
of  the  community  college  district  not  less  thaji  thirty  (30)  days  prior  to 
the  date  of  election.  If  an  electronic  voting  system  or  voting  machines 
are  not  used  in  the  component  elementary  school  district  or  districts  which 
conduct  the  election,  then  the  board  of  trustees  of  the  community  college 
district  shall  cause  ballots  to  be  printed  and  distributed  for  the  polling 
places  in  such  component  districts  at  the  expense  of  the  community  college 
district,  but  in  all  other  respects  said  elections  shall  be  conducted  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  school  election  laws.  All  costs  incident  to  election  of  the 
community  college  trustees  shall  be  borne  by  the  community  college  dis- 
trict including  one-half  (%)  of  the  compensation  of  the  judges  for  the 
school  elections;  provided  that,  if  the  election  of  the  community  college 
district  trustees  is  the  only  election  conducted,  the  community  college  dis- 
trict shall  coMipensate  the  district  for  the  total  cost  of  the  election. 

History:    En.  75-8114  by  Sec.  461,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-8115.  Tabulation,  declaration  and  certification  of  elected  trustees. 
When  the  board  of  trustees  of  the  communitv  college  district  lias  received 
all  the  certified  results  of  the  election  from  the  component  elementary  dis- 
tricts, the  then  qualified  members  of  the  board  of  trustees  of  such  com- 
munity college  district  shall  tabulate  the  results  so  received,  shall  declare 
and  certify  tiie  candidate  or  candidates  receiving  the  greatest  number  of 

105 


75-8116  SCHOOLS 

votes  to  be  elected  to  the  position  or  positions  to  be  filled,  and  shall  de- 
clare and  certify  the  results  of  the  votes  cast  on  any  proposition  presented 
at  such  election. 

History:    En.  75-8115  by  Sec.  462,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-8116.  Vacancy  of  trustee  position.  Any  vacancy  of  a  trustee's 
position  shall  be  filled  by  appointment  by  the  remaining  trustees,  and  the 
person  appointed  shall  hold  office  until  the  next  regular  school  election 
day,  when  a  trustee  shall  be  elected  for  the  remainder  of  the  unexpired 
term. 

History:    En.  75-8116  by  Sec.  463,  Ch.  5. 
L.  1971. 

75-8125.  Annexation  of  territory  of  districts  to  community  college  dis- 
trict. Whenever  ten  per  cent  (10%)  of  the  registered  electors  of  an 
elementary  district  or  districts  of  one  county  petition  the  board  of 
trustees  of  a  community  college  district  for  annexation  of  the  territory 
encompassed  in  such  elementary  school  districts,  the  board  of  trustees 
of  the  community  college  district  shall  order  an  annexation  election  in 
the  area  defined  by  the  petition.  Such  election  shall  be  ordered  within 
sixty  (60)  days  of  the  receipt  of  the  petition. 

The  election  shall  be  conducted  in  the  proposed  area  for  annexation 
in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of  the  community  college  organiza- 
tion election  except  that  the  board  of  trustees  of  the  community  college 
shall  perform  the  requirements  of  the  board  of  education  and  there  shall 
not  be  an  election  of  the  board  of  trustees  of  the  community  college. 

The  proposition  on  tlie  ballot  sliall  be  as  follows: 

"Sliall  school  districts  be  annexed  to  and  become  a  part  of 

the  community  college  district  of Montana? 

□  For  Annexation 

□  Against  Annexation" 

To  carry,  tlie  proposals  to  annex  must  receive  a  majority  of  the  total  votes 
cast  thereon.  Upon  receipt  of  the  certified  results  of  the  election  from  the 
elementary  districts  encompassed  in  the  proposed  area  to  be  annexed,  the 
board  of  trustees  of  the  community  college  district  shall  canvass  tlie  vote 
and  declare  tlie  results  of  the  election.  If  tiie  annexation  proposition  carries, 
a  certified  copy  of  tlie  canvassing  resolution  shall  be  filed  in  the  office  of 
the  county  clerk  and  recorder  of  the  county  encompassing  the  area  to  be 
annexed  and  upon  such  filing,  the  area  to  be  annexed  shall  then  become  a 
part  of  the  community  college  district. 

History:    En.  75-8125  by  Sec.  472,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971;  amd.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  162,  L.  1971. 

75-8131.     Additional    levy    proposition  —  submission    to    electors.     The 

board  of  trustees  of  a  community  college  district  may  elect  to  adopt  a 
general  fund  budget  in  excess  of  the  budget  funded  by  the  legislature. 
When  the  board  of  trustees  i)ruposes  such  a  budget,  it  shall  submit  an 
additional  levy  proposition  to  the  electors  of  the  district.  The  additional 

106 


SCHOOL   SITES,   CONSTRUCTION  AND   LEASING  75-8203 

levy  proposition  shall  be  submitted  to  the  electorate  in  accordance  with 
general  school  election  laws. 

History:    En.  Sec.  5,  Ch.  401,  L.  1971.  Cross-Reference 

School  elections,  sec.  75-6401  et  seq. 

CHAPTER  82 
SCHOOL  SITES,  CONSTRUCTION  AND  LEASING 

Section  75-8201.     Trustees  power  over  property. 

75-8202.     Land  acquired  by  conditional   deed   or  at  will  or  sufferance. 
75-8203.     Selection  of  school  sites,  approval  election,  and  lease  of  state  lauds. 
75-8204.     Trustees    authority    to    acquire    or    dispose    of    sites    and    buildings, 

and  when  election  required. 
75-8205.     Trustees   may    sell   property    when    resolution    passed    after    hearing, 

and  appeal  procedure. 

75-8201.  Trustees  power  over  property.  The  trustees  of  any  district, 
other  than  a  high  school  district  operating  a  county  high  school,  shall 
have  the  power  and  the  responsibility  to  hold  in  trust  all  real  and  personal 
property  of  the  district  for  the  benefit  of  the  schools  and  children  of  the 
district.  In  the  name  of  the  county,  the  trustees  of  a  high  school  district 
operating  a  county  high  school,  as  defined  by  section  75-6501,  shall  have 
the  power  and  the  responsibility  to  hold  in  trust  all  real  and  personal 
property  of  the  district  for  the  benefit  of  the  schools  and  children  of  the 
district. 

History:    En.  75-8201  by  Sec.  473,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-8202.    Land  acquired  by  conditional  deed  or  at  will  or  sufferance. 

Whenever,  after  the  effective  date  of  chapter  206,  Laws  of  1939,  the  trustees 
acquire  land  by  deed  conditioned  upon  the  use  of  the  land  for  the  conduct 
of  school  or  related  activities  or  whenever  land  has  been  used  by  the  trus- 
tees at  the  will  or  sufferance  of  the  land's  owner  or  claimant  and  the  district 
has  constructed  buildings  or  made  other  improvements  on  the  land,  the 
owner  or  claimant  may  repossess  the  land  if  it  ceases  to  be  used  as  specified 
by  deed,  or  if  not  specified,  for  the  conduct  of  school  or  related  activities. 
However,  the  owner  or  claimant  shall  first  notify  the  trustees  in  writing 
of  his  intent  to  repossess  the  land,  and  the  trustees  shall  thereafter  have 
one  (1)  year  to  remove  any  buildings  or  improvements  placed  there  by 
the  district.  The  trustees  failure  to  remove  the  buildings  or  improvements 
within  that  time  shall  constitute  a  forfeiture  of  such  buildings  or  improve- 
ments. Before  the  owner  or  claimant  shall  have  the  right  to  give  notice  of 
repossession,  the  district's  intention  to  permanently  cease  using  the  land 
shall  have  been  established  by  resolution  of  the  trustees  and  vote  of  the 
district's  electors. 

History:    En.  75-8202  by  Sec.  474,  Ch.  5,  Compiler's  Note 

L.  1971.  Chapter  206,  Laws  of  1939,  referred  to 

at  the  beginning  of  this  section,  was  re- 
pealed by  Sec.  496,  Ch.  5,  Laws  1971. 

75-8203.  Selection  of  school  sites,  approval  election,  and  lease  of  state 
lands.     The  trustees  of  any  district  shall  have  the  authority  to  select  the 

107 


75-8204  SCHOOLS 

sites  for  school  buildings  or  for  other  school  purposes  but  such  selection 
shall  first  be  approved  by  the  qualified  electors  of  the  district  before  any 
contract  for  the  purchase  of  such  site  is  entered  into  by  the  trustees,  ex- 
cept the  trustees  shall  have  the  authority  to  purchase  or  otherwise  acquire 
property  contiguous  to  an  existing  site  that  is  in  use  for  school  purposes 
without  a  site  approval  election.  Furthermore,  the  trustees  may  take  an 
option  on  a  site  prior  to  tlie  site  approval  election. 

The  election  for  the  approval  of  a  site  sliall  be  called  under  tlie  provi- 
sions of  section  75-6406  and  shall  be  conducted  in  the  maimer  prescribed  by 
this  Title  for  school  elections.  An  elector  who  may  vote  at  a  school  site 
election  shall  be  qualified  to  vote  under  the  provisions  of  section  75-6410. 
If  a  majority  of  those  voting  at  the  election  approve  the  site  selection,  the 
trustees  shall  have  the  autliority  to  purcliase  such  sites.  A  site  approval 
election  shall  not  be  required  when  the  site  was  specifically  identified  in 
an  election  at  which  an  additional  levy  or  tlie  issuance  of  bonds  was  ap- 
proved for  the  purchase  of  such  site. 

Any  site  for  a  school  building  or  other  building  of  the  district  that  is 
selected  or  purchased  by  the  trustees  shall: 

(1)  be  in  a  place  that  is  convenient,  accessible  and  suitable ; 

(2)  comply  with  the  minimum  size  and  other  requirements  prescribed 
by  the  board  of  health  of  the  state  of  Montana ;  and 

(3)  comply  with  the  state-wide  building  regulations,  if  any,  promul- 
gated by  the  state  building  code  council. 

The  state  board  of  land  commissioners  shall  have  the  authority  to  sell, 
at  the  appraised  value,  or  to  lease  for  any  period  of  time  less  than  ninety- 
nine  (99)  years,  at  an  amount  of  one  dollar  ($1)  per  year,  to  a  district 
any  tract  of  state  land  of  not  more  than  ten  (10)  acres  to  be  used  as  a 
school  site  in  such  district. 

History:    En.  75-8203  by  Sec.  475,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-8204.  Trustees  authority  to  acquire  or  dispose  of  sites  and  build- 
ings, and  when  election  required.  The  trustees  of  any  district  shall  have 
the  authority  to  purchase,  build,  exchange,  or  otherwise  acquire  or  sell 
or  otherwise  dispose  of  sites  and  buildings  of  the  district.  Such  action 
shall  not  be  taken  by  the  trustees  without  the  approval  of  the  qualified 
electors  of  the  district  at  an  election  called  for  such  approval  unless : 

(1)  a  bond  issue  has  been  authorized  for  the  purpose  of  constructing, 
purchasing,  or  acquiring  the  site  or  building ; 

(2)  an  additional  levy  under  the  provisions  of  section  75-6923  has 
been  approved  for  the  purpose  of  constructing,  purchasing,  or  acquiring 
the  site  or  building ; 

(3)  the  cost  of  constructing,  purchasing,  or  acquiring  the  site  or  build- 
ing is  financed  without  exceeding  the  maximum-general-fund-budget-with- 
out-a-vote  amount  prescribed  in  section  75-6905,  and,  in  the  case  of  a  site 
purchase,  the  site  has  been  approved  under  the  provisions  of  section  75- 
8203 ;  or 

(4)  moneys  are  otherwise  available  under  the  provisions  of  this  Title 

108 


SCHOOL   SITES,   CONSTRUCTION   AND   LEASING  75-8205 

and  the  ballot  for  the  site  approval  for  such  building  incorporated  a  de- 
scription of  the  building  to  be  located  on  the  site. 

When  an  election  is  conducted  under  the  provisions  of  this  section,  it 
shall  be  called  under  the  provisions  of  section  75-6406  and  shall  be  con- 
ducted in  the  manner  prescribed  by  this  Title  for  school  elections.  An 
elector  qualified  to  vote  under  the  provisions  of  section  75-6410  shall 
be  permitted  to  vote  in  such  election.  If  a  majority  of  those  electors 
voting  at  the  election  approve  the  proposed  action,  the  trustees  may  take 
the  proposed  action. 

History:    En.  75-8204  by  Sec.  476,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 

75-8205.  Trustees  may  sell  property  when  resolution  passed  after  hear- 
ing, and  appeal  procedure.  Whenever  the  trustees  of  any  district  de- 
termine that  a  site,  building,  or  any  other  real  property  of  the  district  is 
or  is  about  to  become  abandoned,  obsolete,  undesirable,  or  unsuitable  for 
the  school  purposes  of  such  district,  the  trustees  may  sell  or  otherwise  dis- 
pose of  such  real  property  in  accordance  with  this  section  and  without 
conforming  to  the  provisions  of  section  75-8204. 

The  trustees  of  any  district  shall  adopt  a  resolution  stating  their  in- 
tention to  sell  or  otherwise  dispose  of  district  real  property  because  it  is 
or  is  about  to  become  abandoned,  obsolete,  undesirable,  or  unsuitable  for 
the  school  purposes  of  the  district.  When  such  a  resolution  is  adopted,  the 
trustees  shall  set  the  date  of  the  trustees  meeting  when  they  shall  consider 
the  adoption  of  a  resolution  to  authorize  the  sale  or  other  disposition  of 
such  real  property.  The  trustees  shall  cause  notices  to  be  posted  in  the 
manner  required  for  school  elections  that  state  the  text  of  the  resolution 
of  intention  to  sell  or  dispose  of  the  real  property  and  the  time,  date,  and 
place  when  the  resolution  authoi-izing  the  sale  or  other  disposition  will  be 
considered  for  adoption.  Any  elector  of  the  district  shall  have  the  right 
to  be  present  and  protest  tlio  passage  of  the  resolution.  If  the  trustees 
adopt  the  resolution  and  an  elector  has  protested  such  adoption  at  the  trus- 
tee meeting  conducted  for  tlie  liearing  on  tlie  resolution,  such  resolution 
shall  not  become  effective  for  five  (5)  days  after  the  date  of  its  adoption. 

Any  taxpayer  may  appeal  tlie  resolution  of  the  trustees,  at  any  time 
within  five  (5)  days  after  the  d;ite  of  the  resolution,  to  the  district  court 
by  filing  a  verified  petition  witli  1]ie  clerk  of  such  court  and  serving 
a  copy  of  such  petition  upon  the  district.  The  petition  shall  set  out  in  de- 
tail the  objections  of  the  petitioner  to  the  adoption  of  the  resoluion  or  to 
the  disposal  of  the  property.  The  service  and  filing  of  the  petition  shall 
stay  the  resolution  until  final  determination  of  the  matter  by  the  court. 
The  court  shall  iminediately  fix  the  time  for  a  hearing  at  the  earliest,  con- 
venient time.  At  the  liearing,  the  court  shall  hear  the  matter  de  novo  and 
may  take  testimony  as  it  deems  necessary.  Its  proceedings  shall  be  sum- 
mary and  informal,  and  its  decision  shall  be  final. 

The  trustees  of  a  district  that  has  adopted  a  resolution  to  sell  or  other- 
wise dispose  of  distric  treal  proix'rty  and,  if  appealed,  has  been  upheld 
by  the  court  shall  sell  or  dispose  of  such  real  property  in  any  reasonable 
manner  that  they  deterniine  to  be  in  the  best  interests  of  the  district. 

109 


75-8304  SCHOOLS 

The  moneys  realized  from  the  sale  or  disposal  shall  be  credited  to  the  debt 

service  fund,  building  fund,  general  fund,  or  any  combination  of  these  three 

funds,  at  the  discretion  of  the  trustees. 

History:    En.  75-8205  by  Sec.  477,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 


CHAPTER  83 

MISCELLANEOUS  PEOVISIONS 
Sectiou    75-8304.     Oath  of  office. 

75-8304.  Oath  of  office.  Any  person  elected  or  appointed  to  any  pub- 
lic office  authorized  by  this  Title  shall  take  the  oath  of  office  before  qualify- 
ing for  and  assuming  the  office.  In  case  an  officer  has  a  written  appointment 
or  commission,  his  oath  shall  be  endorsed  thereon ;  otherwise  it  may  be 
taken  orally ;  and,  in  either  case,  it  may,  without  charge  or  fee,  be  sworn  to 
before  an  officer  authorized  to  administer  oaths  for  such  public  office. 

History:    En.  75-8304  by  Sec.  488,  Ch.  5, 
L.  1971. 


110 


TITLE  84— TAXATION 

REFERENDUM  UPON  THE  1971  MONTANA  REVENUE  ACT 

Chapter  9,  2nd  Ex.  L.  1971,  enacted  "The  1971  Montana  Eevenue  Act,"  providing 
for  a  sales  tax  and  use  tax  in  lieu  of  a  portion  of  the  surtax  on  the  income  tax, 
subject  to  referendum  at  a  special  general  election  to  be  held  on  November  2,  1971. 
The  Title  of  the  Act  and  sections  42  and  43  read  as  follows: 

An  act  providing  for  a  referendum  to  be  submitted  to  the  electors  in  November 
1971  for  a  law  which  provides  for  the  levying  of  a  two  per  cent  (29f)  sales  and  use 
tax  to  support  state  government;  providing  for  the  administration  thereof  and  for 
penalty  in  case  of  violation  thereof;  providing  for  an  income  tax  refund  or  credit 
for  sales  and  use  tax  upon  food,  drugs  and  related  items;  providing  an  increase  in 
income  tax  surtax  to  forty  per  cent  (40%)  by  amending  section  84-4902.1,  R.  C.  M. 
1947,  for  calendar  year  1971  if  the  referendum  passes;  providing  for  the  continuance 
of  such  surtax  rate  to  December  31,  1972  if  the  referendum  fails;  providing  for  repeal 
of  acts  or  parts  of  acts  in  conflict  herewith  and  providing  effective  dates. 

*   »  » 

Section  42.  Referendum.  There  shall  be  a  referendum  upon  this  act  except  for  sections 
40  and  46  to  be  submitted  to  the  electors  of  this  state  at  a  special  general  election  to 
be  held  November  2,  1971  for  their  approval  or  rejection. 

Section  43.  The  referendum  shall  be  submitted  to  the  electors  on  an  official  ballot 
which  shall  contain  the  title  of  this  act  and  the  number  of  the  referendum.  The  ques- 
tion shall  be  presented  in  the  following  form: 

□  For  referendum  measure  no.  

For  reduction  of  the  40'^  Income  Tax  Surtax  to  10%  and  for  the  enactment  of  the 
2%  Sales  and  Use  tax, 

n  Against  referendum  measure  no.  

Against  reduction  of  the  40%    Income  Tax  Surtax  to  10%:  and  against  enactment 
of  the  2%   Sales  and  Use  Tax. 


Ill 


TITLE  89— WATERS  AND  IRRIGATION 


CHAPTER  34— CONSERVANCY  DISTRICTS 

Section    89-3405.     Action  by  water  board  upon  receipt  of  request. 

89-3407.     Feasibility  study  and  report — adjustment  of  proposed  boundaries, 

89-3405.  Action  by  water  board  upon  receipt  of  request.  (1)  Soon- 
er than  eleven  (11)  days  after  the  request  is  received,  the  water  board 
shall  acknowledge  the  request. 

(2)  The  water  board  shall  itself,  or  through  co-operating  agencies, 
or  together  with  co-operating  agencies  : 

(a)  consult  with  the  board  of  supervisors  and  all  persons  who  may- 
participate  in  the  proposed  project; 

(b)  conduct  a  preliminary  survey  of  the  proposed  district; 

(c)  estimate  costs  of  works,  maintenance,  and  operation ; 

(d)  determine  sources  of  financing; 

(e)  reach  a  tentative  decision  on  the  feasibility,  desirability  and 
compatability  with  the  state  water  plan  of  the  proposed  district; 

(f)  adjust  the  boundaries  of  the  proposed  district  to  improve  the 
feasibility,  desirability  or  consistency  with   the   state   water   plan ; 

(g)  sooner  than  one  (1)  year  after  receipt  of  the  request,  send  a  re- 
port of  the  preliminary  survey  to  the  applicants,  the  board  of  supervisors, 
fish  and  game  commission,  state  soil  conservation  committee,  state  board 
of  health,  and  other  affected  state  and  federal  resource  agencies  for  their 
comments. 

History:     En.  Sec.  5,  Ch.  100,  L.  1969;  Amendments 

amd.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  302,  L.  1971.  The    1971    amendment    increased    from 

six  months  to  one  year  the  time  allowed 
by  subdivision  (2)(g)  for  the  report  of 
preliminary  survey. 

89-3407.  Feasibility  study  and  report — adjustment  of  proposed  bound- 
aries. After  the  hearing,  the  applicants,  or  any  one  of  them,  may  re- 
quest the  water  board  to  prepare  a  detailed  feasibility  study  of  the  pro- 
posed district.  If  the  water  board  concludes  that  the  proposed  district 
is  feasible,  desirable,  and  consistent  with  the  state  water  plan,  it  shall 
prepare  a  feasibility  report,  and  sooner  than  one  (1)  year  after  receipt  of 
the  request,  send  copies  to  the  applicants,  if  any,  the  fish  and  game  com- 
mission, state  soil  conservation  committee,  state  board  of  health,  and 
other  affected  state  and  federal  water  resource  agencies.  For  good  cause 
shown  based  upon  the  actual  technical  problems  in  completing  the  report, 
the  water  board  may  use  necessary  additional  time  to  complete  and  dis- 

113 


89-3407  WATERS   AND    IRRIGATION 

tribute  the  report.  The  detailed  feasibility  report  shall  describe  the  pro- 
posed works  and  contain  an  estimate  of  the  cost  of  the  works,  the  means 
of  financing,  and  the  estimated  costs  of  operation  and  maintenance.  The 
water  board  may  adjust  the  boundaries  of  the  proposed  district  to  improve 
the  feasibility,  desirability  and  consistency  with  the  state  water  plan, 
and  to  exclude  land  which  would  receive  no  direct  or  indirect  benefits 
from  the  proposed  district. 

History:     En.  Sec.  7,  Ch.  100,  L.  1969;      allowed   for  the   feasibility   report   by   the 
amd.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  303,  L.  1971.  second   sentence   from   six  months   to  one 

Amendments 

The  1971  amendment  increased  the  time 


114 


TITLE  93— CIVIL  PROCEDURE 

CHAPTER  26— LIMITATION  OF  OTHER  ACTIONS 

Section  93-2612.     Actions  relating  to  bond  issues,  time  for  bringing. 


93-2612.     (9040)    Actions   relating  to   bond   issues,   time   for   bringing. 

No  action  can  be  brought  for  the  purpose  of  restraining  the  issuance  and 

sale  of  bonds  or  other  obligations  by  the  state  of  Montana  or  any  school 

district,   county,  city,   town,   or  political   subdivision   of   the   state,   or  for 

the  purpose  of  restraining  the  levy  and  collection  of  taxes  for  the  payment 

of   such   bonds   or   other   obligations,   after   the    expiration    of   sixty    (60) 

days  from  the  date  of  the  election  on   such  bonds   or  obligations   or,   if 

no  election  was  held  thereon,  after  the  expiration  of  sixty  (60)  days  from 

the  date  of  the  order,   resolution   or  ordinance   authorizing  the   issuance 

thereof,  on  account  of  any  defect,  irregularity,  or   informality   in   giving 

notice  of  or  not  holding"  the  election ;  nor  shall  any  defense  based  upon 

any  such  defect,  irregularity,  or  informality  be  interposed  in  any  action 

unless  brought  within  this  period.    This  section  applies  but  is  not  limited 

to  any  action  and  defense  in  which  the  issue  is  raised  whether  a  voted 

debt  or  liability  has  carried  by  the  required  majority  vote  of  the  electors 

qualified  and  offering  to  vote  thereon. 

History:  En.  Sec.  1,  Ch.  114,  L.  1919; 
re-en.  Sec.  9040,  R.  C.  M,  1921;  amd.  Sec. 
15,  Ch.  158,  L.  1971. 


115 


TITLE  94— CRIMES  AND  CRIMINAL  PROCEDURE 


CHAPTEB  14— ELECTION  FRAUDS  AND  OFFENSES— CORRUPT 

PRACTICER  ACT 
Section 
94-1436.     Record  of  statements — copies. 

94-1436.  (10782)  Record  of  statements— copies.  All  statements  shall 
be  preserved  by  the  officer  with  whom  they  are  filed  during  the  term  of 
office  to  which  they  relate,  and  shall  be  public  records  subject  to  public  in- 
spection, and  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  officers  having  custody  of  the 
same  to  give  certified  copies  thereof  in  like  manner  as  of  other  public 
records. 

History:     En.    Sec.    17,   Init.   Act,   Nov.  Amendments 

1912;    re-en     Sec.    10782,    EC.    M     1921;  The    1971    amendment    substituted    "by 

^"'^i:   o^?-  T  'iS;        '  '    ^"^  •    ^^''-       ^^^  «ffi<^er  with  whom  they  are  filed  during 

1,  Cn.  251,  li.  1971.  the    term    of    office"    for    "for    six    months 

after  the  election." 


117 


READY-REFERENCE  INDEX 


References  are  to  Sections  of  the  Montana  Codes  and  Constitution 

Absentee  voting 

death  of  elector  before  election,  ballot  does  not  count,  23-3709 

delivery  of  ballots  to  election  judges,  23-3709 

mailing  ballots  to  elector,  envelopes,  instructions,  23-3706 

registration 

cancellation  for  failure  to  vote,  23-3013 
rejection  of  ballots,  23-3709 
school  elections,  75-6416 

United   States    servicemen    and    citizens    temporarily    residing    outside    territorial 
limits 

cancellation  of  registry  for  failure  to  vote,  23-3013 

classification  of  Federal  postcard  application,  23-3721 

"elector  in  the  United  States  service"  defined,  23-3718 

oath  required,  23-3720 

registration  of  electors  whose  service  or  employment  has  terminated,  23-3724 
Airports,  tax  levy  for  establishment  by  counties  and  cities,  1-804,  1-917 

Apportionment  and  representation 
congressional  districts,  43-107 
legislative  apportionment,  43-106.6  to  43-106.9 

Ballots 

absentee  ballots,  mailing  to  electors,  envelopes,  instructions,  23-3706 
names  of  candidates  and  party  designation  printed  on  ballots,  23-3509 
school  elections,  75-6403,  75-6408 

Bond  issues 

contest  of  election,  grounds  for  challenge,  time  for  filing  petition,  23-4201 
limitation  of  actions  relating  to  bond  issues,  93-2612 
qualifications  of  voters.  Const.  Art.  IX,  §  2 

legislative  policy  and  purpose,  23-2701.1 

school  elections,  75-6410.1 
"taxpayer"  stamped  on  precinct  register,  23-3012 
school  district  bond  issues,  75-7110  to  75-7118 

county  bond  issues  for  high  school  purposes,  75-7134  to  75-7136 
Candidate's  statement  of  expenditures,  preservation  of  record,  copies,  94-1436 

Cities  and  towns 

biennial  elections  of  officers,  11-709 

bond  issues,  petition  and  election  requirements,  11-2306,  11-2310 

limitation  of  actions  relating  to  bond  issues,  93-2612 

Eevenue  Bond  Act  of  1939,  election  requirements,  11-2404 
commission  form  of  government,  violations  in  elections,  11-3116 
commission-manager  form  of  government 

compensation  of  commissioners  and  mayor,  11-3248 

violations  in  elections,  11-3229 
contracts  for  purchases  or  construction  over  five  years,  election,  11-1202 
nominations 

declining  nomination,  procedure,  23-3321 

independent  candidates,  certificates  of  nomination  by  individuals  or  parties 
not  on  prior  ballot,  23-3318 

vacancies  before  and  after  primary,  filling,  23-3321 

primary  election  provisions  applicable,  23-3302 

recall  of  elective  officers,  11-721.1 

sewage  system,  establishment,  bond  issues,  elections,  11-2217,  11-2218 

special  improvement  district  revolving  funds,  11-2271,  11-2275 

terms  of  officers,  11-709 

urban  renewal  projects  and  plans,  bond  elections,  11-3906 

water  supply  system,  establishment,  bond  issues,  elections,  11-2217,  11-2218 

Clerks  of  elections,  23-3201  to  23-3204,  23-3206 

119 


READY-REFERENCE    INDEX 

References  iire  to  Sections  of  tlie  Montana  Codes  and  Constitution 

Community  college  districts 

annexation  of  territory  to  district,  75-8125 
election  on  organization,  75-8106  to  75-8112 
petition  for  organization  of  district,  75-8105 
recjuirenients  for  organization,  75-8104 
tax  levy,  additional  lev}'  proposition,  75-8131 
trustees  of  district,  75-8107,  75-8113  to  75-8116 

Conservancy  districts,  preliminary  survey,  feasibility  study,  89-3405,  89-3407 

Constitution  of  Montana 

constitutional  convention,  Const.  Art.  XIX,  §  8,  note 

proposed  amendments,  submission  to  electors,  Const.  Art.  XIX,  §  9 

Corrupt  Practices  Act,  preservation  of  records  of  statement  of  expenses,  copies,  94-1436 
County  bond  issues,  petition  and  election,  16-2021,  16-2022,  16-2026 
limitation  of  actions  relating  to  bond  issues,  93-2612 

County  officers,  qualifications  for  office,  16-2401 

County  seats,  election  on  location,  registration  of  voters,  16-405 

County  superintendent  of  schools,  election,  qualifications,  term,  oath,  vacancy,  75-5802, 

75-5803 
County  water  and  sewer  districts,  bond  election,  16-4517 
District  officers,  qualifications  for  office,  16-2402 
Holidays,  state  general  election  day,  19-107 
school  holidays,  75-7406 

Hospital  districts,  election  of  board  of  trustees,  16-4307 
Independent  candidates,  certificates  of  nomination,  23-3318 

secretary   of   state's   determination   of   number   of   signatures   required   in    census 
divisions,  23-3318.1 

Judges  and  clerks  of  elections,  23-3201  to  23-3204,  23-3206 
Legislative  assembly,  apportionment,  43-106.6  to  43-106.9 
Levy,  debt  or  liability  question 

limitation  of  actions  relating  to  bond  issues,  93-2612 
qualifications  of  voters.  Const.  Art.  IX,  §  2 

legislative  policy  and  purpose,  23-2701.1 
school  elections,  75-6410.1 
"taxpayer"  stamped  on  precinct  register,  23-3012 

Nominations 

declining  nomination,  procedure,  23-3321 

independent  candidates,  certificates  of  nomination,  23-3318 

secretary    of    state's    determination    of    number    of   signatures    required    in 
census  divisions,  23-3318.1 

vacancies  before  and  after  primary,  filling,  23-3321 
Pollbook,  list  of  persons  voting  known  as  pollbook,  23-3610 
Precinct  register,  preparation,  contents,  delivery,  23-3012 

city  or  school  district,  charges  for  preparation,  when  not  required,  23-3027 

marking  by  election  judges  at  polls,  procedure,  23-3610 

printing  and  posting  list  of  voters,  23-3023 

Primary  elections 

cities  over  3,500  population,  applicable  provisions,  23-3302 
precinct  register,  marking,  procedure,  23-3610 
vacancies  before  and  after  primary,  filling,  23-3321 

Qualifications  of  electors 

age  for  voting,  Const.  Art.  IX,  §  2,  23-2701(1) 

United  States  Const.,  Amend.  26 
citizenship  requirements.  Const.  Art.  IX,  §  2,  23-2701(1) 
felons  prohibited  from  voting.  Const.  Art.  IX,  §  2,  23-2701(2) 

cancellation  of  registry,  23-3014 

insane  persons  prohibited  from  voting,  23-2701(3) 
levy,  debt  or  liability  question.  Const.  Art.  IX,  §  2 

legislative  policy  and  purpose,  23-2701.1 
school  elections,  75-6410.1 

"taxpayer"  stamped  on  precinct  register,  23-3012 

120 


READY-REFERENCE   INDEX 

References  are  to  Sections  of  the  Montana  Codes  and  Constitution 

Qualifications  of  electors  (Continued) 

registration  required,  23-2701(1) 

residence  requirements,  rules,  Const.  Art.  IX,  §  2,  23-2701(1),  23-3022 

school  elections,  75-6410 
Registration,  requirement  for,  23-2701(1) 

cancellation  of  registry,  23-.3013,  23-3014 

close  of  registration,  time  for,  procedure,  23-3016 

liiglnvay  patrol  to  submit  new-voter  lists  to  political  parties,  23-3001 

precinct  register  and  lists,  preparation  by  registrar,  23-3012 

school  district  residence  included  in  registration,  23-3004.1 
Residence,  qualifications  of  electors,  rules,  Const.  Art.  IX,  §2,  23-2701(1),  23-3022 
School    ]>uildings    and    sites,    elections    on    site    selection,   purchase,   building,    exchange, 
acquisition  or  sale  of  sites  and  buildings,  75-8203,  75-8204 

repossession  by  original  owner  after  abandonment  for  school  purposes,  75-8202 

sale  or  disposition  of  abandoned  or  unsuitable  property,  75-8205 

trustees'  responsibility  for  property,  75-8201 

School  districts  and  trustees 

abandonment  of  district,  75-6512,  75-6513 

high  school  district,  attachment  to  another  district,  75-6524 
annexation  of  districts 

elementary  districts,  75-6507  to  75-6510 

high  school  distiicts,  75-6519  to  75-6526 
appointment    of   trustees   in    high    school    district    operating   county    high    school, 
75-5921 

vacancy  in  office,  filling,  75-5922 
bond  issues  of  district,  election  required,  procedure,  75-7110  to  75-7117 

qualifications  of  electors,  policy  of  state,  75-6410.1 

refunding  bonds,  election  not  required,  75-7109 

resolution  for  issue,  75-7118 

building  reserve  fund,  authorization  and  purpose,  75-7205 

child  care  institution  district  boundaries  changed  by  land  acquisition,  75-6515 

community    college    districts,    75-8104   et    seq. — See    Community    college    districts, 

above 
consolidation  of  districts 

elementary  districts,  procedure,  75-6506,  75-6509  to  75-6511 

high  school  districts,  procedure,  75-6519  to  75-6526 
dissolution  of  joint  elementary  district,  procedure,  75-6514 
division  of  county  into  high  school  districts,  75-6520  to  75-6522 
election  of  trustees,  annual  election,  75-5912 

ballots,  conduct  of  election,  75-5915 

high   school   district   operating  county   high   school,   conversion   to   elective 
system  for  trustees,  75-5923,  75-5924 

nominations  for  office,  75-5913,  75-5914 
elections  on  school  matters,  75-6401  et  seq. — See  School  elections,  below 
eligibility  for  office  of  trustee,  75-5913 
interstate  agreements  for  joint  school  facilities,  75-7308 
new  districts,  creation 

elementary  district,  75-6517,  75-6518 

high  school  district,  75-6521  to  75-6523 

number  of  trustee  positions,  75-5902 

additional  positions  in  high  school  districts,  75-5903  to  75-5905 
high  school  district  oi)erating  county  high  schools,  75-5920 

oath  of  office,  75-5916 

time  of  taking  oath,  75-8304 

vacancy,  person  appointed  to  fill,  75-5918 

property  of  district,  trustees'  power  over,  75-8201 
qualifications  for  district  offices,  generally,  16-2402 
removal  of  trustee  from  office,  75-5919 
tax  levies 

additional  levy  approved  by  electors  for  special  purposes,  75-6923 

qualifications  of  electors,  policy  of  state,  75-6410.1 
terms  of  office  of  trustees,  75-5906  to  75-5910 

high  school  district  oi)erating  county  higli  school,  75-5925 

vacancy,  term  for  filled,  75-5911 

121 


READY-REFERENCE   INDEX 

References  are  to  Sections  of  the  Montana  Codes  and  Constitution 

School  districts  and  trustees  (Continued) 

transfer  of  territory  between  districts 
elementary  districts,  75-6516 
high  school  districts,  75-6519  to  75-6526 
transportation,  transfer  of  territory  for  school  bus  transportation  purposes,  elec- 
tion, 75-7015 
unified  county  high   school  and  elementary  district,  procedure,  adjustments   and 

transactions  after  approval,  75-6538,  75-6539 
vacancy  in  office,  circumstances  creating,  filling,  75-5917,  75-5918 

School  elections 

absentee  voting,  75-6416 

superintendent  of  public  instruction  to  prepare  forms  and  rules,  75-5707 
annual  election  days,  75-6404 
ballot  required  in  all  elections,  75-6403 

format  of  ballot,  establishment  by  trustees,  75-6408 
bond  issues,  election  procedure  in  districts,  75-7110  to  75-7118 

county  bond  issues  for  high  school  purposes,  75-7134  to  75-7136 
canvass  of  votes  by  trustees,  75-6423 
certificate  of  election,  issuance,  75-6423 
challenge  of  electors,  75-6412 
clerk  of  election,  designation,  75-6419 
conduct  of  election,  75-6421,  75-6422 
conflicting  provisions  in  general  election  law,  75-6402 
counting  of  ballots,  75-6422 
elections  to  which  provisions  apply,  75-6401 
electronic  voting  systems,  use  in  elections,  75-6417 
expenses  of  election,  sources  of  payment,  75-6420 
hours  of  polling,  75-6405,  75-6408 
judges  of  election,  appointment  and  notice,  75-6408 

compensation  of  judges,  75-6420 

relatives  of  candidates  eligible,  23-3202 

replacement  of  absent  judge,  75-6419 
list  of  registered  electors  prepared  for  polling  places,  75-6414,  75-6415 

resident    school    district    recorded    in    registration    by    county    registrar, 
23-3004.1 

signature  of  list  by  electors  voting,  75-6422 
notice  of  election,  posting,  publication  and  contents,  75-6409 
opening  and  closing  of  polls,  75-6405 
order  for  election,  time  limitation  for  election,  75-6407 
pollbook  kept  by  election  clerk,  75-6422 
polling  places  for  elections,  75-6408 
precinct   register,   preparation,   charge   by    county   registrar,   when   not   required, 

23-3012,  23-3023,  23-3027 
publication  of  election  results,  75-6423 
qualifications  of  electors,  75-6410 

tax  or  debt  questions,  policy  of  state  on  qualifications,  75-6410.1 
registration  of  voters,  closing,  75-6413 

resolution  of  election,  contents,  when  adopted  and  transmittal,  75-6406 
return  of  records  and  supplies  to  trustees,  75-6422 
special  elections,  when  called,  75-6404 
supervision  of  elections  by  trustees,  75-6418 
supplies  provided  to  polling  places,  75-6418 
trustees'  election  duties,  75-5933 
trustees,  election  of,  75-5912  et  seq. 
voting  machines,  use  in  school  elections,  75-6417 
School  holidays,  75-7406 

School  superintendents 

county    superintendent,    election,    qualifications,    term,    oath,    vacancy,    75-5802, 

75-5803 
superintendent  of  public  instruction,  election,  qualifications,  term,  oath,  vacancy, 
75-5702,  75-5703 

powers  and  duties  relating  to  elections,  75-5707 
Secretary    of    state,    independent    candidates,    determination    of    number    of    signatures 

needed  for  nominating  petitions  in  census  divisions,  23-3318.1 
Taxation,  referendum  upon  the  1971  Montana  Revenue  Act,  Title  84,  note 
Township  officers,  qualifications  for  office,  16-2402 

122